documentation/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2022
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2022
# Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2022
# Vallen Delobel <edv@odoo.com>, 2022
# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2023
# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2024
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2024
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2024
# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2024
# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2024
# allanot nicolas <n.allanot@free.fr>, 2024
# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2024
# Wil Odoo, 2024
# Manon Rondou, 2025
# Jolien De Paepe, 2025
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 08:51+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2025\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Supply Chain"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8
msgid "Barcode"
msgstr "Code-barres"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and "
"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By "
"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered "
"by scanning barcodes."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Codes-barres** permet aux utilisateurs d'attribuer des codes-barres à"
" des produits individuels et à des catégories de produits, et de suivre les "
"mouvements d'inventaire à l'aide de ces codes-barres. En connectant un "
"lecteur de codes-barres, certains processus d'inventaire peuvent être "
"déclenchés en scannant les codes-barres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily operations"
msgstr "Opérations quotidiennes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid ""
"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not "
"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory "
"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the "
"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In"
" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10
msgid ""
"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode "
"scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • "
"Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13
msgid "Enable Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it "
"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the "
"*Inventory* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22
msgid ""
"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page "
"to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33
msgid ""
"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can"
" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret "
"barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands "
"and a barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46
msgid ""
"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and"
" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51
msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`"
" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including "
":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57
msgid ""
"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory"
" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123
msgid ""
"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as"
" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67
msgid ""
"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the "
"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be "
"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70
msgid ""
"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase "
"the quantity of that product in the adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the "
"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply "
"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ "
"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the "
":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as"
" well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` "
"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product "
"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the "
"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment"
" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95
msgid ""
"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150
msgid ""
"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming "
"validation of the adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180
msgid "Did you know?"
msgstr "Le saviez-vous ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106
msgid ""
"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and "
"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for "
"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window"
" above the scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115
msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117
msgid ""
"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo "
"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120
msgid ""
"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning"
" --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126
msgid ""
"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ "
"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129
msgid ""
"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and"
" source location must be chosen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136
msgid ""
"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose "
"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that "
"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141
msgid ""
"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read "
"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of "
"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for "
"this inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147
msgid ""
"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "Default barcode nomenclature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10
msgid ""
"Define *barcode nomenclatures* to ensure Odoo correctly recognizes and "
"categorizes barcodes. When scanned, a barcode matches the **first** rule "
"with a matching pattern, based on regular expressions. A barcode is "
"successfully read if its prefix and/or length matches the defined rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:14
msgid ""
"For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` "
"station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) "
"format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, "
"are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and "
"price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to "
"identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly "
"interprets all barcodes for the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** "
"apps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1"
" <gs1_nomenclature>` formats. This document exclusively focuses on "
":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29
msgid ""
"To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the"
" entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid ""
"In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes "
"specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only "
"within the company, such as in the :ref:`example "
"<barcode/operations/product-weight>` where the barcode is written in the "
"|EAN| format."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the"
" :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app"
" in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed "
"in the :ref:`default nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo "
"automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid "Example: product weight barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61
msgid ""
"To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products "
"in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used"
" to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to "
"automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of "
"the item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66
msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Rule Name"
msgstr "Nom de la règle"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Barcode Pattern"
msgstr "Modèle de code-barres"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Field in Odoo"
msgstr "Champ dans Odoo"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form"
msgstr "Champ :guilabel:`Code-barres` sur un formulaire de produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid ""
"To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the"
" barcode, `2112345000008`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82
msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
msgid ""
"`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the "
"weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** "
"be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three"
" digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` "
"format is `13500`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88
msgid ""
"`8`: `check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ "
"for `211234500000`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92
msgid ""
"To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode "
"for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to "
":guilabel:`kg`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Barcode field on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101
msgid ""
"Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This "
"generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: "
"`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is "
"`2112345015002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109
msgid ""
"Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type,"
" such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to "
"create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as "
"`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is "
"correct."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96
msgid "Create rules"
msgstr "Créer des règles"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122
msgid ""
"Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** "
"in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there "
"are unknown fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125
msgid ""
"While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with "
"information from these rules. `Custom development "
"<https://www.odoo.com/appointment/132>`_ is required for this functionality."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129
msgid ""
"To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then,"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode "
"Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133
msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should "
"be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. "
"Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as "
"the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* "
"GS1 encoding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up "
"window to create a new rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning "
"the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153
msgid ""
"The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of "
"information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`,"
" :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. "
"This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The "
"available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters"
" or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the "
"product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number"
" of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent "
"decimal digits."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167
msgid ""
"`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a"
" two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click "
":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177
msgid "Default nomenclature list"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` "
"rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188
msgid "Encoding"
msgstr "Encodage"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190
msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "Priced Product"
msgstr "Produit à prix fixe"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "EAN-13"
msgstr "EAN-13"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193
msgid "23.....{NNNDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Discount Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195
msgid "Discounted Product"
msgstr "Produit en promotion"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Au moins un"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "22{NN}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198
msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199
msgid "Weighted Product"
msgstr "Produit pesé"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201
msgid "21.....{NNDDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202
msgid "Customer Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Client"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205
msgid "042"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207
msgid "Coupon"
msgstr "Bon de réduction"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209
msgid "043|044"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210
msgid "Cashier Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Cashier"
msgstr "Caissier"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "041"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214
msgid "Location barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Emplacement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "414"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218
msgid "Package barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package"
msgstr "Package"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "PACK"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222
msgid "Lot barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Lot"
msgstr "Lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226
msgid "Magnetic Credit Card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227
msgid "Credit Card"
msgstr "Carte de crédit "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229
msgid "%.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230
msgid "Product Barcodes"
msgstr "Codes-barres de produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "Unit Product"
msgstr "Unité de produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233
msgid ".*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain "
"any number or type of characters."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240
msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "Nomenclature des codes-barres GS1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12
msgid ""
"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates various product "
"and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global "
"Trade Item Numbers <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ (GTIN), "
"purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce "
"product listing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17
msgid ""
"Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify "
"essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity "
"information, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from "
"GS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ to use GS1 barcodes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25
msgid ""
"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Tous les codes-barres GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
"list>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`Règles GS1 par défaut d'Odoo <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27
msgid ""
":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`Pourquoi mon code-barres ne fonctionne-t-il pas "
"?<barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "Configurer la nomenclature de code-barres"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, "
"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select "
":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the "
"default barcode nomenclature options."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser la nomenclature GS1 nomenclature, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Code-barres`, cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Lecteur"
" de codes-barres`. Ensuite, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Nomenclature des "
"code-barres --> Nomenclature GS1 par défaut` dans les options de "
"nomenclature des codes-barres par défaut."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid ""
"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43
msgid ""
"The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is "
"accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 "
":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the "
"information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the "
"corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode "
"Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's "
"discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Once "
"enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 "
"Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60
msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62
msgid ""
"For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a "
"`unique GTIN <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ as an "
"internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| "
"is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated "
"*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters "
"must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems"
" along the supply chain."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68
msgid ""
"Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.). "
"This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the "
"barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as "
"detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>`. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables "
"Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a"
" fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, "
"have flexible length."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid ""
"For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 "
"barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid ""
"Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead "
"of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, "
"use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns "
"and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc "
"<barcode/operations/gs1_usage>` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to"
" product information and configuring the workflow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91
msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow <barcode/operations/quantity-ex>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98
msgid ""
"GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, "
"beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. "
"Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list "
"<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` auto-fills corresponding"
" data in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103
msgid ""
"Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, "
"non-standard GS1 formats."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. "
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule."
" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different "
"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. "
"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The "
":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the "
"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows "
"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches "
"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence "
"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information "
"about the product."
msgstr ""
"Sur la page :guilabel:`Nomenclature GS1 par défaut`, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` en bas du tableau, ce qui ouvre une fenêtre "
"permettant de créer une nouvelle règle. Le champ :guilabel:`Nom de la règle`"
" est utilisé en interne pour identifier ce que le code-barres représente. "
"Les :guilabel:`Types` de codes-barres sont des classifications différentes "
"d'informations qui peuvent être comprises par le système (par ex. produit, "
"quantité, date limite d'utilisation optimale, colis, bon de réduction). La "
":guilabel:`Séquence` représente la priorité de la règle : plus la valeur est"
" petite, plus la règle apparaît en haut du tableau. Odoo suit l'ordre "
"séquentiel de ce tableau et utilise la première règle qui correspond à la "
"séquence. Le :guilabel:`Modèle de code-barres` est la façon dont la séquence"
" de lettres ou de chiffres est reconnue par le système pour contenir des "
"informations sur le produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to "
"the table of rules."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir complété les informations, cliquez sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour créer une autre règle ou cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour enregistrer et revenir au tableau des "
"règles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126
msgid "Barcode troubleshooting"
msgstr "Dépannage des codes-barres"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128
msgid ""
"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try"
" when the barcodes are not working as expected:"
msgstr ""
"Les codes-barres GS1 étant difficiles à utiliser, voici quelques "
"vérifications à effectuer lorsque les codes-barres ne fonctionnent pas comme"
" prévu :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131
msgid ""
"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as "
":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature "
"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que le paramètre :guilabel:`Nomenclature des codes-barres` est "
"défini sur :menuselection:`Nomenclature GS1 par défaut`. Consultez la "
"section sur la :ref:`configuration de la nomenclature "
"<barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` pour plus de détails."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134
msgid ""
"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For "
"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the"
" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's "
"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que les champs scannés dans le code-barres sont activés dans "
"Odoo. Par exemple, pour scanner un code-barres contenant des lots et des "
"numéros de série, assurez-vous que la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Lots & "
"Numéros de série` est activée dans les :ref:`paramètres d'Odoo "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup>` et :ref:`sur le produit "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the "
":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are "
"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be "
"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go"
" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`."
msgstr ""
"Supprimez la ponctuation comme les parenthèses `()` ou les crochets `[]` "
"entre l':abbr:`A.I. (Identificateur de données)` et la séquence du code-"
"barres. Ils sont généralement utilisés dans les exemples pour faciliter la "
"lecture et ne doivent **pas** être inclus dans le code-barres final. Pour "
"plus de détails sur la création des codes-barres GS1, consultez :ref:`cette "
"section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142
msgid ""
"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all "
"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode."
" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to "
"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un seul code-barres contient plusieurs champs encodés, Odoo exige que"
" toutes les règles soient répertoriées dans la nomenclature des codes-barres"
" pour qu'Odoo puisse lire le code-barres. :ref:`Cette section "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` détaille comment ajouter de nouvelles"
" règles dans la nomenclature des codes-barres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146
msgid ""
"Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure "
"out which field is causing the issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, "
"start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot "
"number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154
msgid ""
"After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` to Odoo's default list to recognize "
"GS1 barcodes with unique specifications."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159
msgid ""
"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing "
"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is"
" necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted "
"correctly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166
msgid "GS1 nomenclature list"
msgstr "Liste de la nomenclature GS1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns "
"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a "
"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the "
"final character."
msgstr ""
"Le tableau suivant contient la liste par défaut des règles GS1 d'Odoo. Les "
"modèles de code-barres sont écrits sous forme d'expressions régulières. "
"Seules les trois premières règles requièrent un `chiffre de contrôle "
"<https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ comme caractère "
"final."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "GS1 Content Type"
msgstr "Type de contenu GS1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Odoo field"
msgstr "Champ Odoo"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code"
msgstr "Serial Shipping Container Code"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})"
msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Numeric identifier"
msgstr "Identifiant numérique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package name"
msgstr "Nom de colis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"
msgstr "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "GTIN of contained trade items"
msgstr "GTIN of contained trade items"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr "Conditionnement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location"
msgstr "Ship to / Deliver to global location"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Destination location"
msgstr "Emplacement de destination"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward"
msgstr "Ship / Deliver for forward"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Source location"
msgstr "Emplacement d'origine"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "I.D. of a physical location"
msgstr "I.D. of a physical location"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Batch or lot number"
msgstr "Numéro de lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Alpha-numeric name"
msgstr "Nom alphanumérique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Serial number"
msgstr "Numéro de série"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "Packaging date (YYMMDD)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging Date"
msgstr "Date de colisage"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Date"
msgstr "Date"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Pack date"
msgstr "Date de colisage"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "Best before date (YYMMDD)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before Date"
msgstr "Date limite d'utilisation optimale"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date"
msgstr "Date limite d'utilisation optimale"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "Expiration date (YYMMDD)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration Date"
msgstr "Date d'expiration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiry date"
msgstr "Date d'expiration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Variable count of items"
msgstr "Nombre variable d'articles"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "Quantity"
msgstr "Quantité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "Mesure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "UoM: Units"
msgstr "UdM : Unités"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Count of trade items"
msgstr "Count of trade items"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)"
msgstr "Qté en unités pour les conteneurs (AI 02)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)"
msgstr "Net weight: kilograms (kg)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Qty in kg"
msgstr "Qté en kg"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Length in meters (m)"
msgstr "Length in meters (m)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Qty in m"
msgstr "Qté en m"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Net volume: liters (L)"
msgstr "Net volume: liters (L)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Qty in L"
msgstr "Qté en L"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr "Qté en m\\ :sup:`3`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Length in inches (in)"
msgstr "Length in inches (in)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Qty in inches"
msgstr "Qté en pouces"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)"
msgstr "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Qty in oz"
msgstr "Qté en oz"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr "Qté en ft\\ :sup:`3`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging type"
msgstr "Packaging type"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging Type"
msgstr "Type de conditionnement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"
msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77
msgid "Package type"
msgstr "Type de colis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode usage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10
msgid ""
"GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can "
"interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized "
"globally <barcode/operations/gs1>`, allowing scanners to understand and "
"process supply chain data consistently."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product "
"identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, "
"picking, and shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17
msgid ""
"The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes "
"provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate "
"certain warehouse workflows."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique "
"Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their "
"existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also "
"provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26
msgid "`Purchase GTINs <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27
msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature <barcode/operations/gs1>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32
msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its "
"quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and "
"Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nom"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "A.I."
msgstr "A.I."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204
msgid "01"
msgstr "01"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139
msgid "30"
msgstr "30"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form"
msgstr "Champ :guilabel:`Unités` sur un formulaire de transfert"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Lot Number"
msgstr "Numéro de lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillées"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54
msgid ""
"First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots "
"<inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking "
"the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form "
"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting "
"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universally "
"recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, "
"as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that "
"contains detailed information about the package contents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72
msgid ""
"To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit "
"|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form."
msgstr ""
"Saisissez le GTIN à 14 chiffres dans le champ Code-barres sur le formulaire "
"du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80
msgid ""
"To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the "
"Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the "
":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"column, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"Vue de la page des codes-barres des produits dans les paramètres "
"d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92
msgid ""
"After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page,"
" specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to"
" the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under "
":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"Activez le suivi des produits par lots dans l'onglet \"Inventaire\" du "
"formulaire du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176
msgid "Scan barcode on receipt"
msgstr "Scanner le code-barres sur la réception"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103
msgid ""
"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned "
"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"Pour garantir une interprétation précise des lots dans Odoo sur les codes-"
"barres des produits scannés lors d'une opération de réception, allez à "
"l'application :menuselection:`Code-barres` pour gérer le :ref:`processus de "
"transfert des réceptions <barcode/operations/scan-received-products>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view "
"the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs "
"(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be "
"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the "
":guilabel:`Create` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112
msgid ""
"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan"
" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned "
"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to "
"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers."
msgstr ""
"Sur la liste des réceptions, cliquez sur l'opération d'entrepôt (`WH/IN`) et"
" scannez les codes-barres et les numéros de lot du produit à l'aide d'un "
"lecteur de codes-barres. Le produit scanné apparaît alors dans la liste. "
"Utilisez le bouton :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` pour ouvrir une fenêtre et saisir"
" manuellement les quantités pour des numéros de lot spécifiques."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118
msgid ""
"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to "
"the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For "
"testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty "
"Fuji apples in Lot 2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129
msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200
msgid "2D Matrix"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203
msgid "|AI| (product)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205
msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137
msgid "20611628936004"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138
msgid "|AI| (quantity)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209
msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141
msgid "00000050"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142
msgid "|AI| (lot)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144
msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr "LOT0002"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211
msgid "Full GS1 barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147
msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button to complete the reception."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the "
"*Barcode* app."
msgstr ""
"Scannez le code-barres d'un produit sur la page de transfert de réception "
"dans l'application *Code-barres*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160
msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit "
"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are "
"used:"
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un code-barres GS1 qui contient des produits mesurés dans une "
"quantité non unitaire, comme des kilogrammes, les modèles de code-barres "
"suivants sont utilisés :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Quantity in kilograms"
msgstr "Quantité en kilogrammes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "310[0-5]"
msgstr "310[0-5]"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178
msgid ""
"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order"
" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure "
"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased."
msgstr ""
"Pour confirmer que les quantités sont correctement interprétées dans Odoo, "
"placez une commande dans l'application *Achats* en utilisant l'unité de "
"mesure (:guilabel:`UdM`) appropriée pour la quantité de produits à acheter."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183
msgid ""
":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs "
"<inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186
msgid ""
"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la commande placée, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Code-"
"barres` pour :ref:`recevoir l'envoi du fournisseur <barcode/operations/scan-"
"received-products>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190
msgid ""
"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of "
"peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of "
"peaches in kilograms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198
msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206
msgid "00614141000012"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207
msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208
msgid "3101"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210
msgid "000521"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212
msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`"
" button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"validation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app."
msgstr ""
"Écran de scan du code-barres pour une opération de réception dans "
"l'application Code-barres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223
msgid "Verify product moves"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225
msgid ""
"For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also "
"recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229
msgid ""
"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by "
"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open"
" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*"
" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception "
"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode "
"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were "
"properly stored in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""
"Les articles sur le rapport des :guilabel:`Mouvements de stock` sont "
"regroupés par produit par défaut. Pour confirmer les quantités reçues, "
"cliquez sur une ligne de produit pour ouvrir son menu déroulant rétractable,"
" qui affiche une liste des *lignes de mouvement de stock* pour le produit. "
"Le dernier mouvement de stock correspond au numéro de réception de "
"l'entrepôt (par ex. `WH/IN/00013`) et à la quantité traitée dans la lecture "
"du code-barres, ce qui prouve que les enregistrements traités dans "
"l'application *Code-barres* ont été correctement stockés dans *Inventaire*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrement d'un mouvement de stock de réception pour 52,1 kg de pêches."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other "
"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when "
"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a "
"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute "
"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by "
"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a "
"barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36
msgid ""
"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to"
" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and "
":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation "
"pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44
msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46
msgid ""
"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be"
" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for "
"quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52
msgid ""
"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down"
" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`"
" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click"
" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This "
"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, "
"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the "
"barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79
msgid ""
"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for "
"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be "
"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing "
"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as "
"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed "
"with the stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are "
"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if "
"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should"
" be validated at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be "
"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon "
"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104
msgid ""
"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode "
"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the "
":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of "
"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the "
":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` "
"can be used to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the "
"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional "
"locations to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the "
"product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be "
"closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132
msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134
msgid ""
"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to "
"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales "
"app --> Create` to create a new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140
msgid ""
"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the "
":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales "
"order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, "
"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This"
" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, "
"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode "
"transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are"
" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if"
" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation "
"should be validated at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that "
"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen "
"to edit that product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the "
"product itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185
msgid ""
"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. "
"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose"
" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190
msgid ""
"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway "
"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various "
"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of"
" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial "
"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-"
"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24
msgid ""
"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The "
"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43
msgid ""
"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features "
"**must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click"
" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr "Créer un transfert interne"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55
msgid ""
"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal "
"transfer created, and an operation to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To "
"Process` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This "
"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65
msgid ""
"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed "
"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations "
"the products are being moved from, and moved to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74
msgid ""
"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the "
"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` "
"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to "
"add to the transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new "
"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open "
"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86
msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be "
"moved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired "
"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the"
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at"
" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` "
"overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click "
"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal "
"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to "
"the barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114
msgid ""
"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using "
"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of"
" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be "
"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all "
"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock "
"moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the"
" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or "
":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the "
"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131
msgid ""
"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133
msgid ""
"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product"
" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity "
"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be "
"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is "
"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to "
"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142
msgid ""
"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the "
"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. "
"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product "
"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. "
"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the "
"transferred quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used "
"to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154
msgid ""
"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read "
"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form,"
" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal"
" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now"
" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers "
"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168
msgid ""
"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial "
"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the "
"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is "
"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the "
"barcode of the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174
msgid "Create a transfer from scratch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176
msgid ""
"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-"
"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create "
"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate "
"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes "
"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the "
"scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191
msgid ""
"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside "
"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying "
"different options is presented."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194
msgid ""
"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly "
"scan the product barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196
msgid ""
"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to "
"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This "
"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of"
" the device being used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200
msgid ""
"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing "
"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new "
"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products "
"listed on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207
msgid ""
"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, "
"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add "
"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and "
"product quantities that should be transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal "
"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Configuration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr "Configurer votre lecteur de codes-barres"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7
msgid ""
"Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with "
"Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps."
msgstr ""
"Suivez ce guide pour choisir et configurer un scanner de codes-barres "
"compatible avec les applications *Invenaire* et *Code-barres* d’Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14
msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner."
msgstr "Image d’un exemple de scanner de codes-barres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17
msgid "Scanner types"
msgstr "Types de scanners"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which "
"scanner type best meets the needs of the business. There are three main "
"types, each with their own benefits and use cases:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22
msgid ""
"**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for "
"businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout in a"
" grocery store. Ensure the chosen USB scanner is compatible with the "
"keyboard layout of the computer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26
msgid ""
"**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them an "
"ideal cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, "
"Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle "
"operations, and check stock directly through their mobile devices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:30
msgid ""
"**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode "
"scanner. First, ensure the device can run the Odoo mobile app properly. "
"Recent models that use Android OS with the Google Chrome browser, or Windows"
" OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the"
" variety of available models and configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:36
msgid ""
"`Compatible hardware with Odoo Inventory "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41
msgid ""
"When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations "
"are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la configuration du scanner de codes-barres, assurez-vous que les "
"paramètres suivants sont corrects pour que l'appareil puisse lire "
"correctement les codes-barres avec Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "Disposition du clavier"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47
msgid ""
"When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the "
"operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. "
"Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), "
"with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation d'un scanner de codes-barres USB, faites correspondre "
"sa disposition de clavier avec celle du système d'exploitation pour une "
"interprétation correcte des caractères. En général, le mode de numérisation "
"doit être réglé pour accepter un clavier USB (HID), avec une langue "
"correspondant à celle du clavier utilisé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:51
msgid ""
"To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard "
"wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer la disposition du clavier d’un scanner **Zebra**, scannez le"
" code-barres de configuration correspondant à la langue souhaitée dans le "
"manuel d'utilisation du scanner."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout."
msgstr "Exemple d’un manuel d'utilisation pour la configuration du clavier."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid ""
"Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual."
msgstr ""
"Exemples de paramètres de langue du clavier dans le manuel d'utilisation du "
"scanner Zebra."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:62
msgid ""
"Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental"
" double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include"
" a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)"
" after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the "
"barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one."
msgstr ""
"Odoo applique un délai par défaut de 100 millisecondes entre les scans pour "
"éviter les doubles numérisations accidentelles. Pour synchroniser avec le "
"scanner de codes-barres, configurez-le pour inclure un retour chariot "
"(:dfn`un caractère similaire à la touche \"Entrée\" du clavier`) après "
"chaque scan. Odoo interprète ce retour chariot comme la fin de la saisie du "
"code-barres et accepte ainsi le scan avant de passer au suivant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:67
msgid ""
"Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure "
"it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix"
" ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`."
msgstr ""
"Généralement, un retour chariot est déjà activé par défaut sur le scanner. "
"Vérifiez cette configuration en scannant un code-barres spécifique du manuel"
" utilisateur, tel que `CR suffix ON` ou `Apply Enter for suffix`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:71
msgid "Zebra scanner"
msgstr "Scanner Zebra"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:73
msgid ""
"When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are"
" set to prevent errors."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'utilisation des scanners Zebra, assurez-vous que les "
"configurations de touches suivantes sont définies pour éviter les erreurs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:75
msgid ""
"Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the "
":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the icon for the app is a light blue barcode). On"
" the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to "
"access the Zebra scanner's settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:79
msgid ""
"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the "
":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app."
msgstr ""
"Affichez l'option de frappe dans l'application DataWedge du scanner Zebra."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:86
msgid ""
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options page, and select "
":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters "
"as Events` option is checked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr "Activer les codes-barres dans Odoo"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
"Les fonctionnalités de lecture des codes-barres peuvent vous faire gagner un"
" temps considérable, habituellement perdu à alterner entre le clavier, la "
"souris et le lecteur. En attribuant correctement des codes-barres aux "
"produits, aux emplacements de retrait, etc., vous pouvez travailler plus "
"efficacement en contrôlant le logiciel presque exclusivement avec le lecteur"
" de codes-barres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, vous devez d'abord activer la "
"fonctionnalité *Code-barres* via :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Paramètres "
"--> Lecteur de codes-barres`. Une fois que vous avez coché la "
"fonctionnalité, vous pouvez cliquer sur enregistrer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr "Configurer les codes-barres des produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
msgid ""
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Products Barcodes`."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez facilement attribuer des codes-barres à vos différents produits "
"via l'application *Inventaire*. Pour ce faire, allez aux "
":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Configurer les codes-barres des produits`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
"at creation on the product form."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, vous avez la possibilité d'attribuer des codes-barres à vos "
"produits sur la fiche produit directement lors de la création de ce produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
msgid ""
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr ""
"Veillez à ajouter les codes-barres directement sur les variantes du produit "
"et non sur le modèle du produit. Sinon, vous ne serez pas en mesure de les "
"différencier."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr "Configurer les codes-barres des emplacements"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""
"Si vous gérez plusieurs emplacements, il peut être utile d'attribuer un "
"code-barres à chaque emplacement et de le coller sur l'emplacement. Vous "
"pouvez configurer les codes-barres des emplacements dans "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
"*Print* menu."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez facilement imprimer le code-barres que vous attribuez aux "
"emplacements via le menu *Imprimer*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr "Formats des codes-barres"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade "
"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify "
"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously,"
" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the "
"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website."
msgstr ""
"La plupart des produits de détail utilisent des codes-barres EAN-13, "
"également appelés GTIN (Global Trade Identification Numbers). Les "
"entreprises utilisent les GTIN pour identifier leurs produits et services de"
" manière unique. Bien que GTIN et UPC soient souvent utilisés comme "
"synonymes, GTIN fait référence au numéro qu'un code-barres représente, "
"tandis qu'UPC fait référence au code-barres lui-même. Vous trouverez plus "
"d'informations sur le GTIN sur le site web de GS1."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73
msgid ""
"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix."
" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, "
"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products "
"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a "
"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page."
msgstr ""
"Pour pouvoir créer des GTIN pour des articles, une entreprise doit disposer "
"d'un préfixe d'entreprise GS1. Ce préfixe est le numéro qui apparaît au "
"début de chaque GTIN et qui identifie l'entreprise en tant que propriétaire "
"du code-barres ou des produits sur lesquels il apparaît. Pour en savoir plus"
" sur les préfixes d'entreprise GS1, ou acheter une licence pour un préfixe, "
"consultez la page des préfixes d'entreprise GS1."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78
msgid ""
"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. "
"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also "
"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use."
msgstr ""
"Les utilisateurs d'Odoo peuvent utilisent les codes-barres GTIN pour "
"identifier leurs produits. Cependant, comme Odoo prend en charge n'importe "
"quelle chaîne numérique comme code-barres, il est également possible de "
"définir un code-barres personnalisé pour un usage interne."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "Inventaire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management"
" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate "
"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *Inventaire* est à la fois une application d'inventaire et un système "
"de gestion d'entrepôt. L'application permet aux utilisateurs de gérer "
"facilement les délais, d'automatiser le réassort, de configurer des routes "
"avancées et bien plus encore."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Tutoriels Odoo : Inventaire <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5
msgid "Product management"
msgstr "Gestion des produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9
msgid "Configure product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11
msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13
msgid ""
":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) <configure/uom>`: a standard quantity for "
"specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables "
"automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as "
"centimeters to feet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a "
"vendor.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products "
"together, regardless of whether they are the same or different."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two "
"hundred buttons on a shelf.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive "
"or sell them in specified quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28
msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31
msgid "Comparison"
msgstr "Comparaison"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33
msgid ""
"This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and"
" packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40
msgid "Feature"
msgstr "Caractéristique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41
msgid "Unit of measure"
msgstr "Unité de mesure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Colis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "But"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45
msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46
msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47
msgid ""
"Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs "
"of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48
msgid "Product uniformity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49
msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50
msgid "Allows mixed products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51
msgid "Same products only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52
msgid "Flexible"
msgstr "Flexible"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53
msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54
msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55
msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56
msgid "Complexity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57
msgid "Simplest for unit conversions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58
msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59
msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60
msgid "Inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61
msgid ""
"Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined"
" in the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63
msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64
msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65
msgid "Smooth barcode operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78
msgid "Not available"
msgstr "Pas disponible"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67
msgid ""
"Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even"
" if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire "
"Packages <inventory/product_management/move-entire-pack>` feature to update "
"the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71
msgid ""
"Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g."
" 1 pack = 12 units)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73
msgid "Product lookup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75
msgid ""
"Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the "
"Odoo database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76
msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77
msgid "Unique barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79
msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80
msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81
msgid "Reusability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87
msgid "Not applicable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83
msgid ""
"Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85
msgid "Disposable only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86
msgid "Container weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88
msgid ""
"Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of"
" a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90
msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91
msgid "Lot/serial number tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92
msgid ""
"Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case "
"<inventory/product_management/lots-uom>` for details)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94
msgid "Applies only to contained products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95
msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96
msgid "Custom routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98
msgid "Cannot be set"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99
msgid ""
"Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "Cas d'utilisation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104
msgid ""
"After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with "
"various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their "
"decision."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108
msgid "Pallets of items using packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110
msgid ""
"A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each "
"containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are "
"also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight "
"must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. "
"Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the "
"number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when "
"the pallet is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116
msgid ""
"After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable "
"solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it "
"as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines "
"operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key "
"distinctions include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121
msgid ""
"**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not"
" the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 "
"quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent "
"packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely "
"identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129
msgid "Capture product information using barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131
msgid ""
"An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage "
"location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134
msgid ""
"*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is "
"enabled <inventory/warehouses_storage/enable-package>`, scanning a package "
"barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138
msgid ""
"Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the "
"items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents "
"and facilitates operations, like inventory moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145
msgid "Track different units of measure in storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147
msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149
msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150
msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151
msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153
msgid ""
"*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to "
"kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per "
"product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate "
"|UoMs|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157
msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158
msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160
msgid ""
"Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as "
"subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this "
"workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages "
"can also be used to store items in bulk."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10
msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12
msgid ""
":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Shipping to customers <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`: "
"configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight "
"requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with"
" carrier shipping specifications."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16
msgid "Storing items in bulk."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by"
" enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features "
"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable"
" Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring "
"packages for :ref:`cluster pickings <inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-"
"pack>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25
msgid ""
"*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping "
"cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping"
" weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself "
"(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost "
"calculations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31
msgid ""
"While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can "
"be used in any workflow involving storable products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the "
":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50
msgid ""
"When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be "
"enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location"
" upon updating the package's location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply "
"to (may have to set it for multiple)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56
msgid ""
"On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62
msgid "Pack items"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64
msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66
msgid ""
"Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-operations>` icon on the product "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68
msgid ""
"Using the :ref:`Put in Pack <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>` "
"button to place everything in the transfer into a package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74
msgid "Detailed operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76
msgid ""
"On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a"
" package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85
msgid ""
"To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an "
"existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package,"
" then select :guilabel:`Create...`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95
msgid ""
"Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the "
":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the "
":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100
msgid ""
":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106
msgid "Put in pack"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse"
" transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer "
"in that newly-created package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and"
" other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid ""
"In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was "
"clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it "
"in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and "
"weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for "
"shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133
msgid ""
":doc:`Shipping carriers "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a "
"blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). "
"The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, "
":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty "
"package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the "
":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a "
"scan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available "
"at all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163
msgid "Cluster packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165
msgid ""
"To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so "
"makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174
msgid ""
"Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing"
" so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship "
"to the customer <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster"
" pickings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after "
"measuring it on a scale."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is "
"available at all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190
msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for "
"moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages "
"used to ship products to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199
msgid ""
":doc:`Using cluster packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding "
"multiple units of a specific product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:8
msgid ""
"For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a "
"12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product "
"form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:13
msgid ""
"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode "
"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, "
"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the"
" packaging to the internal count of the product."
msgstr ""
"Le conditionnement peut être utilisé avec l'application :ref:`Code-barres "
"<inventory/barcode/software>` d'Odoo. Lorsque vous recevez des produits de "
"vos fournisseurs, en scannant le code-barres du conditionnement, vous "
"ajoutez automatiquement le nombre d'unités contenues dans le conditionnement"
" à l'inventaire interne du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20
msgid ""
"To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, "
"enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:31
msgid "Create packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33
msgid ""
"Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the "
":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:37
msgid "From product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the "
"table, fill out the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on "
"sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the "
"packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the"
" product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"sales orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:53
msgid ""
"Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column "
"titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired "
"options from the drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or "
"pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app <barcode/operations/intro>`. Leave "
"blank if not in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the "
"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all "
"companies."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Société` : indique que le conditionnement n'est disponible que "
"dans la société sélectionnée. Laissez vide pour rendre le conditionnement "
"disponible dans toutes les sociétés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:67
msgid ""
"To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` "
"to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Create 6-pack case for product."
msgstr "Créez un conditionnement Pack de 6 pour le produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76
msgid "From product packagings page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:78
msgid ""
"To view all packagings that have been created, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. "
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete "
"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new "
"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:84
msgid ""
"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of "
"packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each "
"product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` "
"of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "List of different packagings for products."
msgstr "Liste de différents conditionnements pour les produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93
msgid "Partial reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:95
msgid ""
"After :ref:`completing the packaging setup "
"<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`, packagings can be reserved "
"in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging "
"flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment "
"of available items, while awaiting the rest."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:100
msgid ""
"To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, "
"or select the desired product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:103
msgid ""
"On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full "
"Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:107
msgid ""
"To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product "
"Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` "
"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117
msgid ""
"To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the "
"following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119
msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:120
msgid "an order demands two packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121
msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:123
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units"
" are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:126
msgid ""
"Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-"
"two units are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130
msgid "Apply packagings"
msgstr "Appliquer les conditionnements"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:132
msgid ""
"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the "
"packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is "
"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:137
msgid ""
"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack "
"packagings."
msgstr ""
"Les 18 canettes du produit `Grape Soda` sont emballées dans 3 packs de 6."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line."
msgstr "Assignez des conditionnements sur la ligne de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr "Unités de mesure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
"imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big "
"pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` "
"setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
msgstr "Activer les unités de mesure dans les paramètres d'Inventaire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32
msgid "Units of measure categories"
msgstr "Catégories d'unités de mesure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of "
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can "
"convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units "
"belong to the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
msgstr "Définir les catégories d'unités de mesure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43
msgid ""
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
"new units."
msgstr ""
"Chaque catégorie d'unité de mesure a son unité de référence. L'unité de "
"référence est surlignée en bleu dans la colonne :guilabel:`UdM` de la page "
":guilabel:`Catégories d'unités de mesure`. Odoo utilise l'unité de référence"
" comme base pour toute nouvelle unité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product"
" in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on "
"the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` "
"field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` "
"field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than"
" the reference Unit of Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54
msgid ""
"If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally "
"recognized `code managed by GS1 <https://www.unspsc.org/>`_, that **must** "
"be purchased in order to use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the "
"new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a"
" box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid ""
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
" category."
msgstr ""
"Convertir des produits d'une unité à une autre tant qu'elles appartiennent à"
" la même catégorie."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
msgstr "Préciser les unités de mesure d'un produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68
msgid ""
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form"
" page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
"The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's "
"inventory and internal transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75
msgid ""
"Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that "
"the product is purchased in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81
msgid "Unit conversion"
msgstr "Conversion d'unités"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different "
":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of "
"Measure)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86
msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88
msgid ""
":ref:`Vendor orders <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`: purchase "
"|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse "
"documents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic replenishment <inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`: "
"generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips "
"below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93
msgid ""
":ref:`Sell products <inventory/product_replenishment/sell-in-uom>`: if a "
"different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted "
"to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100
msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo "
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If "
"needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106
msgid ""
"After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113
msgid ""
"When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its "
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in "
"boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows"
" the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121
msgid ""
"An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of "
"6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127
msgid ""
"Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit "
"of Measure\": `Units`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr "Réassort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135
msgid ""
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The"
" purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`"
" field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143
msgid ""
"A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is"
" listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150
msgid ""
"Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart "
"button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted "
"Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, "
"click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the "
"purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
msgstr "Vendre dans une UdM différente"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160
msgid ""
"When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses "
"the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can "
"be manually edited on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163
msgid ""
"After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales "
"order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the "
"|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's "
"inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery "
"shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, "
"but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in"
" boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:280
msgid "Inventory valuation"
msgstr "Valorisation des stocks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
msgstr "Intégrer des coûts additionnels aux produits (coûts logistiques)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité des coûts logistiques dans Odoo permet à l'utilisateur "
"d'inclure des coûts additionnels (expédition, assurance, droits de douane, "
"etc.) dans le coût du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
msgstr ""
"Allez d'abord à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres "
"--> Valorisation` et activez la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Coûts "
"logistiques`. Odoo donne également la possibilité de définir un "
":guilabel:`journal par défaut` dans lequel les écritures comptables des "
"coûts logistiques seront enregistrées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"Activer la fonctionnalité des coûts logistiques dans les paramètres de "
"l'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr "Ajouter les coûts aux produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
msgstr "Recevoir la facture fournisseur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27
msgid ""
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
"line."
msgstr ""
"Après qu'un fournisseur a rempli un bon de commande et envoyé une facture, "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture` sur le bon de commande pour créer "
"une facture fournisseur dans Odoo. Si la facture fournisseur contient des "
"coûts logistiques, tels que les droits de douane, cochez la case dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Coûts logistiques` sur la ligne de la facture "
"fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
msgstr ""
"Activer l'option des coûts logistiques sur une ligne d'une facture "
"fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35
msgid ""
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
msgstr ""
"Pour les frais qui sont toujours des coûts logistiques, créez un produit "
"coût logistique dans Odoo. De cette façon, le produit coût logistique peut "
"être facilement ajouté à la facture fournisseur en tant que ligne de facture"
" au lieu de saisir manuellement les informations relatives aux coûts "
"logistiques chaque fois qu'une facture fournisseur arrive."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
msgid ""
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
msgstr ""
"Créez d'abord un nouveau produit dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Produits --> Produits --> Créer`. Ensuite, donnez un nom au produit coût "
"logistique et définissez le :guilabel:`type de produit` sur "
":guilabel:`Service`. Un produit coût logistique doit toujours être un type "
"de produit service. Après cela, allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Achat` et cochez"
" la case à côté de :guilabel:`Est un coût logistique`. Finalement, cliquez "
"sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour finaliser la création d'un produit coût "
"logistique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
msgid ""
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
msgstr ""
"Si ce produit est toujours un coût logistique, vous pouvez également le "
"définir sur le produit et éviter de devoir cocher la case sur chaque facture"
" fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
msgstr "Option pour définir un produit comme un coût logistique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le coût logistique ajouté à la facture fournisseur (soit en cochant"
" l'option :guilabel:`Coût logistique` sur la ligne de facture ou en ajoutant"
" un produit de coût logistique à la facture), cliquez sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Créer des coûts logistiques` en haut de la facture. Odoo crée "
"automatiquement un enregistrement de coût logistique avec le coût logistique"
" prérempli dans les lignes de produit :guilabel:`Coûts additionnels`. À "
"partir de là, décidez à quel transfert les coûts additionnels s'appliquent "
"en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et en sélectionnant le numéro de "
"référence du transfert dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Transferts`. "
"Cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser un transfert d'entrepôt pour couvrir un coût logistique dans le "
"journal comptable."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64
msgid ""
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir défini le transfert, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Calculer` sur "
"l'enregistrement du coût logistique. Ensuite, allez à l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Correction de valorisation` pour voir l'impact des coûts "
"logistiques. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour enregistrer "
"l'écriture de coût logistique dans le journal comptable."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
msgstr ""
"L'utilisateur peut accéder à la pièce comptable qui a été créée par le coût "
"logistique en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Pièce comptable`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72
msgid ""
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
"Costing)` method."
msgstr ""
"Le produit auquel le coût logistique s'applique doit avoir une catégorie de "
"produit définie sur une méthode :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` ou "
":abbr:`AVCO (coût moyen)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
msgstr "Pièce comptable d'un coût logistique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80
msgid ""
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
msgstr ""
"Les enregistrements de coût logistique peuvent être créés directement dans "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Coûts logistiques`, il n'est "
"pas nécessaire de créer un enregistrement de coût logistique à partir de la "
"facture fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de la valorisation des stocks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid ""
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
msgstr ""
"Tous les stocks disponibles d'une entreprise contribuent à la valorisation "
"de son inventaire. Cette valeur doit être reflétée dans les documents "
"comptables de l'entreprise afin de montrer avec précision la valeur de "
"l'entreprise et de tous ses actifs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, Odoo utilise une valorisation périodique des stocks (également "
"connue sous le nom de valorisation manuelle des stocks). Cette méthode "
"implique que l'équipe comptable enregistre des pièces comptables basées sur "
"l'inventaire physique de l'entreprise et que les employés de l'entrepôt "
"prennent le temps de compter l'inventaire. Dans Odoo, cette méthode est "
"reflétée dans chaque catégorie de produit, où le champ :guilabel:`Méthode de"
" coût` sera défini sur `Prix standard` par défaut et le champ "
":guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` sera défini sur `Manuelle`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
msgstr ""
"Les champs de valorisation des stocks sont situés sur la fiche de la "
"catégorie de produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
"company's inventory."
msgstr ""
"Par ailleurs, la valorisation automatisée des stocks est une méthode de "
"valorisation intégrée qui met à jour la valeur de l'inventaire en temps réel"
" en créant des pièces comptables chaque fois qu'un mouvement de stock est "
"initié entre des emplacements dans l'inventaire d'une entreprise."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26
msgid ""
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
msgstr ""
"La valorisation automatisée des stocks est une méthode recommandée pour les "
"experts-comptables, vu les étapes supplémentaires impliqués dans la "
"configuration d'une pièce comptable. Même après la configuration initiale, "
"la méthode sera vérifiée périodiquement pour s'assurer de son exactitude et "
"des ajustements peuvent être nécessaires en permanence en fonction des "
"besoins et des priorités de l'entreprise."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34
msgid "Types of accounting"
msgstr "Types de comptabilité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
msgid ""
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
msgstr ""
"Les pièces comptables dépendent du mode de comptabilité : *continentale* ou "
"*anglo-saxonne*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
msgid ""
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
msgid ""
"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see"
" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting"
" mode is in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
msgid ""
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So "
"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to "
"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation "
"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost "
"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
msgid ""
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense "
"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, "
"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts "
"<inventory/management/config-inventory-valuation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67
msgid ""
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72
msgid ""
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
"categories."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible d'utiliser des paramètres de valorisation différents pour "
"différentes catégories de produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
msgid "Costing method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
msgid ""
"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired "
":guilabel:`Costing Method`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr "Prix standard"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
msgid ""
"The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually "
"defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation."
" Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is "
"the cost defined on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
msgid "Operation"
msgstr "Opération"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr "Coût unitaire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr "Qté disponible"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
msgid "Incoming Value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr "Valeur de l'inventaire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
msgid "$10"
msgstr "10 $"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
msgid "$0"
msgstr "0 $"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
msgid "8 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:224
msgid "$80"
msgstr "80 $"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:116
msgid "4 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid "$120"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
msgid "Deliver 10 products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121
msgid "-10 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122
msgid "$20"
msgstr "20 $"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
msgid "2 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
msgid "$40"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)"
msgstr "Coût moyen (AVCO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
msgid ""
"Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that "
"product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this "
"costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts "
"based on the purchase price of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:160
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
msgid "$12"
msgstr "12 $"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
msgid "4 * $16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
msgid "$144"
msgstr "144 $"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:162
msgid "-10 * $12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
msgid "$24"
msgstr "24 $"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165
msgid "$9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239
msgid "2 * $6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
msgid "$36"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244
msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with "
"the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-"
"hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the"
" inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. "
"Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183
msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186
msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
msgid ""
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in "
"the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory "
"Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is "
"then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the "
"inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196
msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr "First In First Out (FIFO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
msgid ""
"Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the "
"real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase "
"price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of "
"that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an "
"updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
msgid ""
"This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a "
"variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human "
"error."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
msgid "$16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-8 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-2 * $16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
msgid "$32"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
msgid "$11"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
msgid "$44"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the "
"incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two "
"units were purchased for $16."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
msgid ""
"First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity "
"by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256
msgid ""
"The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the"
" previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:258
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining "
"quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
msgid ""
"When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = "
"$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
msgid ""
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is "
"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any "
"adjustments here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269
msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the "
"*Inventory Valuation* report."
msgstr ""
"Quand la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` est modifiée, la valeur des produits "
"déjà en stock qui utilisaient la méthode de coût :guilabel:`Standard` ne "
"changera **pas** ; Au contraire, les unités existantes conservent leur "
"valeur et tout mouvement de produit à partir de ce moment affecte le coût "
"moyen. Si la valeur dans le champ :guilabel:`Coût` sur une fiche produit est"
" modifiée manuellement, Odoo génère un enregistrement correspondant dans le "
"rapport *Valorisation des stocks*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
msgid ""
"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or "
"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and"
" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`Expense <inventory/management/expense-account>` and "
":ref:`Stock input/output <inventory/management/stock-account>` sections for "
"details on configuring each account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
msgid "Expense account"
msgstr "Compte de charges"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid ""
"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`"
" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account "
"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:298
msgid ""
"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type "
"based on the information below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371
msgid "Anglo-Saxon"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
msgid "Automated"
msgstr "Automatisée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the "
":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of "
"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:206
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "Manuelle"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:322
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock "
"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by "
"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is "
":guilabel:`Current Assets`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
msgid "Continental"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or "
":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347
msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output"
" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product"
" Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:353
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. "
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. "
"These accounts are defined as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
"products."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Compte de valorisation des stocks` : lorsque la valorisation "
"automatisée des stocks est activée sur un produit, ce compte contient la "
"valeur actuelle des produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are "
"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Compte d'entrée en stock` : les écritures comptables de "
"contrepartie pour tous les mouvements de stock entrants seront enregistrées "
"dans ce compte, à moins qu'un compte de valorisation spécifique n'ait été "
"défini sur l'emplacement d'origine. Il s'agit de la valeur par défaut pour "
"tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être défini "
"directement pour chaque produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:364
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Compte de sortie de stock` : les écritures comptables de "
"contrepartie pour tous les mouvements de stock sortants seront enregistrées "
"dans ce compte, à moins qu'un compte de valorisation spécifique n'ait été "
"défini sur l'emplacement de destination. Il s'agit de la valeur par défaut "
"pour tous les produits dans une catégorie donnée et peut également être "
"défini directement pour chaque produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer "
"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing "
"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
msgid ""
"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the "
"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose "
":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
msgid ""
"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current "
"Asset* account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391
msgid ""
"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought"
" and sold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:396
msgid ""
"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim "
"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set"
" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output "
"accounts are assigned to the **same** account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406
msgid "Inventory valuation reporting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
msgid ""
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
" at once."
msgstr ""
"Pour démarrer, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Analyse --> Bilan`. "
"En haut du tableau de bord, changez la valeur du champ :guilabel:`À partir "
"du` en :guilabel:`Aujourd'hui` et ajustez les :guilabel:`Options` de "
"filtrage sur :guilabel:`Tout déplier` afin de voir toutes les données les "
"plus récentes affichées en une seule fois."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:414
msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
msgid ""
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
msgstr ""
"Sous le poste parent :guilabel:`Actifs circulants`, cherchez le poste "
"imbriqué :guilabel:`Compte de valorisation des stocks`, où est affichée la "
"valorisation totale de tout le stock disponible."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420
msgid ""
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Compte de valorisation du stock` permet "
"d'accéder à des informations plus spécifiques, en sélectionnant soit le "
":guilabel:`Grand livre` pour obtenir une vue détaillée de toutes les pièces "
"comptables, soit les :guilabel:`Imputations comptables` pour passer en revue"
" toutes les pièces comptables individuelles qui ont été soumises au compte. "
"Il est également possible d'ajouter des annotations au :guilabel:`Bilan` en "
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Annoter`, en complétant la zone de texte en cliquant"
" sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
msgstr ""
"Voir la décomposition complète de la valorisation des stocks dans "
"l'application Odoo Comptabilité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
msgstr "Utiliser la valorisation des stocks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
msgstr ""
"La *valorisation des stocks* est une procédure comptable essentielle qui "
"permet de calculer la valeur du stock disponible. Une fois déterminé, le "
"montant de la valorisation des stocks est ensuite compté dans la valeur "
"globale de l'entreprise."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, ce processus peut être appliqué manuellement — par les employés "
"de l'entrepôt qui comptent physiquement les produits —  ou automatiquement "
"par le biais de la base de données."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15
msgid "Automatic inventory valuation"
msgstr "Valorisation automatique des stocks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17
msgid ""
"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation "
"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by "
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options."
msgstr ""
"Pour qu'Odoo génère automatiquement une trace des entrées de valorisation "
"des stocks, allez d'abord à la liste des :menuselection:`Catégories de "
"produits` en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et sélectionnez la catégorie de "
"produits souhaitée. Sur le formulaire, définissez la :guilabel:`Valorisation"
" des stocks` sur :guilabel:`Automatisée` et la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` "
"sur l'une des trois options."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation <inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26
msgid ""
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
"scenario below."
msgstr ""
"Pour comprendre comment les entrées et les sorties de produits en stock "
"impactent la valeur globale de l'entreprise, examinons le scénario suivant "
"de mouvements des produits et des stocks."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr "Recevoir un produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure"
" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the "
"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`"
" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal"
" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`"
" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`."
msgstr ""
"Pour garder une trace de la valeur des produits entrants, tels qu'une simple"
" *table*, configurez la catégorie de produits sur le produit même. Pour ce "
"faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> "
"Produits` et cliquez sur le produit souhaité. Sur la fiche du produit, "
"cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`➡️ (flèche droite)` à côté du champ "
":guilabel:`Catégorie de produits` qui ouvre un lien interne permettant de "
"modifier la catégorie de produits. Ensuite, définissez la :guilabel:`Méthode"
" de coût` sur :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` et la "
":guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` sur :guilabel:`Automatisée`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40
msgid ""
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également accéder au tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Catégories "
"de produits` en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et sélectionnez la catégorie de "
"produits souhaitée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, imaginons que 10 tables sont achetées à un prix de 10,00 $ chacune."
" Le bon de commande de ces tables affichera le sous-total de l'achat de 100 "
"$, plus tous les frais ou taxes supplémentaires."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each."
msgstr "Bon de commande avec 10 tables d'une valeur de 10,00 $ chacune."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the"
" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button "
"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was "
"affected by this purchase."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir cliqué sur :guilabel:`Valider` sur le bon de commande, le bouton"
" intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation` s'affiche. Si vous cliquez sur ce "
"bouton, un rapport s'affiche montrant comment la valorisation des stocks de "
"la table a été impactée par cet achat."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button."
msgstr ""
"Le :ref:`mode développeur <developer-mode>` **doit** être activé pour voir "
"le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :doc:`consignment "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows "
"ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not"
" accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled."
msgstr ""
"Voir le bouton intelligent Valorisation sur une réception, avec le mode "
"développeur activé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
msgid ""
"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all "
"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to"
" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
"report>`."
msgstr ""
"Pour obtenir un tableau de bord complet comprenant la valorisation des "
"stocks de toutes les expéditions de produits, les ajustements d'inventaire "
"et les opérations d'entrepôt, consultez le :ref:`rapport de valorisation des"
" stocks <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-report>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr "Livrer un produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""
"Dans la même logique, lorsqu'une table est expédiée à un client et quitte "
"l'entrepôt, la valorisation des stocks diminue. De même, le bouton "
"intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation` sur le bon de livraison affiche "
"l'enregistrement de la valorisation des stocks comme il le fait sur un bon "
"de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
msgstr "Valorisation des stocks réduite après l'expédition d'un produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86
msgid "Inventory valuation report"
msgstr "Rapport de valorisation des stocks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88
msgid ""
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on "
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products "
"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and"
" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher la valeur totale de tous les produits de l'entrepôt, activez "
"d'abord le :ref:`mode développeur <developer-mode>` et allez à l'application"
" :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation`. Le tableau de "
"bord de la :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` affiche des enregistrements "
"détaillés des produits avec la :guilabel:`Date`, la :guilabel:`Quantité`, la"
" :guilabel:`Valeur unitaire`, et la :guilabel:`Valeur totale` de "
"l'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`."
msgstr ""
"Le :ref:`mode développeur <developer-mode>` **doit** être activé pour voir "
"l'option :guilabel:`Valorisation` dans la section :guilabel:`Analyse`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
msgstr ""
"Le rapport de valorisation des stocks affichant de multiples produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-"
"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified "
"date can be seen and selected."
msgstr ""
"Le bouton :guilabel:`Valorisation à la date`, situé dans le coin supérieur "
"gauche de la page :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks`, fait apparaître une "
"fenêtre contextuelle. Dans cette fenêtre, vous pouvez sélectionner et voir "
"la valorisation des stocks des produits disponibles à une date antérieure "
"précise."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107
msgid ""
"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-"
"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the "
"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez voir un enregistrement détaillé de la valeur d'inventaire, des "
"mouvements de stock et du stock disponible d'un produit en sélectionnant le "
"bouton sarcelle :guilabel:`➡️ (flèche droite)` à droite de la valeur de la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Référence`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112
msgid "Update product unit price"
msgstr "Mettre à jour le prix unitaire d'un produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114
msgid ""
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
"to update the unit price of products."
msgstr ""
"Pour une entreprise, les délais, les défaillances de la chaîne "
"d'approvisionnement et d'autres facteurs de risque peuvent engendrer des "
"coûts invisibles. Même si Odoo tente de représenter fidèlement la valeur du "
"stock, la *valorisation manuelle* est un outil supplémentaire pour mettre à "
"jour le prix unitaire des produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
msgid ""
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or "
":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`."
msgstr ""
"La valorisation manuelle est destinée aux produits qui peuvent être achetés "
"et reçus pour un coût supérieur à 0 ou qui ont des catégories de produits "
"dont la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` est définie sur :guilabel:`Coût moyen "
"(AVCO)` ou :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
msgstr "Ajouter une valorisation manuelle de la valeur du stock à un produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127
msgid ""
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select "
":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by "
"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to "
"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ "
"(plus)` button on the right."
msgstr ""
"Créez des entrées de valorisation manuelle sur le tableau de bord de la "
":guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` en allant d'abord à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation`. Ensuite, pour "
"activer la fonctionnalité *Revalorisation du produit*, sélectionnez "
":menuselection:`Regrouper par --> Produit` pour organiser tous les "
"enregistrements par produit. Cliquez sur l'icône grise :guilabel:`▶️ "
"(triangle déroulant)` pour faire apparaître les lignes de valorisation des "
"stocks, ainsi qu'un bouton sarcelle :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` à droite."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133
msgid ""
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be "
"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton sarcelle :guilabel:`+ (plus)` pour ouvrir le "
"formulaire de :guilabel:`revalorisation du produit`. Ce formulaire permet de"
" recalculer la valeur des stocks d'un produit, en augmentant ou en diminuant"
" le prix unitaire de chaque produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are"
" only visible after grouping entries by product."
msgstr ""
"Les boutons :guilabel:`▶️ (triangle déroulant)` et :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` ne "
"sont visibles qu'après avoir regroupé les entrées par produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
"inflation."
msgstr ""
"Le formulaire de revalorisation du produit ajoutant un montant de 1,00 $ en "
"raison de l'inflation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146
msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries"
msgstr "Pièces comptables pour la valorisation des stocks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148
msgid ""
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` "
"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory "
"valuation records are identified by checking values in the "
":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column "
"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` "
"for receipts)."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, les enregistrements de valorisation automatique des stocks sont "
"également enregistrés dans l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> "
"Comptabilité --> Pièces comptables`. Dans cette liste exhaustive des pièces "
"comptables, les enregistrements de valorisation des stocks sont identifiés "
"en vérifiant les valeurs dans la colonne :guilabel:`Journal` ou en "
"recherchant la valeur de la colonne :guilabel:`Référence` de l'opération "
"d'entrepôt (par ex. `WH/IN/00014` pour les réceptions)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154
msgid ""
"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry "
"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change "
"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Si vous cliquez sur une pièce comptable de valorisation des stocks, un "
"enregistrement de *comptabilité en partie double*. Ces enregistrements sont "
"générés par Odoo afin de suivre la variation de la valeur de l'inventaire au"
" fur et à mesure que les produits entrent et sortent de l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159
msgid ""
"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon "
"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page "
"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`."
" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value "
"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir la valorisation des stocks de 10 *tables*, d'une valeur de 10,00 $"
" chacune, lors de la réception du fournisseur, allez à la page "
":menuselection:`Pièces comptables` accessible via "
":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Comptabilité --> Pièces comptables`. "
"Cliquez sur l'écriture comptable dont la valeur de la colonne "
":guilabel:`Référence` correspond à la référence sur la réception, "
"`WH/IN/00014`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
msgstr ""
"La page de la valorisation des stocks décrivant les produits d'une "
"expédition."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168
msgid ""
"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for "
"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand "
"stock."
msgstr ""
"`Stock provisoire` est un compte d'attente de l'argent destiné à payer le "
"produit aux fournisseurs. Le compte `valorisation des stocks` contient la "
"valeur de tout le stock disponible."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
msgstr "Pièce comptable pour la valorisation des stocks de 10 tables."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Tutoriels Odoo : Valorisation des stocks "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6
msgid "Product tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products "
"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, "
"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and "
"inventory reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also "
"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16
msgid ""
"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" or products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "Activer les lots et les numéros de série"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26
msgid ""
"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*"
" feature must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29
msgid ""
"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité Lots et numéros de série activée dans les paramètres "
"d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38
msgid "When to use lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product"
" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls "
"or expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for "
"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life "
"cycles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55
msgid "When to use serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply "
"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services related to products they sell and deliver."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "List of serial numbers for product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, "
"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:321
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr "Traçabilité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, "
"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was "
"sent."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or "
"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80
msgid ""
"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed "
"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers "
"have been specifically assigned to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83
msgid ""
"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be "
"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For "
"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one "
"product per serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial "
"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that "
"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From "
"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart"
" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations "
"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Expiration dates"
msgstr "Dates d'expiration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
"expired products to customers."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, les *dates d'expiration* peuvent être utilisées pour gérer et "
"suivre les cycles de vie des produits périssables, de l'achat à la vente. "
"l'utilisation des dates d'expiration réduit les pertes de produits dues à "
"une expiration inattendue, et permet d'éviter d'envoyer des produits périmés"
" aux clients."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
"buy and sell perishable products."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, seuls les produits qui sont suivis à l'aide de *lots* et de "
"*numéros de série* peuvent se voir assigner des informations relatives à "
"l'expiration. Une fois qu'un lot ou un numéro de série a été assigné, une "
"date d'expiration peut être définie. Ceci est particulièrement utile pour "
"les entreprises (telles que les fabricants de produits alimentaires) qui "
"achètent et vendent régulièrement, ou exclusivement, des produits "
"périssables."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
msgstr "Activer les dates d'expiration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23
msgid ""
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer l'utilisation des *dates d'expiration*, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, et faites "
"défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`. Ensuite, cochez la case "
"pour activer la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que cette fonctionnalité est activée, une nouvelle option s'affiche"
" permettant d'activer les :guilabel:`Dates d'expiration`. Cochez cette case "
"pour activer la fonctionnalité et assurez-vous d':guilabel:`Enregistrer` les"
" changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
msgstr ""
"Les paramètres lots et numéros de série et dates d'expiration activés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional "
"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to "
":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these "
"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage "
"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` est "
"activée, des fonctionnalités supplémentaires apparaissent permettant "
"d':guilabel:`Afficher des lots et des numéros de série sur les bons de "
"livraison` ; d':guilabel:`Afficher des lots et des numéros de série sur les "
"factures` et d':guilabel:`Afficher des dates d'expiration sur les bons de "
"livraison`. L'activation de ces fonctionnalités contribue à la traçabilité "
"de bout en bout, ce qui facilite la gestion des rappels de produits, "
"l'identification des \"mauvais\" lots de produits, etc."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
msgstr "Configurer des dates d'expiration sur des produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, "
"expiration information can be configured on individual products."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les fonctionnalités :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` et "
":guilabel:`Dates d'expiration` ont été activées dans les paramètres de "
"l'application *Inventaire*, les informations relatives à l'expiration "
"peuvent être configurées sur des produits individuels."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"in the upper-left corner to make changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits"
" --> Produits`, et sélectionnez un produit à modifier. La sélection d'un "
"produit affiche la fiche du produit pour cet article en particulier. Sur la "
"fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` dans le coin supérieur "
"gauche pour effectuer des changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53
msgid ""
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
"Pour que les produits soient suivis à l'aide de lots ou de numéros de série "
"ou pour configurer des informations relatives à l'expiration, les produits "
"*doivent* avoir leur :guilabel:`Type de produit` défini sur "
":guilabel:`Produit stockable` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations "
"générales`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et faites défiler "
"jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`. À partir de là, assurez-vous que"
" vous avez coché :guilabel:`Par numéro de série unique` ou :guilabel:`Par "
"lots`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61
msgid ""
"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must "
"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field "
"appears to the right."
msgstr ""
"Une fois cela fait, une nouvelle case :guilabel:`Date d'expiration` "
"s'affiche qui doit également être cochée. Lorsque les deux options sont "
"activées, un nouveau champ :guilabel:`Dates` s'affiche à droite."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
msgstr ""
"Si un produit est en stock avant d'activer le suivi par lot ou par numéro de"
" série, il peut être nécessaire de procéder à un ajustement d'inventaire "
"afin d'assigner des numéros de lots au stock existant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70
msgid ""
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
msgstr ""
"Pour le traitement de grandes quantités de produits lors de réceptions ou de"
" livraisons, il est recommandé d'effectuer un suivi par lot, pour que "
"plusieurs produits puissent être rattachés au même lot, en cas de problème."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
msgstr "Configuration des dates d'expiration sur la fiche du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration "
"information to configure for the product:"
msgstr ""
"Sous le champ :guilabel:`Dates`, il y a quatre catégories d'informations "
"relatives à l'expiration pour configurer le produit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Délai d'expiration` : le nombre de jours après la réception des "
"produits (d'un fournisseur ou en stock après la production) au cours "
"desquels les marchandises peuvent devenir dangereuses et ne doivent pas être"
" utilisées ou consommées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being "
"dangerous yet."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date limite d'utilisation optimale` : le nombre de jours avant la"
" date d'expiration au cours desquels les marchandises commencent à se "
"détériorer, **sans** nécessairement être déjà dangereuses."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Délai avant retrait` : le nombre de jours avant la date "
"d'expiration au cours desquels les marchandises doivent être retirées du "
"stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
" particular serial number."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Délai avant alerte` : le nombre de jours avant la date "
"d'expiration au cours desquels une alerte doit être déclenchée pour les "
"marchandises d'un lot particulier ou contenant un numéro de série "
"particulier."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
"manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""
"Les valeurs saisies dans ces champs calculent automatiquement la date "
"d'expiration des marchandises entrées dans le stock, qu'elles soient "
"achetées auprès d'un fournisseur ou fabriquées en interne."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que toutes les informations relatives à l'expiration ont été "
"configurées, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les "
"changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
msgstr ""
"Si le champ :guilabel:`Dates` n'est pas renseigné avec des valeurs pour les "
"informations relatives à l'expiration, les dates (et les lots) peuvent être "
"assignées manuellement lors es réceptions et livraisons dans l'entrepôt et "
"hors de l'entrepôt. Même lorsqu'elles sont assignées, elles peuvent toujours"
" être remplacées et modifiées manuellement si nécessaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
msgstr ""
"Définir des dates d'expiration sur les réceptions avec des lots & numéros de"
" série"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103
msgid ""
"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from"
" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new "
"request for quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de générer des dates d'expiration pour les marchandises "
"**entrantes** directement à partir du bon de commande. Pour créer un bon de "
"commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107
msgid ""
"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`."
msgstr ""
"Complétez ensuite les informations en ajoutant un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et"
" ajoutez des produits aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produits` en cliquant sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110
msgid ""
"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This "
"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez la quantité souhaitée à commander en changeant le nombre dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la "
"commande`. Cette action transforme la demande de prix en bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order "
"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` en haut du bon de "
"commande pour accéder au formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an "
"assigned lot or serial number."
msgstr ""
"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` avant d'assigner un numéro de série "
"aux quantités de produits commandées, une fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur` s'affiche. La fenêtre contextuelle demande "
"de saisir un lot ou un numéro de série pour les produits commandés. La "
"demande de prix ne peut pas être validée sans l'assignation d'un lot ou d'un"
" numéro de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur lors de la validation d'une "
"commande sans numéro de lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon "
"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear."
msgstr ""
"À partir de là, cliquez sur l'icône de menu (hamburger) des "
":guilabel:`Options supplémentaires` située à l'extrême droite de la ligne de"
" produit. Lorsque vous cliquez sur cette icône, une fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` s'affiche."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130
msgid ""
"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial "
"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field."
msgstr ""
"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` "
"et assignez un lot ou un numéro de série dans le champ :guilabel:`Nom du "
"lot/numéro de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133
msgid ""
"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on "
"the product form (if previously configured)."
msgstr ""
"Une date d'expiration est automatiquement complétée en fonction de la "
"configuration sur la fiche du produit (si elle a été configurée "
"précédemment)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
"this date can be manually entered."
msgstr ""
"Si le champ :guilabel:`Dates` sur la fiche produit n'a pas été configuré, "
"cette date peut être saisie manuellement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140
msgid ""
"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` "
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la date d'expiration établie, notez les quantités "
":guilabel:`faites` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la "
"fenêtre contextuelle. Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
msgstr ""
"La fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées affichant les dates "
"d'expiration des produits commandés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`; and more."
msgstr ""
"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît lors de la validation"
" de la réception. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` "
"pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis à jour, qui inclut ; un "
"document de :guilabel:`Référence` ; le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi ; "
"le :guilabel:`Lot/# de série` ; et bien plus encore."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
msgstr "Définir des dates d'expiration sur des produits fabriqués"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
"(MO) needs to be completed."
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible de générer des dates d'expiration pour des "
"produits fabriqués en interne. Pour assigner des dates d'expiration à des "
"produits fabriqués, un ordre de fabrication (OF) doit être complété."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un :abbr:`OF (ordre de fabrication)`, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication` et "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Choisissez un produit à fabriquer dans le "
"menu déroulant du champ :guilabel:`Produit`, puis sélectionnez la "
":guilabel:`Quantité` à produire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
msgstr "Ordre de fabrication pour un produit avec date d'expiration."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"Pour fabriquer un produit, il faut qu'il y ait des matières premières à "
"consommer dans les lignes de la colonne :guilabel:`Produit`. Pour ce faire, "
"vous pouvez créer une :guilabel:`Nomenclature` pour le :guilabel:`Produit` "
"ou ajouter manuellement des matières premières à consommer en cliquant sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr "Une fois que tout est prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174
msgid ""
"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number "
"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to "
"automatically assign a new lot number."
msgstr ""
"À côté de :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série`, sélectionnez un numéro de lot "
"existant dans le menu déroulant ou cliquez sur le signe :guilabel:`+` vert "
"pour automatiquement assigner un nouveau numéro de lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177
msgid ""
"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click"
" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, sélectionnez un nombre d'unités dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité` "
"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme terminé`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail "
"form for that specific number."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur l'icône de :guilabel:`Lien externe` dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` assigné. Une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche,"
" révélant un formulaire détaillé pour ce numéro particulier."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183
msgid ""
"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information "
"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same "
"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, "
"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Dates`, toutes les"
" informations relatives à l'expiration précédemment configurées pour le "
"produit sont affichées. Ces mêmes informations sont également disponibles "
"sur le formulaire détaillé de ce produit spécifique ou en allant à "
"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de "
"série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number."
msgstr ""
"L'onglet Dates avec des informations relatives à l'expiration d'un numéro de"
" lot spécifique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
msgstr "Vendre des produits avec des dates d'expiration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195
msgid ""
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
"create a sales order."
msgstr ""
"La vente de produits périssables avec date d'expiration se fait de la même "
"manière que pour tout autre type de produit. La première étape de la vente "
"de produits périssables consiste à créer une commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new "
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes --> Créer` pour "
"créer un nouveau devis et compléter les informations sur le formulaire de "
"commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201
msgid ""
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez un :guilabel:`Client`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` "
"pour ajouter les produits souhaités aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit` et "
"définissez une :guilabel:`Quantité` pour les produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
msgstr ""
"Puis cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations`. Dans la section "
":guilabel:`Livraison`, modifiez la :guilabel:`Date de livraison` à une date "
"après la date prévue et cliquez sur l'icône de :guilabel:`case à cocher "
"verte` pour confirmer la date. Cliquez enfin sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour "
"confirmer la commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` en haut de "
"la commande pour accéder au formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` et :guilabel:`Appliquer` dans la fenêtre contextuelle "
"qui s'affiche, afin de traiter automatiquement toutes les quantités "
":guilabel:`faites` et de livrer les produits au client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215
msgid ""
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
"product form, then no alerts will be created."
msgstr ""
"Si les produits sont livrés avant la :guilabel:`Date d'alerte` définie sur "
"la fiche du produit, aucune alerte ne sera créée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219
msgid ""
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
"Categories`."
msgstr ""
"Pour vendre des produits périssables avec des dates d'expiration la "
":guilabel:`Stratégie d'enlèvement` pour l':guilabel:`Emplacement` dans "
"lequel les produits sont stockés doit être définie sur :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expiry, First Out)`. S'il n'y a pas assez de stock de produits périssables "
"dans un lot, Odoo prendra automatiquement la quantité restante nécessaire "
"dans un second lot avec la date d'expiration la plus proche. Les stratégies "
"d'enlèvement peuvent également être définies sur les :guilabel:`Catégories "
"de produits`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:190
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:105
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "Afficher les dates d'expiration pour les lots & numéros de série"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231
msgid ""
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher (et/ou regrouper) tous les produits avec des dates "
"d'expiration par numéro de lot, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234
msgid ""
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down "
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter."
msgstr ""
"Sur cette page, supprimez tous les filtres de recherche par défaut de la "
"barre :guilabel:`Recherche...`. Puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Regrouper par`, "
"choisissez :guilabel:`Ajouter un groupe personnalisé` et sélectionnez le "
"paramètre :guilabel:`Date d'expiration` dans le menu déroulant. Enfin, "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour appliquer le filtre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238
msgid ""
"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and "
"the assigned lot number."
msgstr ""
"Cette opération permet de répertorier tous les produits périssables, leur "
"date d'expiration et le numéro de lot qui leur a été assigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
msgstr ""
"Regrouper par dates d'expiration sur la page des lots et numéros de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245
msgid "Expiration alerts"
msgstr "Alertes d'expiration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247
msgid ""
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir les alertes d'expiration, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249
msgid ""
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information "
"related to the products."
msgstr ""
"Puis cliquez sur un :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` avec des produits "
"périssables. Cette action affiche le formulaire détaillé du numéro de série."
" Sur ce formulaire, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Dates` pour voir toutes "
"les informations relatives à l'expiration des produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253
msgid ""
"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the "
"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or "
"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier le formulaire, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` dans le coin "
"supérieur gauche du formulaire, puis modifiez la :guilabel:`Date "
"d'expiration` à la date d'aujourd'hui (ou à une date antérieure) et cliquez "
"sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les modifications."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257
msgid ""
"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration "
"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are "
"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the "
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)."
msgstr ""
"Après l'enregistrement, le formulaire de numéro de lot affiche une "
":guilabel:`Alerte d'expiration` rouge en haut du formulaire pour indiquer "
"que les produits de ce lot sont soit périmés, soit bientôt périmés. À partir"
" de là, retournez à la page :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série` (via le fil "
"d'Ariane)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261
msgid ""
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the"
" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir la nouvelle alerte d'expiration ou toutes les alertes d'expiration"
" pour les produits qui sont périmés (ou qui périment bientôt), supprimez "
"tous les filtres de recherche dans la barre de :guilabel:`Recherche...` sur "
"le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Filtres` et choisissez :guilabel:`Alertes "
"d'expiration`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
msgstr ""
"Alerte d'expiration pour un produit qui a dépassé la date d'expiration."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3
msgid "Lot numbers"
msgstr "Numéros de lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They "
"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored,"
" shipped, or manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:11
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common "
"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received "
"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for "
"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates <expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24
msgid ""
"To track products by lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Then,"
" configure each product to be tracked by serial numbers on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:30
msgid ""
"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go"
" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox "
"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36
msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:37
msgid ""
":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers "
"<barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:46
msgid "Track by lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure "
"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a "
"product to configure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:52
msgid ""
"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be "
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:57
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, use an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` to assign "
"lot numbers to existing products in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
msgstr "La fonctionnalité de Suivi par lots activée sur la fiche du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:66
msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68
msgid ""
"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` on the receipt form. When "
"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-"
"delivery>`, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:76
msgid "On receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:78
msgid ""
"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly"
" on receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_ a |PO| for products tracked "
"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that "
"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban "
"card, and choosing the desired receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers a "
":guilabel:`User Error`, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned "
"before validating the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur lors de l'ajout d'un lot/numéro "
"de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97
msgid ""
"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, "
"select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to the right of the product "
"that is tracked by lot numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104
msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104
msgid "The bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, where the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Done` quantity are assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109
msgid ""
"The two ways to assign lot numbers are **manually** and **copy/paste**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:112
msgid "Manual assignment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:114
msgid ""
"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and choose the"
" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. "
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and specify the "
":guilabel:`Done` quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:119
msgid ""
"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for "
"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Done` column"
" matches the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` at the top."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées d'assignation d'un numéro de "
"lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:128
msgid "Copy and paste"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:130
msgid ""
"From a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier "
"(or manually chosen to assign upon receipt), click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and proceed to copy and paste the lot numbers, in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
msgstr "Liste des numéros de lot copiés dans la feuille de calcul Excel."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid ""
"Lot numbers copied to the lot number line, with each lot number on its own "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:144
msgid ""
"After clicking away from the text field, Odoo automatically generates the "
"necessary lot number lines. The quantities in the :guilabel:`Done` column "
"match the first entry. Manually adjust the :guilabel:`To` locations and "
":guilabel:`Done` quantities for each lot number, as needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:201
msgid ""
":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers <inventory/product_management/lot-"
"traceability>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157
msgid "On delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159
msgid ""
"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen"
" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162
msgid ""
"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for "
"that specific |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`"
" Kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order "
"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to"
" the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon"
" reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is chosen, with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantity taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that "
"particular lot)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179
msgid ""
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity "
"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the "
"total quantity."
msgstr ""
"Si le stock de ce lot est insuffisant ou si des quantités partielles de la "
":guilabel:`Demande` doivent être prélevées sur plusieurs lots, changez la "
"quantité dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fait` pour uniquement inclure cette "
"partie spécifique de la quantité totale."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:184
msgid ""
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also "
"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is "
"enough to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select a different :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
" Number`, apply the remaining :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Lastly, click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées pour le numéro de lot source "
"sur la commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:204
msgid "Lot management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:206
msgid ""
"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:209
msgid ""
"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down "
"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number"
" to :ref:`modify or add details <inventory/product_management/edit-lot>` "
"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created "
"<inventory/product_management/create-new-lot>` from this page, by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219
msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219
msgid ""
"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:224
msgid "Modify lot"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226
msgid ""
"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a "
"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow "
"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line "
"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated "
"number to any desired one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234
msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: Change the lot number linked to the "
":guilabel:`Product`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: Records an alternative lot/serial number "
"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier "
"manufacturer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: Specify the company where the lot number is available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: Add extra details about the lot or serial number in"
" this text field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:243
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Quantity` fields **cannot** be "
"modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the lot number form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:251
msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256
msgid "Reserve lot number for a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258
msgid ""
"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262
msgid ""
"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. "
"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers "
"on receipts <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field "
"on the lot form, and changing the generated number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271
msgid ""
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le nouveau :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` est généré, cliquez "
"sur le champ vierge à côté de :guilabel:`Produit` pour révéler un menu "
"déroulant. Dans ce menu, sélectionnez le produit auquel ce nouveau numéro "
"sera assigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276
msgid "The lot number, `0000011`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
msgstr ""
"Formulaire de création d'un nouveau numéro de lot avec le produit assigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:282
msgid ""
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the "
"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on"
" a receipt <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`, or when making an "
"inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:288
msgid ""
"After creating the lot number, `0000011` appears as an option for `Drawer "
"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Show how to assign serial numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:296
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
msgstr "Gérer des lots pour différents types d'opérations"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298
msgid ""
"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and "
"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot "
"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:302
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:306
msgid ""
"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers "
"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing "
"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre de traçabilité activé sur le formulaire des types d'opérations."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:315
msgid ""
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
" warehouse receipts."
msgstr ""
"Pour les transferts entre entrepôts qui impliquent des produits suivis par "
"lots, il peut être utile d'activer l'option :guilabel:`Utiliser les "
"lots/numéros de série existants` pour les réceptions à l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:323
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it"
" was stored, who it went to (and when)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:326
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir la traçabilité complète d'un produit, ou regrouper des produits "
"par lots, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> "
"Lots/Numéros de série`. Cette opération affiche le tableau de bord des "
":menuselection:`Lots/Numéros de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:330
msgid ""
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
"assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"À partir de là, les produits auxquels des numéros de lot ont été assignés "
"sont répertoriés par défaut, et il est possible de les développer pour "
"afficher les numéros de lot assignés à ces produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:333
msgid ""
"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down menu, select "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from "
"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337
msgid ""
"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded "
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number."
msgstr ""
"Cette opération permet d'afficher tous les lots et numéros de série "
"existants et il est possible de les développer pour afficher toutes les "
"quantités de produits portant le numéro assigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
msgstr "Rapport de traçabilité des lots et numéros de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345
msgid "Traceability report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:347
msgid ""
"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number "
"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:356
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Use serial numbers to track products"
msgstr "Utiliser des numéros de série pour suivre des produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" and products."
msgstr ""
"Les *Numéros de série* sont l'une des deux façons d'identifier et de suivre "
"des produits dans Odoo. Un numéro de série est un identifiant unique assigné"
" de manière incrémentielle (ou séquentielle) à un article ou un produit, "
"utilisé pour le distinguer des autres articles et produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can "
"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical "
"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above."
msgstr ""
"Les numéros de série peuvent être composés de différents types de caractères"
" : ils peuvent être strictement numériques, ils peuvent contenir des lettres"
" et d'autres symboles typographiques ou ils peuvent être un mélange de tous "
"ces éléments."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply"
" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services to products that they sell and deliver."
msgstr ""
"L'assignation de numéros de série à des produits individuels permet de "
"s'assurer que l'historique de chaque article est identifiable lorsqu'il "
"bouge dans la chaîne d'approvisionnement. Ceci peut être particulièrement "
"utile pour les fabricants qui fournissent des services après-vente aux "
"produits qu'ils vendent et livrent."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22
msgid ""
"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial "
"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down "
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour suivre des produits à l'aide de numéros de série, la fonctionnalité "
":guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` doit être activée. Pour ce faire, allez "
"à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres`, faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité` et "
"cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`. Pensez à "
"cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les "
"changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting."
msgstr "Paramètre des lots et numéros de série activé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products"
msgstr "Configurer le suivi par numéro de série sur les produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"choose a desired product to track."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le paramètre :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` activé, il est "
"possible de suivre des produits individuels pour être suivis à l'aide de "
"numéros de série. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits` et choisissez un "
"produit à suivre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40
msgid ""
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
msgstr ""
"Sur la fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et cliquez sur "
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and "
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers "
"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches "
"of this product."
msgstr ""
"Sur la fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`, allez à l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Inventaire` et faites défiler jusqu'à la section "
":guilabel:`Traçabilité`. Ensuite, sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Par "
"numéro de série unique` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour "
"enregistrer les changements. Il est désormais possible de sélectionner des "
"nouveaux numéros de série ou des numéros de série existants et les assigner "
"aux lots nouvellement reçus ou fabriqués de ce produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
msgstr "Le suivi par numéro de série activé sur la fiche du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52
msgid ""
"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-"
"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock"
" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to "
"the product by making an inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"Si un produit n'a pas de numéro de série assigné, une fenêtre contextuelle "
"d'erreur d'utilisateur apparaît. Le message d'erreur stipule que le ou les "
"produits en stock n'ont pas de lot/numéro de série. Cependant, il est "
"possible d'assigner un lot/numéro de série au produit en procédant à un "
"ajustement d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
msgstr "Créer de nouveaux numéros de série pour des produits déjà en stock"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59
msgid ""
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de créer de nouveaux numéros de série pour des produits déjà"
" en stock auxquels aucun numéro de série n'a été assigné. Pour ce faire, "
"allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série` "
"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un "
"formulaire de lots/numéros de série vierge. Sur ce formulaire, un nouveau "
":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` est généré automatiquement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
"changing the generated number."
msgstr ""
"Bien qu'Odoo génère automatiquement un nouveau lot/numéro de série pour "
"suivre le numéro le plus récent, il peut être édité et modifié en n'importe "
"quel autre numéro, en cliquant sur la ligne sous le champ "
":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et en changeant le numéro généré."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` généré, cliquez sur le champ "
"vierge à côté du :guilabel:`Produit` pour révéler un menu déroulant. Dans ce"
" menu, sélectionnez le produit auquel ce nouveau numéro sera assigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73
msgid ""
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to "
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a "
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
"website environment)."
msgstr ""
"Ce formulaire permet également d'ajuster la :guilabel:`Quantité`, d'assigner"
" un numéro de :guilabel:`Référence interne` unique (à des fins de "
"traçabilité) et d'assigner cette configuration de lot/numéro de série "
"spécifique à un site web spécifique dans le champ :guilabel:`Site web` (si "
"vous avez plusieurs sites web)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78
msgid ""
"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added "
"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
msgstr ""
"Il est aussi possible d'ajouter une description détaillée à ce lot/numéro de"
" série spécifique dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description` en dessous."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque toutes les configurations souhaitées sont terminées, cliquez sur le "
"bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
msgstr "Nouveau numéro de série créé pour un produit existant en stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87
msgid ""
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this "
"newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un nouveau numéro de série a été créé, assigné au produit "
"souhaité et enregistré, retournez à la fiche du produit en allant à "
":menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez le produit auquel ce "
"numéro de série nouvellement créé vient d'être assigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
"smart button to view the new serial number."
msgstr ""
"Sur la fiche détaillée de ce produit, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Lot/Numéros de série` pour afficher le nouveau numéro de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95
msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving"
msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série pour l'expédition et la réception"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods."
" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase "
"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the "
"sales order form."
msgstr ""
"Les numéros de série peuvent être assignés à des marchandises **entrantes** "
"et **sortantes**. Pour les marchandises entrantes, les numéros de série sont"
" directement assignés sur le bon de commande. Pour les marchandises "
"sortantes, les numéros de série sont directement assignés sur la commande "
"client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102
msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts"
msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série lors des réceptions"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the"
" purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de série à des "
"marchandises **entrantes** sur le bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) "
"form."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un bon de commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats "
"--> Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de demande de prix"
" vierge."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109
msgid ""
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary "
"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab."
msgstr ""
"Sur cette demande de prix, complétez les informations nécessaires en "
"ajoutant un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et en ajoutant les produits souhaités "
"aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un "
"produit` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Produits`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113
msgid ""
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez la quantité souhaitée du produit à commander en modifiant le "
"nombre dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116
msgid ""
"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a "
"purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque les configurations nécessaires sont terminées, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Cette action transformera la demande de "
"prix en bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the "
"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` pour "
"afficher le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour ce bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to "
"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered "
"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated "
"without a serial number being assigned."
msgstr ""
"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` avant d'assigner un numéro de série "
"aux quantités de produits commandées, une fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur` s'affiche. La fenêtre exige la saisie d'un "
"numéro de lot ou de série pour les produits commandés. La demande de prix "
"**ne peut pas être** validée sans l'assignation d'un numéro de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur demandant la saisie d'un numéro "
"de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
msgstr ""
"À partir de là, cliquez sur le menu :guilabel:`Options supplémentaires`, "
"représenté par une icône `hamburger` (quatre lignes horizontales situées à "
"droite de la colonne :guilabel:`Unité de Mesure` dans l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Opérations`). Le fait de cliquer sur cette icône fait apparaître "
"une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136
msgid ""
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-"
"up."
msgstr ""
"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, configurez un nombre de champs différents, "
"y compris l'assignation d'un numéro de série (ou de numéros de série) dans "
"la colonne :guilabel:`Nom du lot/numéro de série`, située en bas de la "
"fenêtre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140
msgid ""
"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, "
"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from"
" a spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
"Il existe trois façons d'y procéder : l'assignation manuelle des numéros de "
"série, l'assignation automatique des numéros de série et copier/coller les "
"numéros de série à partir d'une feuille de calcul."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144
msgid "Assign serial numbers manually"
msgstr "Assigner des numéros de série manuellement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146
msgid ""
"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where "
"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column."
msgstr ""
"Pour assigner des numéros de série manuellement, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` dans la fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` et choisissez d'abord l'emplacement où le "
"produit sera stocké dans la colonne :guilabel:`Vers`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150
msgid ""
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the "
":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns."
msgstr ""
"Saisissez ensuite un nouveau :guilabel:`Nom de numéro de série` et "
"définissez la quantité :guilabel:`Fait` dans les colonnes appropriées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153
msgid ""
"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the "
":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field "
"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed."
msgstr ""
"Répétez ce processus pour la quantité de produits affichée dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Demande` et jusqu'à ce que le champ :guilabel:`Quantité faite` "
"affiche le bon nombre (correspondant) de produits traités."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157
msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically"
msgstr "Assigner des numéros de série automatiquement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159
msgid ""
"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to "
"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of "
"the individual products."
msgstr ""
"Si une grande quantité de produits nécessite l'assignation de numéros de "
"série individuels, Odoo peut automatiquement générer et assigner des numéros"
" de série à chaque produit individuel."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162
msgid ""
"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial "
"number in the desired order to be assigned."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, commencez par le champ :guilabel:`Premier NS` dans la fenêtre"
" contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` et saisissez le premier "
"numéro de série dans l'ordre d'assignation souhaité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items "
"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, dans le champ :guilabel:`Nombre de NS`, saisissez le nombre total "
"d'articles auxquels des numéros de série uniques nouvellement générés "
"doivent être assignés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate "
"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Assigner des numéros de série` et une liste "
"s'affichera avec de nouveaux numéros de série correspondant à la quantité de"
" produits commandés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup."
msgstr ""
"L'assignation automatique des numéros de série dans la fenêtre contextuelle "
"des opérations détaillées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176
msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet"
msgstr "Copier/coller des numéros de série depuis une feuille de calcul"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178
msgid ""
"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first "
"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the "
"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the"
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create "
"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the "
"column."
msgstr ""
"Pour copier et coller des numéros de série à partir d'une feuille de calcul "
"existante, remplissez d'abord une feuille de calcul avec tous les numéros de"
" série reçus du fournisseur (ou choisis manuellement à la réception). "
"Ensuite, copiez et collez-les dans la colonne :guilabel:`Nom de lot/numéro "
"de série`. Odoo créera automatiquement le nombre de lignes nécessaires en "
"fonction du nombre de numéros collés dans la colonne."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183
msgid ""
"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can "
"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines."
msgstr ""
"À partir de la, les emplacements :guilabel:`Vers` et les quantités "
":guilabel:`Fait` peuvent être saisis manuellement pour chaque ligne de "
"numéro de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet."
msgstr "Liste des numéros de série copiés dans la feuille de calcul Excel."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191
msgid ""
"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, "
"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign "
"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on"
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from "
"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting."
msgstr ""
"Pour les bons de commande qui incluent de grandes quantités de produits à "
"recevoir, la meilleure méthode d'assignation des numéros de série est "
"d'assigner des numéros de série automatiquement en utilisant le bouton "
":guilabel:`Assigner des numéros de série` sur le bon de commande. Cela "
"permet d'éviter la réutilisation ou la duplication des numéros de série et "
"d'améliorer les rapports de traçabilité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the "
":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un numéro de série a été assigné à toutes les quantités de "
"produits, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la fenêtre"
" contextuelle. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Valider`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`, and more."
msgstr ""
"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît lors de la validation"
" de la réception. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` "
"pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis à jour, qui inclut : un "
"document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le "
":guilabel:`# de lot/série`, et bien plus encore."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A "
":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`, and more."
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un numéro de série a été assigné à toutes les quantités de "
"produits, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la fenêtre "
"contextuelle et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider`. Un bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît lors de la validation de la réception. "
"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le "
":guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis à jour, qui inclut : un document de "
":guilabel:`Référence`, le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le :guilabel:`#"
" de lot/série`, et bien plus encore."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211
msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders"
msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série sur des bons de livraison"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213
msgid ""
"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the"
" sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de vert à des "
"marchandises **sortantes** à partir de la commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215
msgid ""
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing "
"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill "
"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une commande client, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Ventes` et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer`. Cette "
"opération fait apparaître un formulaire de devis vierge. Sur ce formulaire "
"de devis vierge, complétez les informations nécessaires en ajoutant un "
":guilabel:`Client` et en ajoutant des produits aux lignes de "
":guilabel:`Produits` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de la commande`), en "
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221
msgid ""
"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez ensuite la quantité que vous voulez vendre en changeant le nombre"
" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223
msgid ""
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation "
"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button"
" appears."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le devis a été complété, cliquez sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer le devis. Lorsque le devis est "
"confirmé, il devient une commande client et un bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt "
"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` pour afficher le "
"formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour cette commande spécifique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234
msgid ""
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with "
"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)."
msgstr ""
"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle, un :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` sera choisi"
" par défaut, avec chaque produit de la quantité :guilabel:`Réservée` totale "
"avec leur numéro de série unique (très probablement dans l'ordre "
"séquentiel)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238
msgid ""
"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under"
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial "
"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier manuellement le numéro de série d'un produit, cliquez sur le "
"menu déroulent sous le :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et choisissez (ou "
"saisissez) le numéro de série souhaité. Notez ensuite les quantités "
":guilabel:`faites` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la "
"fenêtre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez enfin sur le bouton :guilabel:`Valider` pour livrer les produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup."
msgstr ""
"Numéros de série listés dans la fenêtre contextuelle des opérations "
"détaillées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248
msgid ""
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la validation du bon de livraison, un bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis "
"à jour, qui inclut : un document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le "
":guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, la :guilabel:`Date` et le :guilabel:`# de"
" lot/série` assigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product "
"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"Le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` peut également inclure un reçu de "
":guilabel:`Référence` du bon de commande précédent, si les quantités de "
"produits partagent le même numéro de série assigné lors de la réception de "
"ce bon de commande spécifique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258
msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types"
msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série pour différents types d'opérations"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260
msgid ""
"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon "
"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers "
"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers "
"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be"
" used."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut dans Odoo, la création de nouveaux numéros de série est "
"uniquement autorisée lors de la **réception** de produits d'un bon de "
"commande. Il n'est pas possible d'utiliser des numéros de série "
"**existants**. Pour les commandes clients, l'inverse est vrai : il n'est pas"
" possible de créer de nouveaux numéros de série sur le bon de livraison, "
"seuls des numéros de série existants peuvent être utilisés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any "
"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier la possibilité d'utiliser de nouveaux numéros de série (ou des"
" numéros de série existants) sur n'importe quel type d'opération, allez à "
"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Types "
"d'opérations` et sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` souhaité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the"
" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour le type d'opération :guilabel:`Réceptions`, trouvé sur la page des "
":guilabel:`Types d'opérations`, il est possible d'activer l'option "
":guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` en sélectionnant "
":guilabel:`Réceptions` sur la page des :guilabel:`Types d'opérations`, en "
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et ensuite en cochant la case à côté de "
"l'option :guilabel:`Utiliser des lots/numéros de série existants` (dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`). Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` "
"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour le type d'opération :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`, situé sur la page "
"des :guilabel:`Types d'opérations`, il est possible d'activer l'option "
":guilabel:`Créer de nouveaux lots/numéros de série` en sélectionnant "
":guilabel:`Bons de livraison` sur la page des :guilabel:`Types "
"d'opérations`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et en cochant la case à "
"côté de l'option :guilabel:`Créer de nouveaux lots/numéros de série` (dans "
"la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`). Assurez-vous de cliquer sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre de traçabilité activé dans le formulaire des types "
"d'opérations."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286
msgid "Serial number traceability"
msgstr "Traçabilité des numéros de série"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the"
" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was "
"stored, and who it went to."
msgstr ""
"Les fabricants et les entreprises peuvent consulter les rapports de "
"traçabilité pour voir le cycle de vie complet d'un produit : d'où il vient "
"(et quand), où il a été stocké et chez qui il est allé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir la traçabilité complète d'un produit ou regrouper des produits par"
" numéros de série, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`. Cette opération affiche le tableau de "
"bord des :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295
msgid ""
"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been "
"specifically assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"À partir de là, les produits auxquels des numéros de série ont été assignés "
"sont répertoriés par défaut et il est possible de les développer pour "
"afficher les numéros de série assignés à ces produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298
msgid ""
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"Pour regrouper par numéros de série (ou lots), supprimez d'abord les filtres"
" par défaut de la barre de recherche dans le coin supérieur droit. Cliquez "
"ensuite sur :guilabel:`Regrouper par` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Ajouter un "
"groupe personnalisé`, qui affiche un mini menu déroulant. Dans ce mini menu "
"déroulant, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Appliquer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded "
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique "
"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per "
"serial number."
msgstr ""
"Cette opération affiche tous les numéros de série et lots existants et il "
"est possible de les développer pour afficher toutes les quantités des "
"produits auxquels ce numéro est assigné. Pour des numéros de série uniques "
"qui ne sont pas réutilisés, il ne doit y avoir qu'un seul produit par numéro"
" de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
msgstr "Page de rapport sur les numéros de série avec listes déroulantes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot "
"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
"serial number."
msgstr ""
"Pour obtenir des informations supplémentaires sur un numéro de série (ou de "
"lot) individuel, cliquez sur la ligne correspondant au numéro de série pour "
"révéler le formulaire de :guilabel:`Numéro de série` de ce numéro de série "
"spécifique. Dans ce formulaire, cliquez sur les boutons intelligents "
":guilabel:`Emplacement` et :guilabel:`Traçabilité` pour voir tous les stocks"
" disponibles qui utilisent ce numéro de série et toutes les opérations "
"effectuées à l'aide de ce numéro de série."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5
msgid "Shipping and receiving"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6
msgid "Inbound and outbound flows"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
msgstr ""
"Il existe plusieurs façons de gérer comment un entrepôt reçoit des produits "
"(réceptions) et expédie des produits (livraisons). En fonction de plusieurs "
"facteurs, tels que le type de produits stockés et vendus, la taille de "
"l'entrepôt et le nombre de réceptions et bons de livraisons confirmés par "
"jour, la façon dont les produits sont gérés lors de leur entrée et sortie de"
" l'entrepôt peut différer grandement. Vous pouvez configurer plusieurs "
"paramètres pour les réceptions et les livraisons et il n'est pas nécessaire "
"de les configurer pour qu'elles aient le même nombre d'étapes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
"routes-1018>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Utiliser des routes (Tutoriel eLearning) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-routes-1018>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Routes de flux tirés & poussés (Tutoriel eLearning) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
msgstr ""
"Choisir le bon flux d'inventaire pour gérer les réceptions et les livraisons"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
"on shipped products."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, Odoo gère les expéditions et les réceptions de trois façons "
"différentes : en une, deux ou trois étapes. La configuration la plus simple "
"est une étape, qui est la configuration par défaut. Chaque étape "
"supplémentaire nécessaire pour les réceptions ou les expéditions d'un "
"entrepôt ajoute une couche supplémentaire d'opérations à effectuer avant "
"qu'un produit soit expédié ou réceptionné. Ces configurations dépendent "
"entièrement des exigences pour les produits stockés, tels que des contrôles "
"qualité sur les produits reçus ou un emballage spécial pour les produits "
"expédiés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30
msgid "One-step flow"
msgstr "Flux en une étape"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"Les règles de réception et d'expédition dans le cadre d'une configuration en"
" une étape sont les suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
"location."
msgstr ""
"**Réception** : Réceptionnez les produits directement dans le stock. Il n'y "
"a aucune étape intermédiaire entre la réception et le stock, telle qu'un "
"transfert vers un emplacement de contrôle qualité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38
msgid ""
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
"Out)` removal strategies."
msgstr ""
"Peut uniquement être utilisé si vous n'utilisez pas les stratégies "
"d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
" Out)` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
msgstr "Les réceptions et/ou les livraisons sont gérées rapidement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41
msgid ""
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
"perishable items."
msgstr ""
"Recommandé pour les petits entrepôts avec de faibles niveaux de stock et des"
" articles non périssables."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
msgstr ""
"Les articles directement réceptionnés ou expédiés dans/depuis le stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48
msgid "Two-step flow"
msgstr "Flux en deux étapes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"Les règles de réception et d'expédition dans le cadre d'une configuration en"
" deux étapes sont les suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52
msgid ""
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
" the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"**Emplacement d'entrée + stock**. Amenez des produits à un emplacement "
"d'entrée *avant* de les mettre en stock. Les produits peuvent être organisés"
" par différents emplacements de stockage internes, tels que plusieurs "
"étagères, congélateurs et zones fermées, avant d'être stockés dans "
"l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
"being shipped."
msgstr ""
"**Transfert + expédition** : Amenez des produits à un emplacement de sortie "
"avant l'expédition. Les colis peuvent être organisés par différents "
"transporteurs ou quais d'expédition avant d'être expédiés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57
msgid ""
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""
"Exigence minimale pour utiliser des numéros de lot ou des numéros de série "
"pour suivre des produits dans le cadre d'une stratégie d'enlèvement "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` ou "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60
msgid ""
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Recommandé pour des entrepôts plus grands avec des niveaux de stock élevés "
"ou pour le stockage d'articles volumineux (matelas, gros meubles, machines "
"lourdes, etc.)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83
msgid ""
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
"until they are transferred into stock."
msgstr ""
"Les produits reçus ne seront pas disponibles pour la fabrication, "
"l'expédition, etc. tant qu'ils n'auront pas été transférés dans le stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69
msgid "Three-step flow"
msgstr "Flux en trois étapes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"Les règles de réception et d'expédition dans le cadre d'une configuration en"
" trois étapes sont les suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
"inspection into stock."
msgstr ""
"**Emplacement d'entrée + contrôle qualité + stock** : Recevez des produits à"
" l'emplacement d'entrée, transférez-les vers une zone de contrôle qualité et"
" mettez en stock les produits qui ont passé l'inspection."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
"for shipping."
msgstr ""
"**Transfert + colisage + expédition** : Transférez des produits en fonction "
"de leur stratégie d'enlèvement, emballez-les dans une zone de colisage "
"dédiée et amenez-les à un emplacement de sortie pour les expédier."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77
msgid ""
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""
"Peut être utilisé pour le suivi des produits par lots ou numéros de série "
"dans le cadre d'une stratégie d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
"Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, "
"First Out)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
msgstr ""
"Recommandé pour les très grands entrepôts avec des niveaux de stock très "
"élevés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81
msgid ""
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
"before receiving items into stock."
msgstr ""
"Nécessaire pour tout entrepôt devant effectuer des contrôles qualité avant "
"de mettre les articles en stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr "Organiser une correspondance dans un entrepôt"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
"another truck."
msgstr ""
"La correspondance est le processus qui consiste à envoyer des produits reçus"
" directement aux clients, sans les faire entrer dans le stock. Les camions "
"sont simplement déchargés dans une zone de *correspondance* afin de "
"réorganiser les produits et de charger un autre camion."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'informations sur la façon d'organiser votre entrepôt, lisez "
"notre blog : `What is cross-docking and is it for me? "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-"
"is-it-for-me-270>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application *Inventaire*, ouvrez :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Paramètres` et activez les *Routes en plusieurs étapes*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr "Ceci activera également la fonctionnalité *Emplacements de stockage*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""
"À présent, il est possible de configurer les *Réceptions* et les "
"*Expéditions* pour fonctionner avec 2 étapes. Pour adapter la configuration,"
" allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et "
"modifiez votre entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid ""
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""
"Cette modification entraînera la création d'une route de *Correspondance* "
"qui se trouve dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr "Configurer des produits avec la route de correspondance"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45
msgid ""
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
"for it."
msgstr ""
"Créez le produit qui utilise la *Route de correspondance* et ensuite, dans "
"l'onglet inventaire, sélectionnez les routes *Acheter* et *Correspondance*. "
"À présent, dans l'onglet achat, précisez le fournisseur auquel vous achetez "
"le produit et définissez un prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""
"Une fois cela fait, créez une commande client pour le produit et confirmez-"
"la. Odoo créera automatiquement deux transferts qui seront liés à la "
"commande client. Le premier est le transfert depuis l'*Emplacement d'entrée*"
" vers l'*Emplacement de sortie*, correspondant au déplacement du produit "
"vers la zone de *Correspondance*. Le deuxième est le bon de livraison de "
"l'*Emplacement de sortie* vers votre *Emplacement client*. Les deux "
"transferts sont toujours *En attente d'une autre opération* parce que vous "
"devez encore commander le produit auprès du fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
"products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr ""
"Allez à présent à l'application *Achats*. Vous y trouverez le bon de "
"commande qui a été déclenché automatiquement par le système. Validez-le et "
"recevez les produits dans l'*Emplacement d'entrée*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77
msgid ""
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
"*Output*."
msgstr ""
"Quand vous avez reçu les produits de votre fournisseur, vous pouvez revenir "
"à votre commande client initiale et valider le transfert interne depuis "
"*Entrée* vers *Sortie*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86
msgid ""
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr ""
"Le bon de livraison est à présent prêt à être traité et peut également être "
"validé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
msgstr ""
"Certaines entreprises traitent chaque jour un grand nombre de livraisons, "
"dont beaucoup comprennent plusieurs produits ou nécessitent un emballage "
"spécial. Pour que cela soit efficace, une étape de colisage est nécessaire "
"avant d'expédier les produits. Odoo propose donc un processus de livraison "
"des marchandises en trois étapes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
" not fit the needs of the business."
msgstr ""
"Dans le processus de livraison en trois étapes par défaut, les produits qui "
"font partie d'un bon de livraison sont prélevés dans l'entrepôt en fonction "
"de leur stratégie d'enlèvement et acheminés vers une zone de colisage. Après"
" que les articles sont emballés dans les différents colis dans la zone de "
"colisage, ils sont acheminés vers un emplacement de sortie avant d'être "
"expédiés. Ces étapes ne peuvent pas être modifiées si elles ne correspondent"
" pas aux besoin de l'entreprise."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step "
"<receipts_delivery_one_step>` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"Activez les routes en plusieurs étapes et les emplacements de stockage dans "
"les paramètres d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
msgstr "Définissez l'option d'expédition sur livrer en trois étapes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, "
"and update the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42
msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35
msgid "Create a sales order"
msgstr "Créer une commande client"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, "
"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the "
"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the "
"delivery order associated with the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir confirmé la commande, le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît et affiche les trois articles\n"
"qui y sont associés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60
msgid "Process a picking"
msgstr "Traiter un transfert"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
msgid ""
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
"another operation."
msgstr ""
"Le statut est prêt pour l'opération de transfert, alors que les opérations de colisage et de livraison sont en attente\n"
"d'une autre opération."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:70
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"Le statut du transfert sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque le produit doit être "
"prélevé du stock avant qu'il puisse être emballé. Le statut des bons de "
"colisage et de livraison sera :guilabel:`En attente d'une autre opération`, "
"puisque le colisage et la livraison ne peuvent avoir lieu qu'après le "
"transfert. Le statut du bon de livraison ne passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que "
"lorsque le colisage aura été marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:76
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également trouver la réception dans l'application *Inventaire*. "
"Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, cliquez sur le bouton "
"intelligent :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Pick`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr "Le bon de transfert se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
" packing order."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le transfert à traiter. Si le produit est en stock, Odoo "
"réservera automatiquement le produit. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour "
"marquer le transfert comme fait et finalisez le transfert vers la "
":guilabel:`Zone de colisage`. Le bon de colisage sera ensuite prêt. Puisque "
"les documents sont liés, les produits qui ont été transférés précédemment "
"sont automatiquement réservés sur le bon de colisage."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
msgstr "Validez le transfert en cliquant sur Valider."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93
msgid "Process a packing"
msgstr "Traiter un colisage"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
msgid ""
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Le bon de colisage sera prêt à être traité une fois que le prélèvement est "
"finalisé et peut être trouvé dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu` de "
"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent"
" :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Pack`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr "Le bon de colisage se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:103
msgid ""
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bon de colisage associé à la commande et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le colisage."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
"output location."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur Valider sur le bon de colisage pour transférer le produit de la zone de colisage vers\n"
"l'emplacement de sortie."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le bon de colisage validé, le produit quitte l'emplacement "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` et se déplace vers l'emplacement "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à "
":guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:116
msgid "Process a delivery"
msgstr "Traiter une livraison"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Le bon de livraison sera prêt à être traité une fois le colisage finalisé et"
" peut être trouvé dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu` de "
"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent"
" :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
msgstr ""
"Le bon de livraison se trouve dans la vue kanban des Bons de livraisons."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bon de livraison associé à la commande et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
"the customer location."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur Valider sur le bon de livraison pour transférer le produit de l'emplacement de sortie vers\n"
"l'emplacement client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:134
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le bon de livraison validé, le produit quitte l'emplacement "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` et se déplace vers l'emplacement "
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à "
":guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le dropshipping pour expédier directement les produits des "
"fournisseurs aux clients"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"Le dropshipping est une stratégie d'exécution des commandes qui permet aux "
"vendeurs de faire expédier les articles directement des fournisseurs aux "
"clients. Normalement, un vendeur achète un produit à un fournisseur, le "
"stocke et l'expédie au client final une fois la commande passée. Avec le "
"dropshipping, le fournisseur est responsable du stockage et de l'expédition "
"de l'article. Le vendeur bénéficie ainsi d'une réduction des coûts "
"d'inventaire, y compris le coût d'exploitation des entrepôts."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:12
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
msgstr "Configurer les produits à expédier par dropshipping"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser le dropshipping comme stratégie d'expédition, allez à "
"l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et sélectionnez "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la section "
":guilabel:`Logistique`, cochez la case à côté :guilabel:`Dropshipping` et "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour terminer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
"enabled."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, cliquez sur "
":menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et choisissez un produit existant ou "
"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Créer` pour en configurer un nouveau. Sur la page du"
" :guilabel:`Produit`, assurez-vous que les cases :guilabel:`Peut être vendu`"
" et :guilabel:`Peut être acheté` sont cochées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
"product form."
msgstr ""
"Cochez les cases \"Peut être vendu\" et \"Peut être acheté\" sur la fiche du"
" produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` et précisez un fournisseur et le "
"prix auquel il vend le produit. Il est possible d'ajouter plusieurs "
"fournisseurs, mais celui qui figure en tête de liste sera automatiquement "
"sélectionné pour les bons de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
msgstr "La fiche de produit avec un fournisseur précisé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et cochez la case "
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` dans la section :guilabel:`Routes`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
msgstr "Activez l'option Dropshipping dans l'onglet inventaire du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:43
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
msgstr "Exécuter des commandes en dropshipping"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
"(Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un client effectue un achat en ligne pour un produit en dropshipping,"
" une commande sera automatiquement créée avec une demande de prix associée "
"pour le fournisseur. Les commandes peuvent être consultées dans "
"l'application :menuselection:`Ventes` en sélectionnant "
":menuselection:`Commandes --> Commandes`. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Achat` dans le coin supérieur droit de la commande pour afficher "
"la demande de prix associée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes de dropshipping peuvent également être créées manuellement via"
" l'application :menuselection:`Ventes` en sélectionnant "
":menuselection:`Commandes --> Commandes --> Créer` et en ajoutant un produit"
" configuré pour le dropshipping."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""
"Une commande de dropshpping avec le bouton intelligent Achat dans le coin "
"supérieur droit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la demande de prix confirmée, elle se transforme en bon de commande"
" et un dropshipping est créé et lié à celui-ci. La réception peut être "
"consultée en cliquant sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` dans "
"le coin supérieur droit du formulaire de bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr ""
"Un bon de commande de dropshipping avec le bouton intelligent Réception dans"
" le coin supérieur droit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
"confirm the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""
"La réception de dropshipping affichera le fournisseur dans la section "
":guilabel:`Recevoir de` et le client dans la section :guilabel:`Emplacement "
"destinataire`. Lors de la livraison du produit au client, cliquez sur le "
"bouton :guilabel:`Valider` en haut à gauche de la réception de dropshipping "
"pour confirmer la quantité livrée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
msgstr "Validez la réception de dropshipping après livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher toutes les commandes de dropshipping, allez simplement au "
"tableau de bord de l':guilabel:`Aperçu` d':menuselection:`Inventaire` et "
"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`# À TRAITER` sur la carte "
":guilabel:`Dropship`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton vert sur la carte Dropship pour afficher toutes les "
"commandes de dropshipping."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
msgstr "Consignation : acheter et vendre du stock sans le posséder"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
"*consignment*."
msgstr ""
"La plupart du temps, les produits stockés dans l'entrepôt d'une entreprise "
"sont soit achetés à des fournisseurs, soit fabriqués en interne. Cependant, "
"les fournisseurs permettent parfois aux entreprises de stocker et de vendre "
"des produits dans leur entrepôt, sans avoir à acheter ces articles au "
"préalable. C'est ce qu'on appelle la *consignation*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
"products they don't actually own."
msgstr ""
"La consignation est un moyen utile pour les fournisseurs de lancer de "
"nouveaux produits et de les livrer facilement à leurs clients. C'est "
"également un excellent moyen pour l'entreprise qui stocke les produits (le "
"consignataire) de gagner quelque chose en retour pour ses efforts. Les "
"consignataires peuvent même facturer des frais pour la commodité du stockage"
" des produits qu'ils ne possèdent pas réellement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
msgstr "Activer le paramètre Consignation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"Pour recevoir, stocker et vendre des produits en consignation, la "
"fonctionnalité doit être activée dans les paramètres. Pour ce faire, allez à"
" :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`, cochez la case à côté de "
":guilabel:`Consignation` et cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour"
" terminer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre de consignation activé dans la configuration d'Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
msgstr "Recevoir (et stocker) des produits en consignation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid ""
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la fonctionnalité activée dans Odoo, les produits en consignation "
"peuvent désormais être réceptionnés dans un entrepôt. À partir du tableau de"
" bord principal d':menuselection:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Réceptions` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35
msgid ""
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
msgstr ""
"Le stock en consignation n'est pas réellement acheté au fournisseur ; il est"
" simplement réceptionné et stocké. C'est pourquoi la réception de produits "
"en consignation n'implique ni devis, ni bon de commande. Par conséquent, "
"*chaque* réception de stock en consignation commencera par la création de "
"réceptions manuelles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid ""
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez un fournisseur à saisir dans le champ :guilabel:`Recevoir de` et "
"choisissez ensuite le même fournisseur à saisir dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Assigner un propriétaire`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43
msgid ""
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
"must match."
msgstr ""
"Puisque les produits reçus du fournisseur appartiennent au même fournisseur,"
" les champs :guilabel:`Recevoir de` et :guilabel:`Assigner un propriétaire` "
"doivent correspondre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les champs liés au fournisseurs sont complétés, saisissez les "
"produits dans les lignes :guilabel:`Produit` et définissez les quantités à "
"recevoir dans l'entrepôt dans la colonne  :guilabel:`Fait`. Si la "
"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Unité de mesure` est activée, l':abbr:`UdM (Unité "
"de mesure)` peut également être modifiée. Une fois que le stock en "
"consignation a été reçu, :guilabel:`validez` la réception."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
msgstr ""
"Correspondance des champs des fournisseurs lors de la création d'une "
"réception de produits en consignation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
msgstr "Vendre et livrer un stock en consignation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
"option enabled on the product form."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le stock en consignation a été reçu dans l'entrepôt, il peut "
"être vendu de la même manière que tout autre produit en stock pour lequel "
"l'option :guilabel:`Peut être vendu` est activée sur la fiche produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61
msgid ""
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes` et, "
"dans la vue d'ensemble des :guilabel:`Devis`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."
" Ensuite, choisissez un client à saisir dans le champ :guilabel:`Client`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Le :guilabel:`Client` *doit* être différent du :guilabel:`Fournisseur` qui a"
" fourni le stock en consignation reçu (et stocké) dans l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69
msgid ""
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez le produit en consignation dans la colonne :guilabel:`Produit` des "
"lignes de commande, définissez la :guilabel:`Quantité` et complétez tous les"
" autres détails pertinents sur le produit dans le formulaire. Une fois le "
"devis terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
msgstr "Commande d'un stock en consignation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, "
"the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
"button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
msgstr "Traçabilité et analyse du stock en consignation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84
msgid ""
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
msgstr ""
"Même si le stock en consignation appartient au vendeur qui l'a fourni et non"
" à l'entreprise qui le stocke dans son entrepôt, les produits en "
"consignation apparaîtront *tout de même* dans certains rapports "
"d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87
msgid ""
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
"and choose a report to view."
msgstr ""
"Pour trouver les rapports d'inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire "
"--> Analyse` et choisissez un rapport à afficher."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91
msgid ""
"Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products "
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96
msgid "Product moves report"
msgstr "Rapport sur les mouvements de produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98
msgid ""
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
"finish."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher les mouvements d'un produit en consignation par propriétaire, "
"sélectionnez le filtre :guilabel:`Regrouper par`, choisissez le paramètre "
":guilabel:`Ajouter un groupe personnalisé` et sélectionnez ensuite "
":guilabel:`Propriétaire` et :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour terminer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
msgstr "Historique des mouvements d'un stock en consignation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115
msgid ""
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir les unités prévues du stock en consignation, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Inventaire planifié`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119
msgid "Stock on hand report"
msgstr "Rapport sur le stock disponible"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121
msgid ""
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
"addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the "
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3
msgid "Putaway rules"
msgstr "Stratégies de rangement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5
msgid ""
"Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations "
"upon shipment arrival."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how"
" products move through specified warehouse locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10
msgid ""
"Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to "
"efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval "
"for future delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can "
"also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by "
"directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nCQMf6sj_w8>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""
"Activez les Routes en plusieurs étapes dans les paramètres de l'Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36
msgid "Define putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the "
":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a "
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43
msgid ""
"Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or "
"package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where "
"the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Store to` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50
msgid ""
"For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*"
" of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside "
"`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55
msgid ""
"In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-"
"locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57
msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58
msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60
msgid ""
"Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field "
":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the "
":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63
msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70
msgid "Putaway rule priority"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72
msgid ""
"Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from "
"highest to lowest) until a match is found:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75
msgid "Package type and product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76
msgid "Package type and product category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79
msgid "Product category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84
msgid ""
"When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it "
"is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86
msgid ""
"`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when "
"receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected"
" to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88
msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90
msgid ""
"Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small"
" Refrigerator`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
msgstr "Quelques exemples de stratégies de rangement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
msgid "One-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
"step receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les réceptions sont configurées pour être reçues directement "
"dans le stock et les expéditions sont configurées pour être livrées "
"directement depuis le stock au client ; le paramètre par défaut pour les "
"entrepôts dans Odoo est une réception et une livraison en une étape."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:10
msgid ""
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
"three steps."
msgstr ""
"Les réceptions et les expéditions ne doivent pas être nécessairement "
"configurées avec le même nombre d'étapes. Par exemple, les produits peuvent "
"être reçus en une étape, mais expédiés en trois."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'exemple suivant, les réceptions et les expéditions seront réalisées "
"en une étape."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
msgstr "Configurer l'entrepôt"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
msgid ""
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
msgstr ""
"Si une autre configuration de réception ou d'expédition est définie pour "
"l'entrepôt, il est facile de revenir à la configuration en une étape."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` "
"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 "
"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"Commencez par aller à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
"Entrepôts` et cliquez sur l'entrepôt souhaité pour le modifier. Ensuite, "
"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de l'entrepôt`, dans la section "
":guilabel:`Expéditions`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Recevoir les marchandises "
"directement (1 étape)` pour les :guilabel:`Réceptions` et/ou "
":guilabel:`Livrer les marchandises directement (1 étape)` pour les "
":guilabel:`Expéditions`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
"step."
msgstr ""
"Définissez les options de réception et d'expédition sur recevoir et livrer "
"en une étape."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "Recevoir les marchandises directement (1 étape)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr "Créer un bon de commande"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Sur le tableau de bord principal de l'application :menuselection:`Achats`, "
"commencez par faire un nouveau devis en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. "
"Ensuite, sélectionnez (ou créez) un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` dans le champ "
"déroulant, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable aux lignes de commande "
"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour finaliser le devis et "
"le transformer en bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"receipt for the purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` apparaîtra dans le coin "
"supérieur droit du bon de commande - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le "
"reçu associé au bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Un bouton intelligent Réception apparaît sur le bon de commande confirmé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89
msgid ""
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également trouver les réceptions des bons de commande dans "
"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent"
" :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Réceptions`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr "Carte kanban des réceptions avec le bouton intelligent 1 à traiter."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
msgid "Process the receipt"
msgstr "Traiter la réception"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63
msgid ""
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la visualisation de la réception (associée au bon de commande ci-"
"dessus), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour ensuite finaliser la "
"réception."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
msgstr "Validez le bon de commande via le bouton intelligent Valider."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
msgstr ""
"Si les :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` sont activés, le fait de cliquer"
" sur l'icône des détails :guilabel:`≣ (liste à puces)` à côté de l'icône de "
"suppression :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` fait apparaître la fenêtre "
"contextuelle des :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`. Ceci permet de préciser "
"le ou les emplacements pour le ou les produits reçus."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid ""
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
"pop-up."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez l'emplacement de stockage pour les produits en cours de "
"réception dans la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
"reception process in one step."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la réception validée, le produit quitte l':guilabel:`Emplacement "
"fournisseur` et entre dans :guilabel:`WH/Emplacement de stock`. Dès qu'il "
"arrive à cet emplacement, il sera disponible pour la fabrication, la vente, "
"etc. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`, finalisant "
"donc le processus de réception en une étape."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "Livrer les marchandises directement (1 étape)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91
msgid ""
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
msgstr ""
"Commencez par aller au tableau de bord principal de l'application "
":menuselection:`Ventes` et faites un nouveau devis en cliquant sur "
":guilabel:`Nouveau`. Sélectionnez (ou créez) ensuite un :guilabel:`Client` "
"dans le champ déroulant, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable qui est en"
" stock aux lignes de commande et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour "
"transformer le devis en commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"delivery order for the sales order."
msgstr ""
"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaîtra dans le coin "
"supérieur droit de la commande client - le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le"
" bon de livraison associé à la commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
msgstr ""
"Le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît après la confirmation de la "
"commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107
msgid ""
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également trouver les bons de commande dans l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire`. Sur le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, "
"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte "
"kanban :guilabel:`Bons de livraison`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr ""
"Carte kanban des bons de livraison avec le bouton intelligent 1 à traiter."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:192
msgid "Process the delivery"
msgstr "Traiter la livraison"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118
msgid ""
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la visualisation du bon de livraison (associé à la commande ci-"
"dessus), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour ensuite finaliser la "
"livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
msgstr "Validez le bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125
msgid ""
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le transfert validé, le produit quitte :guilabel:`WH/Emplacement de"
" stock` et se déplace vers :guilabel:`Partenaires/Emplacement client`. "
"Ensuite, le statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`, finalisant donc la "
"livraison en une étape."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
msgstr ""
"Selon les processus commerciaux d'une entreprise, plusieurs étapes peuvent "
"être nécessaires avant de recevoir ou expédier des produits. Dans le "
"processus de réception en deux étapes, les produits sont reçus dans une zone"
" d'entrée, puis transférés dans le stock. Les réceptions en deux étapes "
"fonctionnent mieux lorsque plusieurs emplacements de stockage sont utilisés,"
" tels que des zones fermées ou sécurisées, des congélateurs et des "
"réfrigérateurs ou diverses étagères."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10
msgid ""
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
" into stock."
msgstr ""
"Les produits peuvent être triés en fonction de l'endroit où ils seront "
"stockés et les employés peuvent stocker tous les produits destinés à un "
"endroit spécifique. Les produits ne sont pas disponibles pour être traités "
"ultérieurement tant qu'ils n'ont pas été transférés dans le stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:14
msgid ""
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
msgstr ""
"Dans le processus de livraison en deux étapes, les produits qui font partie "
"d'un bon de commande sont prélevés dans l'entrepôt en fonction de leur "
"stratégie d'enlèvement et acheminés vers un emplacement de sortie avant "
"d'être expédiés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""
"Une situation où cela peut être utile est lorsque l'on utilise les "
"stratégies d'enlèvement :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)` ou :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, où les "
"produits qui sont prélevés doivent être sélectionnés en fonction de leur "
"date de réception ou d'expiration."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing shipments"
" do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, products can be "
"received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the following example, "
"two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
msgstr "Configurer des routes en plusieurs étapes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
msgid ""
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` "
"the changes."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous d'abord que l'option :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` est"
" activée dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, "
"dans la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Après avoir activé le paramètre, "
":guilabel:`enregistrez` les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
msgstr ""
"L'activation du paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` activera "
"également la fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, l'entrepôt doit être configuré pour les réceptions et livraisons en"
" deux étapes. Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
"Entrepôts` et cliquez sur l'entrepôt pour modifier les paramètres de celui-"
"ci."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée puis "
"aller en stock (2 étapes)` pour les :guilabel:`Réceptions`, et "
":guilabel:`Amener les marchandises à l'emplacement de sortie et ensuite "
"livrer (2 étapes)` pour les :guilabel:`Expéditions`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
"steps."
msgstr ""
"Définissez les options de réception et d'expédition sur recevoir et livrer "
"en deux étapes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:57
msgid ""
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location "
"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if "
"necessary)."
msgstr ""
"En activant les réceptions et les livraisons en deux étapes, de nouveaux "
"emplacements d'*entrée* et de *sortie*, libellés par défaut respectivement "
":guilabel:`WH/Input` et :guilabel:`WH/Output` sont créés dans le tableau de "
"bord des :guilabel:`Emplacements`. Pour renommer ces emplacements, allez à "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Emplacements` et sélectionnez "
"l':guilabel:`Emplacement` à modifier. Sur le formulaire de l'emplacement, "
"mettez à jour le :guilabel:`Nom de l'emplacement` et faites les autres "
"modifications (le cas échéant)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:64
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
msgstr "Traiter une réception en deux étapes (Emplacement d'entrée + stock)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:75
msgid ""
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* "
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
" the end of the name."
msgstr ""
"Pour les entreprises ayant plusieurs entrepôts avec des configurations "
"d'étapes différentes, le champ :guilabel:`Livrer à` sur le bon de commande "
"peut avoir besoin d'être précisé comme l'*emplacement d'entrée* correct lié "
"à l'entrepôt en deux étapes. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez l'entrepôt dans la "
"liste déroulante qui comprend le libellé `Réceptions` à la fin du nom."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81
msgid ""
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form "
"— click it to reveal the associated receipt."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir confirmé le bon de commande, un bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Réception` apparaît en haut du bon de commande — en cliquant "
"dessus, la réception associée au bon de commande s'affiche."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir confirmé un bon de commande, un bouton intelligent Réception "
"apparaîtra."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""
"Une réception prête à être traitée dans la vue kanban de l'aperçu du stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100
msgid ""
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"La réception et le transfert interne seront créés une fois le bon de "
"commande confirmé. Le statut de la réception sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque "
"la réception doit être traitée en premier lieu. Le statut du transfert "
"interne sera :guilabel:`En attente d'une autre opération`, puisque le "
"transfert ne peut pas avoir lieu avant que la réception ne soit finalisée. "
"Le statut du transfert interne ne passe à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque la "
"réception aura été marquée comme :guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur la :guilabel:`Réception` associée au bon de commande, puis "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser la réception et déplacer le "
"produit vers l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Input location."
msgstr ""
"Validez la réception en cliquant sur Valider et le produit sera transféré vers\n"
"WH/Emplacement d'entrée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
msgstr "Traiter le transfert interne"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le produit se trouve à l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`, le "
"transfert interne est prêt à déplacer le produit dans le stock. Allez à "
"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire` et sur le tableau de bord "
":guilabel:`Aperçu du stock`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`# "
"à traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts internes`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
"view."
msgstr ""
"Un transfert interne prêt à être traité dans la vue kanban de l'aperçu du "
"stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le :guilabel:`Transfert` associé au bon de commande, puis "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser la réception et déplacer le "
"produit dans le stock. Une fois le transfert validé, le produit entre dans "
"le stock et est disponible pour les livraisons aux clients et les ordres de "
"fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
msgstr "Validez le transfert interne pour déplacer l'article dans le stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
msgstr "Traiter un bon de livraison en deux étapes (transfert + expédition)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, créez un nouveau devis en "
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Sélectionnez (ou créez) un "
":guilabel:`Client`, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable aux lignes de "
"commande et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
msgid ""
"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. "
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir confirmé la commande client, un bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît en haut, au dessus de la commande. En "
"cliquant sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison`, le bon de "
"livraison associé à la commande s'affiche."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir confirmé la commande, le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît et affiche les deux articles\n"
"qui y sont associés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:155
msgid ""
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également trouver les reçus de commande dans l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire`. Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, "
"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte "
"kanban :guilabel:`Pick`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr "Le bon de transfert se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164
msgid "Process the picking"
msgstr "Traiter le transfert"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166
msgid ""
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and"
" the delivery orders."
msgstr ""
"Les bons de transfert et de livraison seront créés une fois la commande "
"confirmée. Lorsque le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît, "
"cliquez dessus pour accéder au tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Transferts`, "
"qui répertorie tous les bons de transfert et de livraison. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"Le statut du transfert sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque le produit doit être "
"prélevé du stock avant qu'il puisse être expédié. Le statut du bon de "
"livraison sera :guilabel:`En attente d'une autre opération`, puisque la "
"livraison ne peut avoir lieu qu'après le transfert. Le statut du bon de "
"livraison ne passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque le transfert aura été "
"marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
"Operation."
msgstr ""
"Le statut est prêt pour l'opération de transfert, alors que l'opération de livraison est En attente\n"
"d'une autre opération."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:181
msgid ""
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
"on the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bon de transfert pour commencer à le traiter. Si le produit "
"est en stock, Odoo réservera automatiquement le produit. Cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour marquer le transfert comme :guilabel:`Fait` et le "
"bon de livraison sera prêt à être traité. Puisque les documents sont liés, "
"les produits qui ont été prélevés précédemment sont automatiquement réservés"
" sur le bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
"begin."
msgstr ""
"Le bon de livraison sera prêt à être traité une fois le transfert terminé et"
" peut être trouvé dans l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire` dans le "
"tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu du stock`. Cliquez sur le bouton "
"intelligent :guilabel:`# à traiter` sur la carte kanban :guilabel:`Bons de "
"livraison` pour commencer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:199
msgid ""
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again,"
" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which "
"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)."
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible d'accéder rapidement au bon de livraison associé à"
" la commande en cliquant à nouveau sur le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Livraison` et en choisissant le bon de livraison sur le page des "
":guilabel:`Transferts` (qui devrait être marqué comme :guilabel:`Prêt`)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr "Le bon de livraison se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bon de livraison associé à la commande et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le bon de livraison validé, le produit quitte l'emplacement "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` dans le tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Transferts` et "
"se déplace vers l'emplacement :guilabel:`Partners/Customers`. Ensuite, le "
"statut du document passe à :guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
"goods."
msgstr ""
"Certaines entreprises procèdent au contrôle qualité avant de recevoir les "
"marchandises des fournisseurs. Pour ce faire, Odoo propose un processus de "
"réception des marchandises en trois étapes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
"quality area and into stock."
msgstr ""
"Dans le processus de réception en trois étapes, les produits sont reçus dans"
" une zone d'entrée, puis transférés dans une zone de contrôle qualité. Les "
"produits qui passent le contrôle de qualité sont ensuite transférés dans le "
"stock. Les produits ne sont pas disponibles pour traitement ultérieur tant "
"qu'ils n'ont pas été transférés de la zone de contrôle qualité vers le "
"stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"Activez les routes en plusieurs étapes et les emplacements de stockage dans "
"les paramètres d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do "
"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail "
"form for that specific warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive "
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
msgstr "Définissez l'option de réception sur recevoir en trois étapes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change "
"(or update) the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ "
"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
msgstr ""
"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` apparaîtra dans le coin "
"supérieur droit et la réception sera associée au bon de commande. Le fait de"
" cliquer sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` affichera l'ordre "
"de réception."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
msgid "Process a receipt"
msgstr "Traiter une réception"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"Une réception et deux transferts internes (un transfert vers le contrôle "
"qualité et un transfert subséquent vers le stock) seront créés une fois que "
"le bon de commande est confirmé. Pour visualiser ces transferts, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
"are waiting another operation."
msgstr ""
"Le statut des trois transferts de réception indique les opérations prêtes et celles\n"
"en attente d'une autre opération. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
msgstr ""
"Le statut de la réception transférant le produit vers l'emplacement d'entrée"
" sera :guilabel:`Prêt`, puisque la réception doit être traitée avant toute "
"autre opération. Le statut des deux transferts internes est :guilabel:`En "
"attente d'une autre opération`, car les transferts ne peuvent pas être "
"traités tant que l'étape associée précédant chaque transfert n'est pas "
"terminée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
msgid ""
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"Le statut du premier transfert interne vers le *contrôle qualité* ne passera"
" à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque la réception a été marquée comme "
":guilabel:`Fait`. Le statut du second transfert interne vers le *stock* ne "
"passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque le transfert vers le contrôle qualité"
" aura été marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également trouver la réception dans l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire`. Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu`, "
"cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte "
"kanban :guilabel:`Réceptions`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""
"Une réception prête à être traitée dans la vue kanban de l'aperçu du stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur la réception associée au bon de commande, cliquez ensuite sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser la réception et déplacer le produit vers "
"l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Quality location."
msgstr ""
"Validez la réception en cliquant sur Valider et le produit sera transféré vers\n"
"WH/Contrôle qualité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
msgstr "Traiter un transfert vers le contrôle qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
"kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le produit se trouve à l':guilabel:`Emplacement d'entrée`, le "
"transfert interne est prêt à déplacer le produit vers le :guilabel:`Contrôle"
" qualité`. Dans le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Aperçu` de "
"l':menuselection:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts "
"internes`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le :guilabel:`Transfert` associé au bon de commande, cliquez sur"
" :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert et déplacez le produit vers"
" l'emplacement de :guilabel:`Contrôle qualité`. Une fois le transfert "
"validé, le produit est prêt pour le contrôle qualité, mais n'est pas "
"disponible pour les ordres de fabrication ou les bons de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
"location."
msgstr ""
"Validez le transfert interne pour déplacer l'article vers l'emplacement de "
"contrôle qualité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
msgstr "Traiter un transfert vers le stock"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le produit se trouve à l'emplacement de :guilabel:`Contrôle "
"qualité`, le transfert interne final est prêt à déplacer le produit vers le "
":guilabel:`Stock`. Dans le tableau de bord aperçu de "
"l':guilabel:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`1 à "
"traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts internes`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le :guilabel:`Transfert` final associé au bon de commande, "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le transfert et déplacez le "
"produit vers le stock. Une fois le transfert validé, le produit entre dans "
"le stock et est disponible pour les livraisons aux clients ou les ordres de "
"fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
msgstr ""
"Vendre des stocks à partir de plusieurs entrepôts à l'aide des emplacements "
"virtuels"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
msgstr ""
"Alors que la gestion et la vente des stocks à partir d'un entrepôt peut "
"convenir aux petites entreprises, les grandes entreprises peuvent avoir "
"besoin de gérer ou de vendre leurs stocks à partir de plusieurs entrepôts "
"situés sur plusieurs sites."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9
msgid ""
"Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from "
"two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses"
" to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to "
"fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the "
"following before proceeding:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a "
"sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, "
"packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20
msgid ""
"Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock"
" in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real "
"warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse"
" ID is the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25
msgid ""
"Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`three-step delivery "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
"The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the"
" virtual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
"Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or "
"packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36
msgid ""
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the "
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
" Routes` features **must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. "
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47
msgid "Create virtual parent location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49
msgid ""
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that "
"acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54
msgid ""
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
msgstr ""
"Les entrepôts virtuels sont parfaits pour les entreprises disposant de "
"plusieurs entrepôts physiques. En effet, il peut arriver qu'un entrepôt soit"
" en rupture de stock pour un produit donné, mais qu'un autre entrepôt "
"dispose encore de stocks. Dans ce cas, les stocks de ces deux entrepôts (ou "
"plus) peuvent être utilisés pour honorer une seule commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"L'entrepôt \"virtuel\" agit comme un agrégateur unique de tout l'inventaire "
"stocké dans les entrepôts physiques d'une entreprise et est utilisé (à des "
"fins de traçabilité) pour créer une hiérarchie d'emplacements dans Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the "
"warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and "
"other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
"Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
"Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. "
"Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "New warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouse configurations "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77
msgid ""
":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments "
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step/wh>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78
msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83
msgid "Create child warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85
msgid ""
"Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
"there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of "
"the virtual parent location warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding "
"instructions <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` to configure the physical stock "
"locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
msgstr "**Entrepôt parent**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : `Entrepôt virtuel`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
msgstr "**Entrepôts enfants**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôts` : `Entrepôt A` et `Entrepôt B`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ""
"Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110
msgid ""
"While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this "
"point to :ref:`link the child warehouses <inventory/routes/link-to-vwh>` in "
"the next section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117
msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119
msgid ""
"To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location "
"configured in the :ref:`previous step <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123
msgid ""
"Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse "
":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location "
"(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126
msgid ""
"Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical "
"Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) "
"from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131
msgid ""
"To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent "
"Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. "
"`VWH/Stock`) **must**  have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to "
":guilabel:`Internal Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139
msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141
msgid ""
"Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills "
"orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is"
" insufficient stock in any one location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145
msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147
msgid ""
"Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to "
":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various "
"physical warehouses together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152
msgid ""
"Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was "
":ref:`previously created <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, from the "
":guilabel:`Locations` list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155
msgid ""
"On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, "
"set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
msgstr ""
"Types d'emplacement d'entrepôt sur une page de création d'emplacement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the"
" product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171
msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173
msgid ""
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, "
"the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at "
"least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178
msgid ""
"The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the"
" quantities:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180
msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181
msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182
msgid ""
"Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse "
"`VWH`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184
msgid ""
"Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, "
"add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"two products stored in the two warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
"value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created "
"<inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*"
" tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse "
"delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list"
" the virtual warehouse location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200
msgid ""
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the "
":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are "
"tied to the virtual parent location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
msgstr ""
"Bon de livraison avec des emplacements d'origine et enfant correspondants."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
"order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from "
"different warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on "
"the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216
msgid ""
"Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and "
"then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with "
"the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
"the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the"
" :ref:`previous section <inventory/routes/child-wh>` to ensure the correct "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227
msgid ""
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
"orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
"employee form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
msgstr "Emplacement de l'entrepôt par défaut sur la fiche employé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3
msgid "Storage categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules <putaway>`, as an "
"extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations "
"for products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8
msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature <inventory/routes/enable-storage-"
"categories>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11
msgid ""
":ref:`Define a storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` with "
"specific limitations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12
msgid ""
"Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations <inventory/routes/assign-"
"location>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13
msgid ""
"Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule "
"<inventory/routes/set-putaway-attribute>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`putaway`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20
msgid ""
"Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet "
"specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then "
"evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the "
"best one on the warehouse transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28
msgid ""
"To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, "
"ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"features are enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32
msgid ""
"Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1
msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41
msgid "Define storage category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43
msgid ""
"A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, "
"before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49
msgid ""
"On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the "
":guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52
msgid ""
"Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55
msgid ""
"Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a "
"maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred "
"kilograms)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58
msgid ""
"While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the "
"same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts "
"across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by "
"package <inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is "
"considered available to store a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
"location is empty."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Si l'emplacement est vide` : un produit peut être ajouté "
"seulement si l'emplacement est vide."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
"the same product is already there."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Si les produits sont identiques` : un produit peut être ajouté "
"seulement si le même produit s'y trouve déjà."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
"in this location at the same time."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Autoriser les produits différents` : plusieurs produits "
"différents peuvent être stockés dans cet emplacement en même temps."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72
msgid ""
"When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage "
"locations the category has been assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76
msgid "Capacity by weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78
msgid ""
"On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max"
" Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage "
"category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83
msgid "Capacity by product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to "
"input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89
msgid ""
"Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right "
"Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in"
" the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100
msgid "Capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102
msgid ""
"For companies using :doc:`packages "
"<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure"
" real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, "
"bins, boxes, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111
msgid ""
"Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High "
"Frequency pallets` storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages "
"for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` "
"`Pallets` for a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Create a storage category on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124
msgid "Assign to location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to "
"the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created "
"category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131
msgid ""
"Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets "
"stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-"
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid ""
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
"location."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la création d'une catégorie d'emplacement, elle peut être liée à un "
"entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141
msgid "Putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143
msgid ""
"With the :ref:`storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` and "
":ref:`location <inventory/routes/assign-location>` set up, create the "
":doc:`putaway rule <putaway>` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the "
":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the "
"storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to "
"locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned "
"to them <inventory/routes/assign-location>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
msgstr ""
"Les catégories d'emplacement utilisées dans une variété de stratégies de "
"rangement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160
msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162
msgid ""
"To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of "
"packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package "
"<inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168
msgid ""
"Then, :ref:`putaway rules <inventory/routes/putaway-rule>` are set, so that "
"any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` "
"and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171
msgid ""
"Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations,"
" when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios "
"happen:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5
msgid "Routes and push/pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:7
msgid ""
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
"made available to the retail channel."
msgstr ""
"Dans la gestion des stocks, la stratégie de la chaîne d'approvisionnement "
"détermine quand les produits doivent être achetés/fabriqués, livrés aux "
"centres de distribution et mis à disposition du canal de vente au détail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
" the configured push/pull rules."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, une stratégie de la chaîne d'approvisionnement d'un produit peut "
"être configurée à l'aide des **Routes**, qui comportent des *Règles de flux "
"tiré et poussé*. Une fois que tout est correctement configuré, l'application"
" Inventaire peut générer automatiquement des transferts suivant les règles "
"de flux poussé/tiré configurées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:16
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
msgstr "À l'intérieur de l'entrepôt"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18
msgid ""
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
msgstr ""
"Dans un entrepôt générique, il y a des quais de réception, une zone de "
"contrôle qualité, des emplacements de stockage, des zones de retrait et "
"d'emballage et des quais d'expédition. Tous les produits passent par tous "
"ces emplacements. Lorsque les produits se déplacent à travers les "
"emplacements, chaque emplacement déclenche la route et les règles définies "
"sur les produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
msgstr "Vue d'un entrepôt générique avec stock et zone de contrôle qualité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:27
msgid ""
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
"respective locations."
msgstr ""
"Dans cet exemple, les camions des fournisseurs déchargent des palettes de "
"produits commandés sur les quais de réception. Les opérateurs scannent "
"ensuite les produits dans la zone de réception. En fonction de la route et "
"des règles définies sur le produit, certains de ces produits sont envoyés à "
"une zone de contrôle qualité (par exemple, les produits qui sont des "
"composants utilisés dans le processus de fabrication), tandis que d'autres "
"sont directement stockés dans leurs emplacements respectifs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
msgstr ""
"Vue d'une règle de flux poussé générique lors de la réception de produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:36
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective "
"boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be "
"delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
msgstr ""
"Vue d'une règle de flux tiré générique lors de la préparation de livraisons."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:46
msgid "Pull rules"
msgstr "Règles de flux tiré"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48
msgid ""
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
msgstr ""
"Avec les *Règles de flux tiré*, une demande pour certains produits déclenche"
" des approvisionnements, tandis que les *Règles de flux poussé* sont "
"déclenchées par l'arrivée de produits à un endroit spécifique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:51
msgid ""
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
"Location*."
msgstr ""
"Les règles de flux tiré sont utilisées pour exécuter une commande client. "
"Odoo génère un besoin à l'*emplacement client* pour chaque produit de la "
"commande. Comme les règles de flux tiré sont déclenchées par un besoin, Odoo"
" recherche une règle de flux tiré définie sur l'*emplacement client*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:55
msgid ""
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
"between the two locations is created."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce cas, il trouve une règle de flux tiré de type \"bon de livraison\" "
"qui transfère les produits de la *zone d'expédition* à l'*emplacement "
"client* et un transfert entre les deux emplacements est créé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
"created."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, Odoo trouve une autre règle de flux tiré qui tente de répondre au "
"besoin de la *zone d'expédition* : la règle d'\"emballage\" qui transfère "
"les produits de la *zone d'emballage* vers la *zone d'expédition*. Enfin, "
"d'autres règles de flux tiré sont déclenchées jusqu'à ce qu'un transfert "
"entre le *stock* et la *zone de retrait* soit créé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:64
msgid ""
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
"finally the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Tous ces transferts de produit sont automatiquement générés par Odoo en "
"fonction des règles de flux tiré, en partant de la fin (l'emplacement "
"client) et en remontant (jusqu'à l'entrepôt de stock). Pendant qu'il "
"travaille, l'opérateur traite ces transferts dans l'ordre inverse : d'abord "
"le transfert, puis l'emballage et finalement, le bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:70
msgid "Push rules"
msgstr "Règles de flux poussé"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72
msgid ""
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
msgstr ""
"D'autre part, les *Règles de flux poussé* sont beaucoup plus faciles à "
"comprendre. Au lieu de générer des documents en fonction des besoins, ils "
"sont déclenchés en temps réel lorsque les produits arrivent à un emplacement"
" spécifique. Les règles de flux poussé disent en gros : \"lorsqu'un produit "
"arrive à un emplacement spécifique, déplacez-le vers un autre emplacement\"."
" "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:76
msgid ""
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
"locations for different products."
msgstr ""
"Un exemple d'une règle de flux poussé serait : lorsqu'un produit arrive à la"
" *zone de réception*, déplacez-le vers l'*emplacement de stockage*. Comme "
"différentes règles de flux poussé peuvent être appliquées aux différents "
"produits, l'utilisateur peut assigner différents emplacements de stockage à "
"différents produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:80
msgid ""
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
" to their *Storage Location*."
msgstr ""
"Une autre règle de flux poussé serait : lorsque des produits arrivent à un "
"emplacement, déplacez-les vers la *zone de contrôle qualité*. Ensuite, une "
"fois le contrôle qualité effectué, déplacez-les vers leur *emplacement de "
"stockage*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:84
msgid ""
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
"already generated the product transfers."
msgstr ""
"Les règles de flux poussé peuvent uniquement être déclenchées si aucune "
"autre règle de flux tiré n'a déjà généré les transferts de produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88
msgid ""
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
" per customer order."
msgstr ""
"Les ensembles de règles de flux tiré/poussé comme ceux-ci sont appelés des "
"*Routes*. Le regroupement sur la règle décide si les produits sont regroupés"
" dans le même transfert ou non. Par exemple, pendant l'opération de "
"transfert, toutes les commandes et leurs produits sont regroupés dans un "
"même transfert, tandis que l'opération d'emballage respecte le regroupement "
"par commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96
msgid "Use routes and rules"
msgstr "Utiliser des routes et des règles"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98
msgid ""
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
msgstr ""
"Étant donné que les *Routes* sont un ensemble de *Règles de flux tiré et "
"poussé*, Odoo vous aide à gérer des configurations de route avancées telles "
"que :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
msgstr "Gérer les chaînes de fabrication des produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103
msgid ""
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
msgstr ""
"Définir les routes à l'intérieur de l'entrepôt de stock en fonction des "
"besoins de l'entreprise, telles que le contrôle qualité, les services après-"
"vente ou les retours des fournisseurs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105
msgid ""
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products."
msgstr ""
"Aider la gestion des locations en générant des retours automatisés pour les "
"produits loués."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107
msgid ""
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer une route sur un produit, ouvrez d'abord l'application "
":guilabel:`Inventaire` et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Paramètres`. Ensuite, dans la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`, activez la "
"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""
"Activer la fonctionnalité des routes en plusieurs étapes dans Odoo "
"Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` est activée "
"automatiquement avec la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs "
"étapes`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
msgstr ""
"Une fois cette première étape complétée, l'utilisateur peut utiliser des "
"routes préconfigurées dans Odoo ou ils peuvent créer des routes "
"personnalisées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr "Routes préconfigurées"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125
msgid ""
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"Pour accéder aux routes préconfigurées d'Odoo, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts`. Ensuite, ouvrez"
" la fiche de l'entrepôt. Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de "
"l'entrepôt`, l'utilisateur peut visualiser les routes préconfigurées pour "
"les :guilabel:`Réceptions` et les :guilabel:`Expéditions`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134
msgid ""
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
msgstr ""
"Certaines routes plus avancées, telles que picking-colisage-expédition, sont"
" également disponibles. L'utilisateur peut sélectionner la route qui "
"correspond le mieux aux besoins de son entreprise. Une fois les routes "
":guilabel:`Réceptions` et :guilabel:`Expéditions` définies, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes` pour voir les "
"routes spécifiques générées par Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
msgstr "Vue de toutes les routes préconfigurées proposées par Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
msgstr ""
"Sur la page des :guilabel:`Routes`, cliquez sur une route pour ouvrir sa "
"fiche. Sur la fiche, l'utilisateur peut voir à quels endroits la route est "
":guilabel:`applicable`. L'utilisateur peut également définir la route pour "
"qu'elle ne s'applique qu'à une :guilabel:`société` spécifique. C'est utile "
"pour les environnements multi-sociétés ; par exemple, un utilisateur peut "
"avoir une société et un entrepôt dans le pays A et une deuxième société et "
"un deuxième entrepôt dans le pays B."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
msgstr ""
"Vue d'un exemple de route applicable aux catégories de produit et aux "
"entrepôts."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:153
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
msgstr ""
"Au bas de la fiche de la route, l'utilisateur peut voir les "
":guilabel:`Règles` spécifiques pour la route. Chaque :guilabel:`Règle` a une"
" :guilabel:`Action`, un :guilabel:`Emplacement d'origine`, et un "
":guilabel:`Emplacement de destination`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""
"Un exemple de règles avec des actions pousser & tirer dans Odoo Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:162
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr "Routes personnalisées"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:164
msgid ""
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
"places."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une route personnalisée, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Configuration --> Routes` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Ensuite, "
"choisissez les endroits où cette route peut être sélectionnée. Une route "
"peut s'appliquer à une combinaison d'endroits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
msgstr "Vue d'une route picking-colisage-expédition."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:172
msgid ""
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
msgstr ""
"Chaque endroit a un comportement différent, donc il est important de ne "
"cocher que ceux qui sont utiles et d'adapter chaque route en conséquence. "
"Ensuite, configurez les :guilabel:`Règles` de la route."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""
"Si la route s'applique à une catégorie de produits, la route doit toujours "
"être définie manuellement sur la fiche de la catégorie de produits en allant"
" à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits`."
" Sélectionnez ensuite la catégorie de produit et ouvrez la fiche. Cliquez "
"sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et définissez les :guilabel:`Routes` dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Logistique`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:180
msgid ""
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
"from the same category."
msgstr ""
"En appliquant la route à une catégorie de produits, toutes les règles "
"configurées sur la route s'appliquent à **chaque** produit de la catégorie. "
"Ceci peut être utile si l'entreprise utilise le dropshipping pour tous les "
"produits d'une même catégorie."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
msgstr "Vue d'une route appliquée à la catégorie de produits \"tous\"."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:188
msgid ""
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
"that route."
msgstr ""
"La même logique s'applique aux entrepôts. Si la route peut s'appliquer aux "
":guilabel:`Entrepôts`, tous les transferts au sein de l'entrepôt sélectionné"
" qui satisfont aux conditions des règles de la route, suivront cette route."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Vue du menu déroulant des entrepôts en cochant la case applicable aux "
"entrepôts."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:196
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""
"Si la route s'applique aux :guilabel:`lignes de bons de commande`, c'est "
"plus ou moins l'inverse qui se produit. La route doit être choisie "
"manuellement lors de la création d'un devis. C'est utile si certains "
"produits passent par des routes différentes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:200
msgid ""
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
"quotation/sales order."
msgstr ""
"Pensez à afficher la colonne de la :guilabel:`Route` sur le devis/bon de "
"commande. Ensuite, la route peut être sélectionnée sur chaque ligne du "
"devis/bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
msgstr ""
"Vue du menu permettant d'ajouter de nouvelles lignes aux commandes clients."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:207
msgid ""
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
"manually set on the product form."
msgstr ""
"Finalement, certaines routes peuvent s'appliquer aux produits. Celles-ci "
"fonctionnent plus ou moins de la même façon que les catégories de produits :"
" une fois sélectionnée, la route doit être définie manuellement sur la fiche"
" produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210
msgid ""
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""
"Pour définir une route sur un produit, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire "
"--> Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez le produit souhaité. Ensuite, "
"allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et sélectionnez les "
":guilabel:`Routes` dans la section :guilabel:`Opérations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
msgstr "Vue d'une fiche produit, où la route doit être sélectionnée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:219
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
msgstr ""
"Les règles doivent être définies sur la route pour que la route fonctionne."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222
msgid "Rules"
msgstr "Règles"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:224
msgid ""
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"Les règles sont définies sur la fiche de la route. Tout d'abord, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes` et ouvrez la fiche "
"de la route souhaitée. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et cliquez "
"sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` dans la section :guilabel:`Règles`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
msgstr ""
"Vue du menu des règles, où il est possible d'ajouter de nouvelles règles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:232
msgid ""
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
":guilabel:`Action`:"
msgstr ""
"Les règles disponibles déclenchent diverses actions. Si Odoo propose des "
"règles *Pousser* et *Tirer*, d'autres sont également disponibles. Chaque "
"règle a une :guilabel:`Action` :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:235
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
"this need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Tirer depuis` : cette règle est déclenchée par un besoin du "
"produit à un emplacement précis. Le besoin peut provenir d'une commande "
"client en cours de validation ou d'un ordre de fabrication nécessitant un "
"composant spécifique. Lorsque le besoin apparaît dans l'emplacement de "
"destination, Odoo génère un transfert pour répondre à ce besoin."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
"destination location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Pousser vers` : cette règle est déclenchée par l'arrivée de "
"certains produits à l'emplacement d'origine défini. Dans le cas où "
"l'utilisateur déplace des produits vers l'emplacement source, Odoo génère un"
" transfert pour déplacer ces produits à l'emplacement de destination."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:242
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Tirer & Pousser` : cette règle permet la génération de transferts"
" dans les deux situations susmentionnées. Ceci signifie que lorsque des "
"produits sont nécessaires à un emplacement spécifique, un transfert est créé"
" depuis l'emplacement précédent pour satisfaire à ce besoin. Ceci crée un "
"besoin dans l'emplacement précédent et un règle est déclenchée pour y "
"répondre. Une fois le deuxième besoin satisfait, les produits sont poussés "
"vers l'emplacement de destination et tous les besoins sont satisfaits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Acheter` : lorsque des produits sont nécessaires à l'emplacement "
"de destination, une demande de prix est créée pour satisfaire au besoin."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:249
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Fabriquer` : lorsque des produits sont nécessaires dans "
"l'emplacement d'origine, un ordre de fabrication est créé pour répondre au "
"besoin."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
"zone."
msgstr ""
"Aperçu d'une règle \"Tirer depuis\" qui crée un transfert entre le stock et la zone\n"
"d'emballage."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:257
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
msgstr ""
"Le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` doit également être défini sur la règle. "
"Ceci définit quel type de transfert sera créé à partir de la règle."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:260
msgid ""
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""
"Si l':guilabel:`Action` de la règle est définie sur :guilabel:`Tirer depuis`"
" ou :guilabel:`Tirer & Pousser`, une :guilabel:`Méthode d'approvisionnement`"
" doit être définie. La :guilabel:`Méthode d'approvisionnement` définit ce "
"qui se passe à l'emplacement d'origine :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
" of the source location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Prendre dans le stock` : les produits sont pris dans le stock "
"disponible de l'emplacement d'origine."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Déclencher une autre règle` : le système tente de trouver une "
"règle de stock pour amener les produits à l'emplacement d'origine. Le stock "
"disponible est ignoré."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:268
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
"products to the source location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Prendre dans le stock, si pas disponible, déclencher une autre "
"règle` : les produits sont pris dans le stock disponible de l'emplacement "
"d'origine. Si aucun stock n'est disponible, le système tente de trouver une "
"règle pour amener les produits à l'emplacement d'origine."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273
msgid "Example flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:275
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
" flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr ""
"Dans cet exemple, utilisons une route *Picking - Colisage - Expédition* pour"
" tenter un flux complet avec une route personnalisée avancée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278
msgid ""
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
msgstr ""
"Jetons d'abord un coup d’œil aux règles de la route et leurs méthodes "
"d'approvisionnement. Il y a trois règles, toutes des règles :guilabel:`Tirer"
" depuis`. Les :guilabel:`Méthodes d'approvisionnement` pour chaque règle "
"sont les suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:281
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Prendre dans le stock` : Lorsque des produits sont nécessaires "
"dans la :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage`, des *pickings* (transferts internes"
" de :guilabel:`WH/Stock` vers :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage`) sont créés "
"depuis :guilabel:`WH/Stock` pour répondre au besoin."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:284
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Déclencher une autre règle` : Lorsque des produits sont "
"nécessaires en :guilabel:`WH/Sortie`, des *colis* (transferts internes "
"depuis :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage Zone` vers :guilabel:`WH/Sortie`) sont"
" créés depuis :guilabel:`WH/Zone de colisage` pour répondre au besoin."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:287
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Déclencher une autre règle` : Lorsque des produits sont "
"nécessaires dans des :guilabel:`Emplacements partenaires/clients`, des *bons"
" de livraison* sont créés depuis :guilabel:`WH/Sortie` pour répondre au "
"besoin."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
msgstr ""
"Aperçu de tous les transferts créés par la route picking - colisage - "
"expédition."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:295
msgid ""
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""
"Ceci signifie que lorsqu'un client commande des produits sur lesquels une "
"route *picking - colisage - expédition* est définie, un bon de livraison est"
" créé pour exécuter la commande. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
msgstr ""
"Vue des opérations créées par une règle de flux tiré depuis un transfert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:303
msgid ""
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""
"Si le document d'origine pour plusieurs transferts est la même commande "
"client, le statut n'est pas identique. Le statut sera :guilabel:`En attente "
"d'une autre opération` si le transfert précédent dans la liste n'est pas "
"encore effectué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
msgstr "Vue des différents statuts du transfert au début du processus."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:311
msgid ""
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr ""
"Pour préparer un bon de livraison, des produits emballés sont nécessaires "
"dans la zone de sortie, donc un transfert interne est demandé depuis la zone"
" de colisage."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
"output zones."
msgstr ""
"Vue des opérations détaillées d'un transfert entre les zones de colisage et "
"de sortie."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:318
msgid ""
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
"required products from the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Bien évidemment, la zone de colisage a besoin de produits qui sont prêts à "
"être emballés. Donc, un transfert interne est nécessaire vers le stock pour "
"que les employés puissent rassembler les produits nécessaires dans "
"l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
" zones."
msgstr ""
"Vue des opérations détaillées d'un transfert entre le stock et la zone de "
"colisage."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:325
msgid ""
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
"items."
msgstr ""
"Comme il est expliqué dans l'introduction de la documentation, la dernière "
"étape du processus (pour cette route, le bon de livraison) est la première à"
" être déclenchée et déclenchera ensuite d'autres règles jusqu'à ce que la "
"première étape du processus soit atteinte (en l'espèce, le transfert interne"
" depuis le stock vers la zone de colisage). À présent, tout est prêt à être "
"traité, donc le client peut recevoir les articles commandés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330
msgid ""
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
msgstr ""
"Dans cet exemple, le produit est livré au client lorsque toutes les règles "
"ont été déclenchées et les transferts ont été effectués."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
msgstr "Vue des statuts des transferts lorsque la route est finalisée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5
msgid "Picking methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3
msgid "Batch picking"
msgstr "Transferts par lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, "
"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Le *transfert par lot* permet à un seul préparateur de commandes de traiter "
"plusieurs commandes à la fois, réduisant ainsi le temps nécessaire pour se "
"rendre au même emplacement dans un entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:10
msgid ""
"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking "
"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the"
" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages."
msgstr ""
"Pour les transferts par lot, les ordres sont regroupés et consolidés dans "
"une liste de transferts. Après le transfert, le lot est acheminé vers un "
"emplacement de sortie, où les produits sont triés dans leurs emballages de "
"livraison respectifs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`Utiliser l'application Code-barres pour les transferts "
"<inventory/management/barcode_picking>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:17
msgid ""
"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, "
"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered "
"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase"
" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently."
msgstr ""
"Puisque les ordres *doivent* être triés à l'emplacement de sortie après "
"avoir été transférés, cette méthode de transfert convient aux entreprises "
"qui commandent peut de produits. Le stockage des articles très demandés dans"
" des emplacements facilement accessibles permet d'augmenter le nombre "
"d'ordres satisfaits de manière efficace."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:24
msgid ""
"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer l'option de transfert par lot, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Opérations`, cochez la case :guilabel:`Transferts par "
"lot`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr ""
"Activez la fonctionnalité *Transferts par lot* dans Inventaire > "
"Configuration > Paramètres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:32
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this "
"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Puisque le transfert par lot est une méthode permettant d'optimiser "
"l'opération de *transfert* dans Odoo, les fonctionnalités "
":guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage` et :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs "
"étapes` dans la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt` doivent également être activées"
" sur la page des paramètres. Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration"
" > Settings."
msgstr ""
"Activez les fonctionnalités *Emplacements de stockage* et *Routes en "
"plusieurs étapes* dans Inventaire > Configuration > Paramètres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse"
" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, activez la fonctionnalité du transfert dans l'entrepôt, en allant à "
"la page des paramètres de l'entrepôt, accessible à partir de l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:43
msgid ""
"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio "
"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the "
":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez ici l'entrepôt souhaité dans la liste. Ensuite, parmi les "
"options disponibles pour les :guilabel:`Expéditions`, sélectionnez soit "
":guilabel:`Amener les marchandises à l'emplacement de sortie et ensuite "
"livrer (2 étape)` ou :guilabel:`Emballer les marchandises, les envoyer à "
"l'emplacement de sortie et ensuite livrer (3 étapes)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:128
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in two steps "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments."
msgstr "Configurez des expéditions en 2 ou 3 étapes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56
msgid "Create batch transfers"
msgstr "Créer des transferts par lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58
msgid ""
"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` "
"button to begin creating a batch transfer."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez manuellement créer des transferts par lot à partir de "
"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts par "
"lot`. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Nouveau` pour créer un transfert par "
"lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:61
msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:"
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire du transfert par lot, complétez les champs suivants en "
"conséquence :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field "
"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Responsable` : l'employé assigné au transfert. Laissez ce champ "
"vide si *n'importe quel* ouvrier peut effectuer ce transfert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation "
"type under which the picking is categorized."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Type d'opération` : sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant le type "
"d'opération sous lequel le transfert est classé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output "
"location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date planifiée` : précise la date à laquelle la personne "
":guilabel:`Responsable` doit effectuer le transfert vers l'emplacement de "
"sortie."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to "
"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, dans la liste des :guilabel:`Transferts`, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour ouvrir la fenêtre :guilabel:`Ajouter : "
"Transferts`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:73
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter "
"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez complété le champ :guilabel:`Type d'opération`, la liste "
"filtrera les enregistrements de transfert correspondant au :guilabel:`Type "
"d'opération` sélectionné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:76
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Nouveau` pour créer un nouveau transfert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm"
" the batch picking."
msgstr ""
"Une fois les enregistrements de transfert sélectionnés, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer le transfert par lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:81
msgid ""
"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`,"
" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"is set to `August 11`."
msgstr ""
"Un nouveau transfert par lot est assigné au :guilabel:`Responsable`, `Joel "
"Willis`, pour le :guilabel:`type d'opération` `Transfert`. La "
":guilabel:`Date planifiée` est définie sur `11 août`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form."
msgstr "Vue du formulaire *Transferts par lot*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the "
":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because "
"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form."
msgstr ""
"En cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`, la fenêtre "
":guilabel:`Ajouter : Transferts` s'ouvre et n'affiche que les transferts, "
"étant donné que le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` était défini sur `Transfert`"
" sur le formulaire du transfert par lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window."
msgstr ""
"Cochez la case à cocher à gauche des transferts, `WH/PICK/00001` et "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, pour les inclure dans le nouveau transfert. Cliquez ensuite"
" sur le bouton :guilabel:`Sélectionner` pour fermer la fenêtre "
":guilabel:`Ajouter : Transferts`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez plusieurs transferts dans la fenêtre *Ajouter : Transferts*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:103
msgid "Add batch from transfers list"
msgstr "Ajouter un lot à partir de la liste des transferts"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:105
msgid ""
"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the "
":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any"
" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers."
msgstr ""
"Il existe une autre méthode de créer des transferts par lot : l'option "
":guilabel:`Ajouter au lot` dans la vue de liste. Allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations` et sélectionnez n'importe quel "
":guilabel:`Transfert` dans le menu déroulant pour ouvrir une liste filtrée "
"de transferts."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n"
"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships."
msgstr ""
"Afficher tous les types de transfert dans un menu déroulant : Réceptions, Livraisons, Transferts internes, \n"
"Fabrications, Transferts par lot, Dropshippings."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114
msgid ""
"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected "
"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ "
"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""
"Sur la liste des transferts, cochez la case à gauche des transferts "
"sélectionnés pour l'ajouter à un lot. Allez ensuite au bouton "
":guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ (engrenage)` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter au lot`"
" dans le menu déroulant qui s'ouvre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list."
msgstr ""
"Utiliser le bouton *Ajouter au lot*, dans la liste du bouton *Action*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:148
msgid ""
"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the "
"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned."
msgstr ""
"Cette action ouvre une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Ajouter au lot`, dans"
" laquelle l'employé :guilabel:`Responsable` du transfert peut être désigné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:125
msgid ""
"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch "
"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez parmi les deux options radio d'ajouter à :guilabel:`un transfert "
"par lot existant` ou de créer :guilabel:`un nouveau transfert par lot`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128
msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""
"Pour commencer par un brouillon, cochez la case :guilabel:`Brouillon`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157
msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr "Terminez le processus en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer."
msgstr "Afficher la fenêtre *Ajouter au lot* pour créer un transfert par lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:137
msgid "Process batch transfer"
msgstr "Traiter des transferts par lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:139
msgid ""
"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
"--> Batch Transfers` page."
msgstr ""
"Traitez les transferts par lot dans l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire"
" --> Opérations --> Transferts par lot`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:142
msgid ""
"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch "
"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under"
" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez le transfert souhaité dans la liste. Ensuite, sur le formulaire"
" du transfert par lot, saisissez les quantités :guilabel:`faites` pour "
"chaque produit, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`. Cliquez "
"enfin sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour terminer le transfert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:147
msgid ""
"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` "
"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that "
"are currently *not* available in-stock."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que le transfert par lot est terminé lorsque le bouton "
":guilabel:`Valider` est surligné en mauve. Si le bouton :guilabel:`Vérifier "
"la disponibilité` est surligné à la place, cela signifie qu'il y a des "
"articles dans le lot qui ne sont actuellement *pas* disponibles en stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the "
"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`"
" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`."
msgstr ""
"Dans un transfert par lot impliquant des produits provenant des transferts, "
"`WH/PICK/00001` et `WH/PICK/00002`, l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations "
"détaillées` montre que le produit, `Armoire avec portes`, a été transféré "
"parce que la colonne :guilabel:`Fait` correspond à la valeur de la colonne "
":guilabel:`Réservé`. Cependant, des quantités de `0,00` ont été transférées "
"pour l'autre produit, `Boîtier pour câbles`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed "
"Operations* tab."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le transfert par lot de produits provenant de deux transferts dans "
"l'onglet *Opérations détaillées*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:163
msgid ""
"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"tab."
msgstr ""
"Seuls les produits en stock sont visibles dans l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Opérations détaillées`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165
msgid ""
"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity"
" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to"
" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the "
"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher la liste complète des produits, allez à l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Opérations`. Dans cette liste, la colonne :guilabel:`Demande` "
"indique la quantité souhaitée pour l'ordre. La colonne :guilabel:`Réservé` "
"indique le stock disponible pour honorer l'ordre. Enfin, la colonne "
":guilabel:`Fait` précise les produits qui ont été transférés et qui sont "
"prêts pour l'étape suivante."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:171
msgid ""
"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking."
msgstr ""
"Le produit, `Sous-main`, issu du même lot que l':ref:`exemple ci-dessus "
"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, n'est visible que dans "
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations`, car il n'y a pas de quantités "
":guilabel:`réservées` en stock pour honorer le transfert par lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:175
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again "
"for available products."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Vérifier la disponibilité` pour rechercher "
"à nouveau les produits disponibles dans le stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les quantités réservées non disponibles dans l'onglet *Opérations*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:182
msgid "Create backorder"
msgstr "Créer un reliquat "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:184
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product "
"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire de transfert par lot, si la quantité :guilabel:`faite` du "
"produit est *inférieure* à la quantité :guilabel:`réservée`, une fenêtre "
"contextuelle s'ouvre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187
msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`."
msgstr ""
"Cette fenêtre contextuelle propose l'option : :guilabel:`Créer un reliquat "
"?`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:189
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new"
" batch transfer, containing the remaining products."
msgstr ""
"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer un reliquat`, un nouveau lot "
"est automatiquement créé, contenant les produits restants."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:192
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating "
"another batch picking."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Aucun reliquat` pour terminer le transfert *sans* "
"créer un autre transfert par lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:194
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch "
"transfer form."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ignorer` pour annuler la validation et revenir au "
"formulaire de transfert par lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up."
msgstr "Afficher la fenêtre contextuelle *Créer un reliquat*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203
msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app"
msgstr "Traiter le transfert par lot : l'application Code-barres"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205
msgid ""
"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app,"
" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button."
msgstr ""
"Les transferts par lot créés sont également répertoriés dans l'application "
":menuselection:`Code-barres`, accessible en cliquant sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Transferts par lot`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208
msgid ""
"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open "
"the detailed list of products for the picking."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les transferts par lot confirmés apparaissent sur la page des "
":guilabel:`Transferts par lot`. Sur cette page, cliquez sur le transfert par"
" lot souhaité pour ouvrir une liste détaillée des produits à transférer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la liste des transferts par lot à effectuer dans l'application "
"*Code-barres*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:215
msgid ""
"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the "
"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to "
"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click "
"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the "
"picking."
msgstr ""
"Pour le transfert par lot choisi, suivez les instructions en haut de la page"
" sur fond noir. Commencez par scanner le code-barres du produit pour "
"enregistrer un seul produit à transférer. Pour enregistrer des quantités "
"multiples, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` et saisissez les "
"quantités requises pour le transfert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:221
msgid ""
"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. "
"Completed pickings are highlighted in green."
msgstr ""
"Les produits du même ordre sont libellés de la même couleur à gauche. Les "
"transferts complétés sont surlignés en vert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:225
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, "
"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate "
"that the last two product pickings are complete."
msgstr ""
"Dans un transfert par lot pour 2 `Armoires avec portes`, 3 `Écrans anti-"
"bruit`, et 4 `Bureaux de quatre personnes`, les :guilabel:`Unités` `3/3` et "
"`4/4` indiquent que les deux derniers transferts de produits sont terminés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:229
msgid ""
"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after "
"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user "
"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for "
":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`."
msgstr ""
"`1/2` unité de l'`Armoire avec portes` a déjà été transféré et après avoir "
"scanné le code-barres du produit pour la deuxième armoire, Odoo invite "
"l'utilisateur à `Scanner un numéro de série` pour enregistrer le numéro de "
"série unique à des fins de :ref:`suivi de produits "
"<inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view."
msgstr "Afficher les produits à transférer dans la vue Code-barres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:237
msgid ""
"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois tous les produits transférés, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour "
"marquer le transfert par lot comme :guilabel:`Fait`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3
msgid "Cluster picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10
msgid ""
"Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from "
":ref:`batch picking <inventory/misc/batch_picking>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:13
msgid ""
"In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each "
"designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to "
"each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of "
"the associated order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:17
msgid ""
"This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order "
"volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the"
" need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:21
msgid ""
"However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent "
"orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created"
" beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:28
msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29
msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30
msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:32
msgid ""
"Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:34
msgid ""
"To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three "
"empty packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:36
msgid ""
"Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the "
"picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated "
"for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and "
"loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:40
msgid ""
"With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to "
"the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for "
"shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50
msgid ""
"To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` "
"options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:58
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this "
"settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they "
"can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation "
"itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:65
msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74
msgid "Packages setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:76
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the "
":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:79
msgid ""
"On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled "
"with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` "
"is automatically set to the creation date of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:83
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:89
msgid ""
"A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy "
"identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using "
"their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to "
":guilabel:`Disposable Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Create new package form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98
msgid "Create cluster batch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:100
msgid ""
"To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together"
" in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart"
" button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing "
"the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106
msgid ""
"Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown"
" in the :ref:`example above <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:109
msgid ""
"After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays "
"the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and "
"`Delivery`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:116
msgid ""
"With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, "
"navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first "
"operation in the delivery flow)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120
msgid ""
"Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the "
":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are "
"in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:124
msgid ""
"Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or "
"three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:127
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:131
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to "
"add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the "
":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to "
"batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:136
msgid ""
"To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`, in a warehouse configured with "
"two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:140
msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141
msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:142
msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:151
msgid ""
"Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add "
"to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch "
"transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154
msgid ""
"To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the "
":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:164
msgid "Process batches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:166
msgid ""
"To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations"
" --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:169
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked "
"are grouped by location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:171
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` "
"field, enter the package used for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:175
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is "
"configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form <inventory/misc/create-"
"package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container "
"during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:179
msgid ""
"Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the "
"product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:183
msgid ""
"Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and "
"bananas :ref:`example <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>` by assigning"
" each picking to a dedicated package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:186
msgid ""
"At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in"
" all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-"
"PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:189
msgid ""
"Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:197
msgid "In Barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:199
msgid ""
"To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, "
"select the desired batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:202
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by "
"location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same "
"picking together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:205
msgid ""
"Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for "
"the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the "
"product and package to process the transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:208
msgid ""
"Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:211
msgid ""
"To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the "
":guilabel:`Print` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:215
msgid ""
"Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode "
"from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:223
msgid ""
"Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location,"
" `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode "
"<barcode/setup/location>`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need "
"products from this particular location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:227
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in "
"red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:230
msgid ""
"Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in "
"the designated package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:237
msgid ""
"After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo "
"suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the"
" product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3
msgid "Process wave transfers"
msgstr "Traiter les transferts par vague"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:5
msgid ""
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
"be a better fit than the other."
msgstr ""
"Alors qu'un transfert par lot est un groupe de plusieurs transferts, un "
"**transfert par vague** ne contient que certaines parties de différents "
"transferts. Les deux méthodes sont utilisées pour préparer des commandes "
"dans un entrepôt et, selon la situation, une méthode peut être plus adaptée "
"que l'autre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:9
msgid ""
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
msgstr ""
"Pour traiter les commandes d'une catégorie de produits spécifique ou pour "
"aller chercher des produits qui se trouvent dans le même emplacement, les "
"transferts par vague sont parfaits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, les transferts par vague sont en fait des transferts par lot avec"
" une étape supplémentaire : les transferts sont fractionnés avant d'être "
"regroupés dans un lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:18
msgid ""
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
msgstr ""
"Avant de créer un transfert par vague, les options :guilabel:`Transferts par"
" lot` et :guilabel:`Transferts par vague` doivent être activées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres`. Dans la section :guilabel:`Opérations`, activez "
":guilabel:`Transferts par lot` et :guilabel:`Transferts par vague`. Cliquez "
"ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer les paramètres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
msgstr ""
"Vue des paramètres d'Odoo Inventaire pour activer l'option des transferts "
"par vague."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30
msgid "Add products to a wave"
msgstr "Ajouter des produits à une vague"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
"products to a wave."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que les paramètres sont activés, lancez un transfert par vague en"
" ajoutant des produits à une vague."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:34
msgid ""
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
":guilabel:`Operations`."
msgstr ""
"Les transferts par vague ne peuvent contenir que des lignes de produit "
"provenant de transferts du même type d'opération. Pour afficher tous les "
"transferts et lignes de produit d'une opération spécifique, allez d'abord au"
" tableau de bord d':guilabel:`Inventaire` et localisez la carte du type "
"d'opération souhaité. Ouvrez ensuite les options (l'icône des trois points "
"dans le coin de la carte du type d'opération) et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Opérations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
msgstr "Comment obtenir la liste des opérations d'un type d'opération."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
msgstr ""
"Sur la page des opérations, sélectionnez les lignes du produit que vous "
"voulez ajouter à une vague nouvelle ou existante. Cliquez ensuite sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter à une vague`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
msgstr "Sélectionnez des lignes à ajouter à la vague."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
msgstr ""
"Utilisez les :guilabel:`Filtres` dans la barre de recherche pour regrouper "
"les lignes avec le même produit, emplacement, transporteur, etc."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
msgstr "Une fenêtre contextuelle apparaîtra ensuite."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56
msgid ""
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter les lignes sélectionnées à un transfert par vague existant, "
"sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`un transfert par vague existant` et "
"sélectionnez le transfert par vague existant dans le menu déroulant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un nouveau transfert par vague, sélectionnez l'option "
":guilabel:`un nouveau transfert par vague`. Lors de la création d'un nouveau"
" transfert par vague, il est aussi possible de définir un employé dans le "
"champ optionnel :guilabel:`Responsable`. Une fois les options souhaitées "
"sélectionnées, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour ajouter les lignes de "
"produit à une vague."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:64
msgid "View wave transfers"
msgstr "Voir les transferts par vague"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66
msgid ""
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir tous les transferts par vague et leurs statuts, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts par vague`. Il est "
"aussi possible de voir les transferts par vague dans l'application "
":guilabel:`Code-barres` en allant à :menuselection:`Code-barres --> "
"Transferts par lot`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:3
msgid "Removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"For companies with warehouses, **removal strategies** determine which "
"products are taken from the warehouse, and when. Removal strategies are "
"typically defined for specific picking operations. This helps companies to "
"select the best products, optimize the distance workers need to travel when "
"picking items for orders, and account for quality control, such as moving "
"products with expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:11
msgid ""
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"When a product needs to be moved, Odoo finds available products that can be "
"assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the"
" :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` defined in either the :guilabel:`Product "
"Category` or the :guilabel:`Location` dashboards."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:19
msgid ""
"To change the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Locations` or :menuselection:`Product Categories`."
" Click on a :guilabel:`Location` or :guilabel:`Product Category`, and then "
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. Change the product category :guilabel:`Force Removal"
" Strategy` or the location :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` by clicking on the "
"drop-down menu and selecting the desired removal strategy. After selecting "
"the new removal strategy, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or "
"Locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr "Que se passe-t-il à l'intérieur de l'entrepôt ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33
msgid ""
"Most warehouses share the same important areas: receiving docks and sorting "
"areas, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping/loading "
"docks. While all products entering or leaving the warehouse might go through"
" each of these locations at some point, removal strategies can have an "
"effect on which products are taken, from where, and when."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:38
msgid ""
"In this example below, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the "
"receiving docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, "
"with the reception date and expiration date. After that, products are stored"
" in their respective storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Not all products have expiration dates, but in this example, expiration "
"dates apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
msgstr "Les produits entrent dans le stock via la zone de réception."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:49
msgid ""
"In Odoo, receive products by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application, and in the kanban view, click on either the "
":guilabel:`Receipts` heading or :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button. On the "
":guilabel:`Receipts` dashboard, find and click on the individual receipt "
"which will open the warehouse intake form. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
"enter the received quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column. To finish, "
":guilabel:`Validate` to receive the products and register them in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:57
msgid ""
"Receiving products can also be done within the Odoo *Barcode* application. "
"If using the *Barcode* app, scan the product(s), update the quantity, and "
"finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`. After products are received in Odoo, "
"the products can then be moved to their respective storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62
msgid ""
"Continuing with the same example, below, imagine several sales orders are "
"made for the products received earlier, that use expiration dates. In this "
"example, the products weren't received on the same day, and they don't have "
"the same expiration date. In this situation, logically, sending products "
"with the closest expiration date is preferred, instead of products received "
"first or last. Using the chosen removal strategy configured for those "
"products (in this example, :ref:`FEFO <routes/FEFO>`), Odoo generates a "
"transfer for the products with the soonest expiration date to the picking "
"area, then the packing area, and finally, to the shipping docks for delivery"
" to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking the expiration dates into\n"
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:77
msgid ""
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
"transfer form. To learn more about picking and shipping, refer to either the"
" :doc:`Two-step delivery "
"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`Three-step delivery "
"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:83
msgid "How each removal strategy works"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:85
msgid ""
"Removal strategies determine which products are taken from the warehouse "
"when orders are confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:88
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr "First In, First Out (FIFO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90
msgid ""
"When using a :guilabel:`First In, First Out (FIFO)` strategy, demand for a "
"product triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that entered the stock first (and therefore, has been in "
"stock for the longest time)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse, and "
"have the corresponding lot numbers: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Each lot has "
"five boxes of nails in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97
msgid ""
"Lot `00001` entered the stock on May 23, lot `00002` on May 25, and lot "
"`00003` on June 1. A customer orders six boxes on June 11."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:100
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer "
"request will pick the five boxes from lot `00001` first, and then from the "
"boxes in lot `00002`, since lot `00001` entered the stock first. The box "
"from lot `00002` is taken next because it has the oldest receipt date after "
"lot `00001`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations for the transfer shows the nail lots to be removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:110
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:112
msgid ""
"Similar to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` method, the "
":guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)` removal strategy moves products based "
"on the date they entered a warehouse's stock. Instead of removing the oldest"
" stock on-hand, however, it targets the **newest** stock on-hand for "
"removal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:116
msgid ""
"Every time an order for products with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` "
"method is placed, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has "
"most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered"
" the warehouse's inventory)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121
msgid ""
"In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy in"
" banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete "
"products being delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:124
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of boxes of screws in the "
"warehouse, and have the corresponding lot numbers: `10001`, `10002`, and "
"`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws per lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:127
msgid ""
"Lot `10001` entered the stock on June 1, lot `10002` on June 3, and lot "
"`10003` on June 6. A customer orders seven boxes on June 8."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:130
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer is "
"requested for seven boxes of screws from lot `10003` because that lot is the"
" last one to have entered the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:138
msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:140
msgid ""
"While the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
" Out)` methods target products for removal based on date of entry into the "
"warehouse, the :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` method targets "
"products for removal based on their assigned expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:144
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, every "
"sales order that includes products with this removal strategy assigned "
"ensures that transfers are requested for products with the expiration date "
"soonest to the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:148
msgid ""
"As an example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes. Those three "
"lots have the following lot numbers: `20001`, `20002`, and `20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:151
msgid ""
"Lot `20001` entered the stock on July 1 and expires on July 15, lot `20002` "
"entered on July 2 and expires on July 14, and lot `20003` entered on July 3 "
"and expires on July 21. A customer orders six boxes on July 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:155
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` method, a transfer is "
"requested for the five boxes from lot `20002` and one from lot `20001`. All "
"the boxes in lot `20002` are transferred because they have the earliest "
"expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from lot `20001` because"
" it has the next closest expiration date after lot `20002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:165
msgid "Using removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:167
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units of products from others, the units need to be "
"tracked, either by :guilabel:`Lot` or by :guilabel:`Serial Number`. To do "
"so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, "
"and :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings. Click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ":alt: Traceability settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ":alt: Warehouse settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:181
msgid ""
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting needs to be activated as well. To "
"enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Remember to click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now, specific removal strategies can be defined on product categories. To do"
" this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and choose a product category to define the removal strategy "
"on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:192
msgid ""
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
"stock."
msgstr ""
"La stratégie *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) est un peu différente des "
"deux autres stratégies d'enlèvement. Pour :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
"Out)`, c'est la date d'expiration qui est importante, pas la date à laquelle"
" le produit est entré dans le stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:196
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
"<../product_management/configure/uom>`). Those three lots have the following"
" numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:201
msgid ""
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
":guilabel:`20002`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`20001` est entré dans le stock le 1er juillet et expire le 15 "
"juillet, :guilabel:`20002` est entré le 2 juillet et expire le 14 juillet et"
" :guilabel:`20003` est entré le 4 juillet et expire le 21 juillet. Un client"
" commande six boîtes le 5 juillet. En sélectionnant la stratégie :abbr:`FEFO"
" (First Expired, First Out)`, un transfert est demandé pour les cinq boîtes "
"du lot :guilabel:`20002` et une boîte du lot :guilabel:`20001`. Le transfert"
" de toutes les boîtes du lot :guilabel:`20002` est demandé, car elles ont la"
" date d'expiration la plus proche. Le transfert nécessite également une "
"boîte de :guilabel:`20001`, car elle a la date d'expiration la plus proche "
"après le lot :guilabel:`20002`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:210
msgid ""
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""
"En principe, pour chaque commande client d'un produit avec la stratégie "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, un transfert est demandé pour le "
"produit qui a la date d'expiration la plus proche de la date de la commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:215
msgid "Closest Location"
msgstr "Emplacement le plus proche"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:217
msgid ""
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
"that do not deteriorate with time."
msgstr ""
"La stratégie de l'*emplacement le plus proche* est complètement différente "
"des autres stratégies d'enlèvement. Elle n'est pas basée sur la date "
"d'entrée dans l'entrepôt, mais plutôt sur l'emplacement du produit. Elle est"
" généralement utilisée pour les produits qui ne se détériorent pas avec le "
"temps."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:221
msgid ""
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
"alphabetic order."
msgstr ""
"L'objectif est d'éviter que le magasinier n'effectue un long trajet jusqu'au"
" fond du stock, alors que le produit se trouve également à proximité. Cette "
"méthode est uniquement disponible si le paramètre :guilabel:`Emplacements de"
" stockage` est activé. L'emplacement le plus proche est en fait celui qui "
"vient en premier dans l'ordre alphabétique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:227
msgid "Use removal strategies"
msgstr "Utiliser des stratégies d'enlèvement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:229
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
msgstr ""
"Pour différencier certaines unités des autres, les unités doivent être "
"suivies, soit par *lot*, soit par *numéro de série*. Pour ce faire, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez les "
"paramètres :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`, :guilabel:`Routes en "
"plusieurs étapes` et :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Removal strategy on a product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:238
msgid ""
"To view all products with lots/serial numbers assigned to them, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. This "
"reveals a page with drop-down menus of all products assigned lots or serial "
"numbers, filtered by *product* by default. To change the category these "
"products are filtered by, click :guilabel:`Product` (in the search bar, in "
"the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new "
"filter if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n"
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:249
msgid ""
"To view the serial numbers being selected for a sales order, go to the "
":guilabel:`Sales app` and select the sales order in question. In the sales "
"order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top right. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (Detailed Operations)` "
"icon in the far right for the product in question. The :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected "
"for that specific product for the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:257
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr "FIFO (First In, First Out)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:259
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies that "
"products which enter a warehouse's stock first are removed first. Companies "
"should use this method if they are selling products with short demand "
"cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles "
"in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:264
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
"the *All/Clothes* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal strategy. In "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are"
" listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:272
msgid ""
"Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and "
"lot `000003` contains two shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:275
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this "
"example, the :guilabel:`White Shirt`) from the drop-down menu, or type in "
"the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, "
"`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then"
" click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:282
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the oldest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to"
" the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. All five shirts from lot "
"`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr ""
"Deux lots réservés pour une commande client grâce à la stratégie FIFO."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:292
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:294
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy works in the "
"**opposite** manner from the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. "
"With this method, the products that are received **last** are moved out "
"first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no "
"time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:299
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of cinder blocks. The blocks are from "
"the *All/Building Materials* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different"
" receipts are listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:307
msgid ""
"Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder"
" blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:310
msgid ""
"To see how the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy works, first "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select a product category (for this example, the "
":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product"
" category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:315
msgid ""
"Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
"change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First "
"Out (LIFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:322
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this "
"example, the :guilabel:`Cinder Block`) from the drop-down menu, or type in "
"the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, "
"`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then"
" click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:329
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the newest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to"
" the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy. All four cinder blocks from"
" lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be"
" sent to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
msgstr ""
"Deux lots réservés pour une commande client grâce à la stratégie LIFO."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:341
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
msgstr "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:343
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy differs from "
"the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" strategies, because it targets products for removal based on **expiration "
"dates** instead of their warehouse receipt dates. With this method, the "
"products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is "
"used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:349
msgid ""
"Lots are picked based on their **removal date** from earliest to latest. "
"Removal dates indicate how many days *before* the expiration date the "
"product needs to be removed from stock. The removal date is set on the "
"product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with"
" removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:355
msgid ""
"If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are "
"past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:359
msgid ":doc:`../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:361
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and ensure :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` is enabled. Once the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting is enabled, it's possible to define "
"different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as "
"for lot numbers containing many products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:366
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of hand cream. The creams are from the"
" *All/Health & Beauty* category, where *FEFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different"
" receipts are listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:370
msgid ""
"Lot `0000001` contains twenty tubes of hand cream, expiring on Sept 30, lot "
"`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot"
" `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory "
"report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:378
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can be entered when validating the received products, or "
"set on products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Click :guilabel:`Create`, enter the serial number, and"
" select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration "
"date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
msgstr "Vue de la date d'enlèvement pour 0000001."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:387
msgid ""
"To see how the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy works, first"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select a product category (in this example, the "
":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product "
"category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:392
msgid ""
"Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
"change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired,"
" First Out)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:399
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and click :guilabel:`Create` to "
"create a sales order. Next, select a :guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down"
" menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
"tab. Select a product (for this example, the :guilabel:`Hand Cream`) from "
"the drop-down menu, or type in the name of the product in the field. Enter a"
" quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then"
" click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:406
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the lot numbers expiring first will be reserved "
"thanks to the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy. All twenty "
"tubes of hand cream from lot `0000001` and five from lot `0000003` will be "
"selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab in the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:6
msgid "Delivery methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:8
msgid ""
"When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of "
"calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping "
"carts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:11
msgid ""
"When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`, shipping prices are calculated based on "
"the carrier's pricing and packaging information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup <inventory/shipping/third_party>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/delivery-prices-613?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* "
"module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` "
"application from the main Odoo dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:25
msgid ""
"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in "
"the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` "
"module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "Add shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is "
"enabled by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
"Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >"
" Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping"
" provider, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like "
"Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`. Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:59
msgid ""
"For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed"
" price <inventory/shipping/fixed>`, :ref:`based on rules "
"<inventory/shipping/rules>`, or :ref:`pickup in store "
"<inventory/shipping/pickup>` options, refer to their respective sections "
"below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. "
"Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to "
"apply the method to all web pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific "
"company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply "
"the method to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/sales-order>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free "
"shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:74
msgid ""
"For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the "
"sections below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:79
msgid "Fixed price"
msgstr "Prix fixe"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:81
msgid ""
"To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then,"
" click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this "
"option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is "
"where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified "
"amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in "
"the amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:91
msgid ""
"To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends "
"over `$100`, fill in the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:94
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:96
msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:97
msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:98
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:107
msgid "Based on rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
"To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. "
"Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional "
"margin` to include additional shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:114
msgid "Create pricing rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:116
msgid ""
"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. "
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the "
":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or "
"quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:121
msgid ""
"Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or "
":guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:124
msgid ""
"To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, "
"set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:131
msgid ""
"To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in "
"the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination "
"Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, "
"and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations "
"apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:136
msgid "Calculate delivery cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:138
msgid ""
"Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that "
"satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the "
":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:142
msgid ""
"Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:146
msgid "With the two following rules set up:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:148
msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:149
msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is "
"`$9.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:157
msgid ""
"When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + "
"9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * "
"50) + 9)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:163
msgid "Pickup in store"
msgstr "Enlèvement en magasin"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:165
msgid ""
"To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in "
":guilabel:`Warehouse`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:168
msgid ""
"To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose"
" the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the "
":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the "
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping "
"charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:175
msgid ":doc:`Invoice cost of shipping <setup_configuration/invoicing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:180
msgid "Add shipping"
msgstr "Ajouter l'expédition"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:182
msgid ""
"Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery "
"products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the "
"desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:186
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens "
"the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:189
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights "
"(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). "
"Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` "
"to add the shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:194
msgid ""
"The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total "
"product weights defined on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:197
msgid ""
"The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:201
msgid ""
"`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is "
"added to sales order `S00088`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:259
msgid "Delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:211
msgid ""
"The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping "
"carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method "
"on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify"
" the :guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3
msgid "Bpost integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5
msgid ""
"Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to "
"clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8
msgid "Create a Bpost account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9
msgid ""
"Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-"
"account>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-method>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12
msgid ""
"Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on "
"package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost "
"business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23
msgid "Account setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the `Bpost website "
"<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_ to create, or log into, the "
"company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the "
"company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29
msgid ""
"Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for "
"shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual "
"business relationship between the company and Bpost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33
msgid ""
"Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Z4wZ>`_ accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35
msgid ""
"After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, "
"then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account "
"ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50
msgid "Shipping method configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52
msgid ""
"With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in "
"Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-"
"down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the "
"bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61
msgid ""
"For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party "
"carrier <third_party_shipper>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65
msgid ""
"To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels <labels>` through Odoo, ensure the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and "
"Create Shipment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's "
"unique :ref:`account ID <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from "
"the Bpost website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from the Bpost website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or "
":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` "
"shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` "
"enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel "
"Return Instructions` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80
msgid ""
"For `domestic delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/uOVM>`_, the options are: "
":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Bus`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83
msgid ""
"For `international delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/s6G>`_, the options are:"
" :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international "
"deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, "
":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or "
":guilabel:`OTHER`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an "
"international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: "
":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or "
":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95
msgid ""
"For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the "
":guilabel:`Options` section:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as "
"possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` "
"selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print "
"a return label upon validating the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "Show Bpost shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition envoyée à un transporteur ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr ""
"Odoo peut gérer plusieurs modes de livraison, y compris des expéditeurs "
"externes. Odoo sera lié au système de suivi de la société de transport."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""
"Il vous permet de gérer la société de transport, les prix réels et la "
"destination."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez facilement annuler la demande faite au système du transporteur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr "Comment annuler une demande d'expédition ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr ""
"Si le bon de livraison n'est pas **validé**, la demande n'a pas été faite. "
"Vous pouvez annuler la livraison ou modifier le transporteur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez cliqué sur **Valider**, la demande a été faite et vous devez "
"avoir reçu le numéro de suivi et l'étiquette. Vous pouvez toujours annuler "
"la demande. Cliquez simplement sur le bouton **Annuler* à côté de la **réf. "
"suivi transporteur** :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr "Vous pouvez voir à présent que l'envoi a été annulé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr "Vous pouvez à présent modifier le transporteur si vous le souhaitez."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr ""
"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir annulé la demande d'expédition, vous pouvez modifier le "
"transporteur que vous voulez utiliser. Confirmez-le en cliquant sur le "
"bouton **Envoyer à l'expéditeur**. Vous recevrez un nouveau numéro de suivi "
"et une nouvelle étiquette."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:122
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr "Comment obtenir des identifiants DHL pour l'intégration avec Odoo ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr "Pour utiliser l'API Odoo DHL, vous aurez besoin de :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr "Un identifiant ID du site DHL.com"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr "Un numéro de compte DHL"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid ""
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
"Rest of the world)"
msgstr ""
"Obtenir un ID de site et un mot de passe pour des pays autres que les États-"
"Unis (Royaume-Unie et le reste du monde)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid ""
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez contacter le responsable de compte DHL et demander l'intégration "
"de l'API XML Express. Le service presales devrait vous fournir des "
"identifiants en direct."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
msgstr "Obtenir un ID de site et un mot de passe pour les États-Unis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""
"Pour obtenir un accès API, vous devez écrire à xmlrequests@dhl.com en "
"indiquant tous les détails de votre compte, tels que votre numéro de compte,"
" région, adresse, etc."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "Shipping cost invoicing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges "
"based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10
msgid ""
"Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale "
"order. <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery "
"<inventory/shipping/invoice-shipping>`, reflecting the actual expenses "
"incurred by the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19
msgid ""
"To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and "
"click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide "
"details about the shipping provider, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method "
"(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, "
"if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:23
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/invoice-on-so>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57
msgid "Invoice cost on sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59
msgid ""
"To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-"
"right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended "
"carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price "
"based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the "
"items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order "
"Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost "
"calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create "
"invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost "
"that was added earlier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft "
"invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the "
":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108
msgid "Invoice real shipping costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110
msgid ""
"To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps"
" :ref:`above <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>` to create an invoice with a "
"delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114
msgid ""
"Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the "
"real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3
msgid "Change shipping label size"
msgstr "Changer la taille de l'étiquette d'expédition"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
"to fit the package."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, il existe une variété de types d'étiquettes d'expédition qui "
"peuvent être sélectionnés pour les bons de livraison. Selon les types de "
"colis d'expédition utilisés, différentes tailles d'étiquettes peuvent être "
"plus appropriées et peuvent être configurées pour s'adapter au colis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a"
" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx "
"International* will be used."
msgstr ""
"Dans le module :menuselection:`Inventaire`, allez à "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Livraison --> Modes d'expédition.` Cliquez"
" sur un mode de livraison pour en choisir un. Dans l'exemple suivant, nous "
"utilisons *FedEx International*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Different shipping methods."
msgstr "Différents modes d'expédition."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration`, dans :guilabel:`Type d'étiquette`, "
"choisissez l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. La disponibilité varie en"
" fonction du transporteur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Select a label type."
msgstr "Sélectionnez un type d'étiquette."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'une commande avec le transporteur correspondant est confirmée et un "
"bon de livraison est validé, l'étiquette d'expédition sera automatiquement "
"créée en tant que PDF et apparaîtra dans le :guilabel:`Chatter`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et"
" sélectionnez un client international. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un "
"produit` et sélectionnez un article. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter "
"l'expédition`, sélectionnez un mode d'expédition, puis cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Calculer le tarif` et enfin cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
msgstr "Ajouter un mode d'expédition et un tarif à une commande"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le devis est confirmé en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`, un"
" bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaîtra."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
msgstr "Bouton intelligent bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le bon de livraison est validé en cliquant sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` sur le bon de livraison, les documents d'expédition "
"apparaîtront dans le :guilabel:`Chatter`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
msgstr "Documents d'expédition en PDF."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60
msgid "Example labels"
msgstr "Exemples d'étiquettes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62
msgid ""
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
msgstr ""
"Le :guilabel:`Type d'étiquette` par défaut est :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. "
"Voici un exemple d'étiquette FedEx au format lettre :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr "Étiquette d'expédition FedEx pleine page au format lettre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
msgstr ""
"À titre de comparaison, voici un exemple d'étiquette FedEx de la moitié "
"inférieure :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr "Une demi-page d'étiquette d'expédition FedEx au format lettre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3
msgid "Print shipping labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:7
msgid ""
"Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate "
"shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking "
"numbers, and barcodes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:14
msgid ""
"To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install "
"the third-party shipping connector "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate "
"the :ref:`delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to "
":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. "
"Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and :ref:`product "
"weights <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:30
msgid "Print tracking labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:32
msgid ""
"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:34
msgid ""
"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the "
":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to "
":ref:`add the shipping cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/add-shipping-"
"quote>`, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38
msgid ""
"If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery "
"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the "
"third-party carrier <inventory/shipping_receiving/validate-print-label>` in "
"the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:46
msgid "Add shipping on quotation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48
msgid ""
"To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in "
":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking "
":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` "
"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in "
"the :guilabel:`Cost` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:61
msgid ""
"If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the "
":ref:`warehouse's address <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>` and :ref:`weight of products in the order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` are properly configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:65
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as "
"the :ref:`configured delivery product "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-product>`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to access the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:75
msgid ""
"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is"
" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0
msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:85
msgid "Validate delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:87
msgid ""
"On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to"
" ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:91
msgid ""
"If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:94
msgid ""
"After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to"
" get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping "
"label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:98
msgid ""
"Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery "
"Orders` card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the "
"shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105
msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:112
msgid ""
"For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label "
"appears in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119
msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3
msgid "Multi-package shipments"
msgstr "Expédition de plusieurs colis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped "
"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large "
"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged "
"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides "
"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create "
"multiple delivery orders."
msgstr ""
"Dans certains cas, une livraison comportant plusieurs articles doit être "
"expédiée dans plusieurs colis. Cela peut s'avérer nécessaire si les articles"
" sont trop volumineux pour être expédiés dans un seul colis ou si certains "
"articles ne peuvent pas être emballés ensemble. L'expédition d'une seule "
"livraison en plusieurs colis offre une certaine flexibilité quant à "
"l'emballage de chaque article, sans qu'il ne soit nécessaire de créer "
"plusieurs livraisons."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* "
"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change."
msgstr ""
"Pour diviser une livraison en plusieurs colis, le paramètres *Colis* doit "
"être activé. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Configuration --> Paramètres`, puis cochez la case à côté de "
":guilabel:`Colis`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour confirmer la "
"modification."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre Colis sur la page des paramètres de l'application Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24
msgid "Ship items in multiple packages"
msgstr "Expédier des articles dans plusieurs colis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26
msgid ""
"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a"
" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same "
"item, or both."
msgstr ""
"Pour répartir les articles d'une même livraison dans plusieurs colis, allez "
"à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Bons de livraison`, puis sélectionnez un "
"bon de livraison qui a plusieurs articles, une quantité multiple du même "
"article, ou les deux."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in "
"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations`, sélectionnez l'icône :guilabel:`⁞≣ "
"(menu)` sur la ligne du produit qui sera expédié dans le premier colis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr "L'icône de menu pour un produit dans un bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37
msgid ""
"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the "
"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column "
"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Cela fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations "
"détaillées`. Dans le tableau au bas de la fenêtre contextuelle, la colonne "
":guilabel:`Réservé` montre la quantité totale du produit inclus dans le bon "
"de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41
msgid ""
"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number "
"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less"
" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a "
"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column."
" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and "
"close the pop-up."
msgstr ""
"Si la totalité de la quantité sera expédiée dans le premier colis, saisissez"
" le nombre de la colonne :guilabel:`Fait` dans la colonne "
":guilabel:`Réservé`. Si la quantité expédiée dans le premier colis est "
"inférieure à la quantité totale, saisissez un nombre inférieur à celui qui "
"apparaît dans la colonne :guilabel:`Réservé`. Cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer les quantités de la colonne "
":guilabel:`Fait` et fermer la fenêtre contextuelle."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr ""
"La fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées pour un produit d'un bon "
"de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51
msgid ""
"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first "
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of"
" the selected items."
msgstr ""
"Répétez les mêmes étapes pour chaque quantité d'article incluse dans le "
"premier colis. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Mettre en colis` pour créer un"
" colis avec tous les articles sélectionnés. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order."
msgstr "Le bouton Mettre en colis sur un bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58
msgid ""
"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the "
"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` "
"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue "
"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package."
msgstr ""
"Pour le colis suivant, suivez les mêmes étapes que celles décrites ci-"
"dessus, en marquant la quantité de chaque article à inclure dans le premier "
"colis comme étant :guilabel:`Fait` avant de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Mettre en"
" colis` sur le bon de livraison. Continuez ainsi jusqu'à ce que la quantité "
"totale de tous les articles soit ajoutée à un colis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62
msgid ""
"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, lorsque tous les colis ont été expédiés, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour confirmer que le bon de livraison a bien été "
"exécuté."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66
msgid ""
"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button "
"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for"
" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the "
"items included in it."
msgstr ""
"Après la création d'un ou de plusieurs colis, un bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Colis` apparaît dans le coin supérieur droit du bon de livraison."
" Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Colis` pour accéder à la page "
":guilabel:`Colis` du bon de livraison, où vous pouvez sélectionner chaque "
"colis pour afficher tous les articles qu'il contient."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0
msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order."
msgstr "Le bouton intelligent Colis sur un bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76
msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later"
msgstr "Créer un reliquat pour les articles à expédier plus tard"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78
msgid ""
"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need "
"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create"
" a backorder for the items being shipped later."
msgstr ""
"Si certains articles seront expédiés plus tard que d'autres, il n'est pas "
"nécessaire de les mettre dans un colis jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient prêts à être"
" expédiés. Créez plutôt un reliquat pour les articles qui seront expédiés "
"plus tard."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81
msgid ""
"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will "
"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above "
"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they"
" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the "
":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button."
msgstr ""
"Commencez par expédier les articles qui seront expédiés immédiatement. S'ils"
" doivent être envoyés en plusieurs colis, suivez les :ref:`étapes "
"susmentionnées <inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` pour les emballer "
"comme il se doit. S'ils sont expédiés en un seul colis, notez simplement la "
"quantité de chaque article expédié dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fait`, mais ne"
" cliquez **pas** sur le bouton :guilabel:`Mettre en colis`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86
msgid ""
"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being "
"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will"
" be shipped later."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que toutes les quantités expédiées immédiatement sont marquées "
"comme :guilabel:`Fait`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Valider` et une "
"fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer un reliquat ?` s'affiche. Cliquez "
"ensuite sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer un reliquat`. Cette opération "
"confirme les articles expédiés immédiatement et crée un nouveau bon de "
"livraison pour les articles qui seront expédiés plus tard."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window."
msgstr "La fenêtre contextuelle Créer un reliquat ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original "
"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX"
" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to "
"view the backorder delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Le reliquat sera répertorié dans le chatter du bon de livraison d'origine "
"dans un message disant :guilabel:`Le reliquat WH/OUT/XXXXX a été créé.`. "
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` dans le message pour afficher le "
"reliquat."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery "
"order."
msgstr "Le reliquat répertorié dans le chatter du bon de livraison d'origine."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on"
" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez accéder au reliquat en allant à :menuselection:`Inventaire`, en "
"cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`# Reliquats` sur la carte des "
":guilabel:`Bons de livraison` et en sélectionnant le bon de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card."
msgstr "Le bouton Reliquats sur la carte des bons de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder "
"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking "
":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the "
":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in "
"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque les articles restants sont prêts à être expédiés, allez au reliquat."
" Les articles peuvent être envoyés en un seul colis en cliquant sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` et en sélectionnant :guilabel:`Appliquer` dans la "
"fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Transfert immédiat ?` qui s'affiche, ou "
"envoyés dans plusieurs colis en suivant les étapes détaillées dans la "
"section ci-dessus."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116
msgid ""
"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another "
"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to "
"create the first backorder."
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible d'expédier une partie des articles tout en créant "
"un autre reliquat pour le reste. Pour ce faire, suivez simplement les mêmes "
"étapes que celles utilisées pour créer le premier reliquat."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Sendcloud integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloud est un agrégateur de services d'expédition qui facilite "
"l'intégration des transporteurs européens avec Odoo. Après l'intégration des"
" transporteurs, les utilisateurs peuvent les sélectionner sur les opérations"
" d'inventaire dans leur base de données Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Documentation sur l'intégration de Sendcloud documentation "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-"
"integration>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr "Configuration dans Sendcloud"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr "Créer un compte et activer les transporteurs"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
"Pour démarrer, allez à la `plateforme Sendcloud "
"<https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ pour configurer le compte et générer les "
"identifiants du connecteur. Connectez-vous avec le compte Sendcloud ou "
"créez-en un nouveau si nécessaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un nouveau compte, Sendcloud demandera un numéro de :abbr:`TVA "
"(taxe sur la valeur ajoutée)` ou un numéro :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' "
"Registration and Identification)`. Après avoir configuré le compte, activez "
"(ou désactivez) les transporteurs qui seront utilisés dans la base de "
"données Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
"**required**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:179
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois connecté au compte Sendcloud, allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres "
"--> Expédition --> Adresses` et complétez le champ :guilabel:`Adresse de "
"l'entrepôt`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr "Ajouter les adresses dans les paramètres de Sendcloud."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
"Pour permettre à Sendcloud de traiter également les retours, une "
":guilabel:`adresse de retour` est nécessaire. Sous la :guilabel:`section "
"divers`, il y a un champ :guilabel:`Nom d'adresse (optionnel)`. Vous devez "
"saisir le nom de l'entrepôt Odoo ici et les caractères doivent être "
"identiques."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr "**Configuration SendCloud**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Divers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom d'adresse (optionnel)` : `Warehouse #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Marque` : `Par défaut`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr "**Configuration de l'entrepôt Odoo**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : `Warehouse #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom court` : `WH`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Société` : `My company (San Francisco)`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse` : `My Company (San Francisco)`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
"Notez que le champs :guilabel:`Entrepôt` doit être identique pour la "
"configuration Odoo et pour la configuration Sendcloud. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr "Générer des identifiants Sendcloud"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
"Dans le compte Sendcloud, naviguez vers :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
"Intégrations` dans le menu de droite. Ensuite, recherchez :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Connecter`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir cliqué sur :guilabel:`Connecter`, la page redirige vers la page "
"des paramètres :guilabel:`Sendcloud API`, où les :guilabel:`clés publiques "
"et secrètes` sont générées. L'étape suivante consiste à nommer "
"l':guilabel:`intégration`. La règle d'affectation des noms est la suivante :"
" `Odoo CompanyName`, avec le nom de l'entreprise de l'utilisateur remplaçant"
" `CompanyName` (par ex. `Odoo StealthyWood`)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Points relais` et sélectionnez "
"les services d'expédition pour cette intégration. Après sauvegarde, les "
":guilabel:`clés publiques et secrètes` sont générées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""
"Configuration de l'intégration Sendcloud et réception des identifiants."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87
msgid ""
"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-module>` and :ref:`link "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` the Sendcloud shipping"
" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-shipping-info>`, so Sendcloud can "
"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr "Module d'expédition Sendcloud dans le module Applications d'Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du connecteur d'expédition Sendcloud"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
"Une fois installé, activez le module :guilabel:`Expédition Sendcloud` dans "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le paramètre "
":guilabel:`Connecteur SendCloud` se trouve sous la section "
":guilabel:`Connecteurs d'expédition`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir activé le :guilabel:`Connecteur SendCloud`, cliquez sur le lien "
":guilabel:`Modes d'expédition Sendcloud` sous le connecteur répertorié. Une "
"fois sur la page des :guilabel:`modes d'expédition`, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible d'accéder aux :guilabel:`modes d'expédition` en "
"allant à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Livraison --> "
"Modes d'expédition`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
"Complétez les champs suivants dans le formulaire du :guilabel:`Nouveau mode "
"d'expédition` :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Mode d'expédition` : écrivez `Sendcloud DPD`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : sélectionnez :guilabel:`Sendcloud` dans le menu "
"déroulant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Produit de livraison` : définissez le produit qui a été configuré"
" pour ce mode d'expédition ou créez un nouveau produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud`, saisissez la "
":guilabel:`Clé publique Sendcloud`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud`, saisissez la "
":guilabel:`Clé secrète Sendcloud`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Enregistrez` le formulaire manuellement en cliquant sur l'icône "
"du nuage à côté du fil d'Ariane :guilabel:`Modes d'expédition / Nouveau`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir configuré et sauvegardé le formulaire, suivez ces étapes pour "
"charger les produits d'expédition :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration SendCloud` du formulaire "
":guilabel:`Nouveau mode d'expédition`, cliquez sur le lien "
":guilabel:`Chargez vos produits d'expédition SendCloud`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez les produits d'expédition que la société souhaite utiliser pour"
" les livraisons et les retours."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr "Exemple de produits d'expédition Sendcloud configurés dans Odoo :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`LIVRAISON`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit d'expédition` : `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporteur` : `DPD`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids minimum` : `0.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids maximum` : `31.50`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Pays` : `Autriche` `Belgique` `Bosnie-Herzégovine`  `Bulgarie` "
"`Croatie` `République tchèque` `Danemark` `Estonie` `Finlande` `France` "
"`Allemagne` `Grèce` `Hongrie` `Islande` `Irlande` `Italie` `Lettonie` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lituanie` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Pays-Bas` `Norvège` "
"`Pologne` `Portugal` `Roumanie` `Serbie` `Slovaquie` `Slovénie` `Espagne` "
"`Suède` `Suisse`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`RETOUR`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit d'expédition de retour` : `DPD Return 0-20kg`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporteur de retour` : `DPD`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids minimum du retour` : `0.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Poids maximum du retour` : `20.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Pays de retour` : `Belgique` `Pays-Bas`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr "Exemple des produits d'expédition configurés dans Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloud ne fournit pas de clés d'essai lorsqu'une entreprise teste l'envoi"
" d'un colis dans Odoo. Ceci signifie que si un colis est créé, le compte "
"Sendcloud sera facturé, à moins que le colis associé ne soit annulé dans les"
" 24 heures suivant sa création."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "Shipping information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
msgid ""
"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information "
"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected "
":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping "
"address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189
msgid ""
"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page."
" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along "
"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193
msgid ""
"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified "
":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. "
"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` of this article for "
"detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match "
"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-config>` in the Sendcloud "
"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the "
":ref:`warehouse configuration section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` of the third-party "
"shipping documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204
msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Lors de la création d'un devis dans Odoo, ajoutez l'expédition et un "
":guilabel:`produit d'expédition Sendcloud`. Ensuite, :guilabel:`validez` la "
"livraison. Les documents d'étiquettes d'expédition sont générés "
"automatiquement dans le chatter, qui comprennent les éléments suivants :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Étiquette(s) d'expédition` selon le nombre de colis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Étiquette(s) de retour` si le connecteur Sendcloud est configuré "
"pour les retours."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Document(s) de douane` si le pays de destination les exige."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr "De plus, le numéro de suivi est maintenant disponible."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
msgid "Shipping rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223
msgid ""
"Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels "
"tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be "
"created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase "
"insurance."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228
msgid ""
"Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>`, and are only used to "
"improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232
msgid ""
"To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended "
"`Sendcloud` shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the "
":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules"
" apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239
msgid ""
"From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, "
":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Use Shipping Rules field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246
msgid ""
"Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create "
"New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine"
" when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the "
"condition."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253
msgid ""
"`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-"
"shipping-rules>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr "L'envoi est trop lourd"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
"Si l'envoi est trop lourd pour le service Sendcloud configuré, le poids est "
"divisé pour simuler plusieurs colis. Les produits devront être mis en "
"différents :guilabel:`colis` pour :guilabel:`valider` le transfert et "
"générer les étiquettes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de configurer des :guilabel:`règles` dans Sendcloud pour "
"utiliser d'autres modes d'expédition quand le poids est trop lourd. "
"Cependant, notez que ces règles ne s'appliquent pas au calcul du prix "
"d'expédition sur le calcul du bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271
msgid "Personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273
msgid ""
"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first "
"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers "
"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download "
"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the"
" CSV file template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285
msgid ""
"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click "
":guilabel:`Save these prices`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/5163547066004>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr "Calcul du poids volumétrique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
"De nombreux transporteurs ont plusieurs mesures pour le poids. Il y a le "
"poids réel des produits contenus dans le colis et il y a le *poids "
"volumétrique* (:dfn:`Le poids volumétrique est la place que le colis prend "
"en transit. En d'autres termes, c'est la taille physique d'un colis`)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
"Vérifiez si le ou les transporteurs sélectionnés ont déjà défini des "
"formules pour calculer le poids volumétrique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud : Comment calculer & automatiser le poids volumétrique d'un colis"
" <https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr "Impossible de calculer les frais d'expédition"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315
msgid ""
"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported "
"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "Third-party shipping carriers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10
msgid ""
"Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to "
"verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically "
"calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or"
" delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring "
"shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-troubles>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23
msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid "Carrier"
msgstr "Transporteur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30
msgid "Region availability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31
msgid "FedEx"
msgstr "FedEx"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36
msgid "All"
msgstr "Tous"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid ":doc:`DHL Express <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37
msgid "US Postal Service"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr "États-Unis d'Amérique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40
msgid "Some European countries (see details below)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`Bpost <bpost>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "Belgique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid "Easypost"
msgstr "Easypost"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44
msgid "North America"
msgstr "Amérique du Nord"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45
msgid "Shiprocket"
msgstr "Shiprocket"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid "India"
msgstr "Inde"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51
msgid ""
"Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, "
"Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** "
"any European country."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid ""
"To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow "
"these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
":ref:`Install the shipping connector <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-"
"connector>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:60
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"delivery-method>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Activate production environment "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure warehouse <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63
msgid ""
":ref:`Specify weight of products <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"weight>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:68
msgid "Install shipping connector"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70
msgid ""
"To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party "
"shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping "
"connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with"
" operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, "
"refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules <general/install>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88
msgid "Delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid ""
"To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin "
"by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`, and select the desired delivery method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid ""
"The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same "
":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic "
"shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:98
msgid ""
"Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as "
":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:105
msgid ""
"Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the "
"*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the "
"desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart "
"button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, "
"including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that"
" is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable "
"website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to "
"all web pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery "
"service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration "
"Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` "
"fields become available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an "
":ref:`estimated shipment cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-so>`"
" on an |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name "
"that is added to the |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated "
"cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real"
" cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping "
"costs <invoicing>` document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to"
" the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, "
"packaging materials, exchange rates, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders "
"surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding "
":guilabel:`Amount` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the "
"shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in"
" transit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145
msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145
msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields "
"(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party"
" shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For "
"more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the "
"following documents:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:156
msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161
msgid "Production environment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:163
msgid ""
"With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test "
"Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167
msgid ""
"Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** "
"shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their "
"carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers "
"for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the "
"delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:181
msgid ""
"Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and "
":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select "
"the desired warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185
msgid ""
"On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:192
msgid ""
"Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are "
"correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show company address and phone number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:202
msgid "Product weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:204
msgid ""
"For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"selecting the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:207
msgid ""
"Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the "
":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:215
msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:217
msgid ""
"Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or "
"delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:219
msgid ""
"After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` in Odoo, create or"
" navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders "
"--> Quotations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:226
msgid "Sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:228
msgid ""
"To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of "
"shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of "
"shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:237
msgid ""
"In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the"
" intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The "
":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:241
msgid ""
"the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is "
"not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` in the order is used)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243
msgid ""
"the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and the customer's "
"address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:248
msgid ""
"After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` "
"field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` "
"pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the "
"|SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254
msgid ""
":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery <invoicing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:261
msgid ""
"For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the "
"shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, "
"and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as "
":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to"
" the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set "
"to :ref:`production mode <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273
msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels <labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:282
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Aide au dépannage"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:284
msgid ""
"Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some "
"checks to try when things are not working as expected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:287
msgid ""
"Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` (e.g., address and "
"phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the "
"shipping provider's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290
msgid ""
"Verify that the :ref:`package type <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-"
"type>` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure "
"the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293
msgid ""
"When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the "
"provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to "
":ref:`production environment <inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:297
msgid ""
"Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify"
" the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the "
"*debug logs*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:301
msgid ""
"When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says "
"the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the "
"package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's "
"side."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:306
msgid "Debug log"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:308
msgid ""
"Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that,"
" go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping"
" method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate "
":guilabel:`Debug Requests`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:317
msgid ""
"With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector "
"is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the "
":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer "
"mode <developer-mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical"
" --> Database Structure section --> Logging`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323
msgid ""
"Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>` button is clicked on "
":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the "
"shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:332
msgid ""
"Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the "
"correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP "
"response*, verify that the same information is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr "Comment obtenir des identifiants UPS pour l'intégration avec Odoo ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr "Pour utiliser l'API Odoo UPS, vous aurez besoin de :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr "Un numéro de compte UPS"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr "Une clé d'accès"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid ""
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr ""
"Une clé d'accès est un code alphanumérique de 16 caractères qui vous permet "
"d'accéder aux serveurs de développement et de production de l'API du Kit du "
"développeur d'UPS."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr "Créer un compte UPS"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
"Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr ""
"Notez que seuls les clients situés aux États-Unis peuvent ouvrir un compte "
"UPS en ligne. Si vous êtes situé en dehors des États-Unis, vous devrez "
"contacter le service clientèle d'UPS afin d'ouvrir un compte."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""
"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur l'ouverture d'un compte UPS sur leur "
"site web, sur la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
"online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous n'avez pas encore de compte UPS, vous pouvez en créer un avec votre "
"profil en ligne en suivant les étapes suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""
"1. Connectez-vous au site web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com "
"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** en "
"haut de la page."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid ""
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
"complete the registration process."
msgstr ""
"2. Cliquez sur le bouton **S'inscrire à Mon UPS** et suivez les instructions"
" pour compléter le processus d'inscription."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez déjà un compte UPS, vous pouvez l'ajouter à votre profil en "
"ligne comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid ""
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
"User ID and Password."
msgstr ""
"Connectez-vous au `site web UPS.com <http://www.ups.com/>`_) avec votre ID "
"utilisateur et mot de passe d'UPS.com."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr "Cliquez sur le lien **Résumé du compte**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid ""
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
"Details** section of the page."
msgstr ""
"4. Cliquez sur le lien **Ajouter un compte UPS existant** dans la section "
"**Détails du compte UPS**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48
msgid ""
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
" States.q"
msgstr ""
"5. Sur l'écran **Ajouter un nouveau compte**, saisissez les champs **Numéro "
"de compte UPS**, **Nom du compte**, et **Code postal**. Le pays par défaut "
"est les États-Unis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr "Obtenir un clé d'accès"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid ""
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr ""
"Après avoir ajouté votre numéro de compte UPS à votre profil utilisateur, "
"vous pouvez demander une Clé d'accès à UPS en suivant les étapes suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr ""
"Allez sur la page `Kit du développeur d'UPS "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr "Connectez-vous à UPS.com avec votre ID utilisateur et mot de passe"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur le lien **Demander une clé d'accès**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr "Vérifiez vos coordonnées"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton **Demander une clé d'accès**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66
msgid ""
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
"contact."
msgstr ""
"La **clé d'accès** vous sera fournie sur la page web et un email contenant "
"la clé d'accès sera envoyé à l'adresse email du contact principal."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses and storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6
msgid "Inventory management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses "
"<inventory_management/warehouses>` handle the broader organization and "
"distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations"
" <inventory_management/use_locations>` provide a more detailed breakdown "
"within each warehouse for efficient item management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13
msgid ""
"This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts "
"necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of "
"how things work, refer to individual documentation pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMvudZVLuUo>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "Entrepôts"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouses <inventory_management/warehouses>` represent a physical "
"place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26
msgid ""
"Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` "
"in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, "
"within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses "
"<replenishment/resupply_warehouses>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3
msgid "Locations"
msgstr "Emplacements"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33
msgid ""
":doc:`Locations <inventory_management/use_locations>` refer to specific "
"areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-"
"divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can "
"create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize "
"inventory more precisely."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47
msgid "Location types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49
msgid ""
"*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and "
"what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only "
"internal locations are displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53
msgid ""
"To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from "
"vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. "
"For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all "
"internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, "
"and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64
msgid ""
"View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move "
"them there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items"
" stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation "
"<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here "
"are no longer in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or"
" create stock, accounting for discrepancies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75
msgid ""
"In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, "
"used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, "
"which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80
msgid ""
"`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in "
"`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, "
"five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory "
"Adjustment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0
msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and "
":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse "
"operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as "
":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1
msgid "List of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102
msgid "**Red**: internal locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "**Blue**: view locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and "
"customer locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107
msgid "View locations in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the "
"hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish "
"between internal and external locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112
msgid ""
"*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without "
"changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur "
"when products move from internal to external locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119
msgid ""
"When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in "
"either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they "
"are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit "
"Location` type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123
msgid ""
"This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating "
"that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of "
"the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)"
" together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129
msgid ""
"*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it "
"is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items "
"that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
msgstr "Ajustements d'inventaire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:5
msgid ""
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, "
"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must "
"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in"
" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Dans tout système de gestion d'entrepôt, les inventaires virtuels dans la "
"base de données ne correspondent pas toujours aux inventaires réels dans "
"l'entrepôt. L'écart entre les deux quantités peut être dû à des dommages, "
"des erreurs humaines, des vols ou d'autres facteurs. Ainsi, des ajustements "
"d'inventaire doivent être effectués pour réconcilier l'écart et s'assurer "
"que les quantités enregistrées dans la base de données correspondent aux "
"quantités réelles dans l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:12
msgid "Inventory Adjustments page"
msgstr "Page des ajustements d'inventaire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14
msgid ""
"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher la page des *Ajustements d'inventaire*, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "Liste des produits en stock sur la page des ajustements d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are "
"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the "
"following information:"
msgstr ""
"La page des :guilabel:`Ajustements d'inventaire` répertorie tous les "
"produits qui sont actuellement en stock. Chaque ligne de produit contient "
"les informations suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product"
" is stored."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Emplacement` : l'emplacement spécifique dans l'entrepôt où le "
"produit est stocké."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory "
"adjustment line."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit dont la qualité est répertoriée sur la "
"ligne de l'ajustement d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the "
"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination "
"of both."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` : l'identifiant de suivi attribué au produit"
" spécifique répertorié. Il peut contenir des lettres, des chiffres ou une "
"combinaison des deux."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30
msgid ""
"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more "
"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-"
"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own "
"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""
"Si un produit spécifique a une quantité supérieure à `1.00` en stock et que "
"plusieurs numéros de série (ou de lot) lui sont attribués, chaque produit "
"identifié de manière unique s'affiche sur sa propre ligne de produit avec "
"son propre lot/numéro de série, affiché dans la colonne "
":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série`. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded"
" in the database."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité en stock` : la quantité du produit actuellement "
"enregistrée dans la base de données."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. "
"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or "
":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is "
":guilabel:`Units`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`UdM` : l'*unité de mesure* dans laquelle le produit est mesuré. "
"Sauf indication contraire (c'est-à-dire, en :guilabel:`Livres` ou en "
":guilabel:`Onces`), l':abbr:`UdM (Unité de mesure)` par défaut est "
":guilabel:`Unités`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory "
"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on"
" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité comptée` : la quantité réelle comptée lors d'un "
"inventaire. Ce champ est laissé vide par défaut, mais peut être modifié "
"selon qu'il correspond ou non à la :guilabel:`Quantité en stock`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is "
"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Différence` : la différence entre la :guilabel:`Quantité en "
"stock` et la :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` après avoir effectué un "
"inventaire. La différence se calcule automatiquement après chaque ajustement"
" d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not"
" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the "
"current year."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date planifiée` : la date à laquelle un inventaire doit être "
"effectué. Si rien n'est précisé, la date est fixée par défaut au 31 décembre"
" de l'année en cours."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can"
" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the "
"count in the database."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Utilisateur` : la personne assignée à l'inventaire dans la base "
"de données. Il peut s'agir de la personne qui compte physiquement "
"l'inventaire ou qui enregistre le comptage dans la base de données."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific"
" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or "
":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to "
":guilabel:`All`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Catégorie de produits` : la catégorie attribuée en interne à un "
"produit spécifique. Sauf indication contraire (c'est-à-dire "
":guilabel:`Consommable` ou :guilabel:`Location`), la *Catégorie de produits*"
" par défaut est définie sur :guilabel:`All`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is "
"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, "
"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available "
"quantity once fulfilled."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité disponible` : la quantité d'un produit spécifique qui "
"est actuellement disponible, en fonction des commandes, bons de commande ou "
"ordres de fabrication en cours ou non terminés qui pourraient modifier la "
"quantité disponible une fois qu'ils auront été exécutés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be "
"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date comptable` : la date à laquelle les ajustements seront "
"comptabilisés dans l'application Odoo *Comptabilité*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments "
"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the "
"database, next to the user currently logged in."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Société` : la société dont la base de données contient ces "
"ajustements d'inventaire. La société s'affiche dans le coin supérieur droit "
"de la base de données, à côté de l'utilisateur actuellement connecté."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61
msgid ""
"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the "
":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of "
"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the "
"checkbox next to that option."
msgstr ""
"Certaines colonnes sont masquées par défaut. Pour afficher ces colonnes, "
"cliquez sur le bouton des :guilabel:`options supplémentaires` (icône des "
"trois petits points) à l'extrême droite de la ligne supérieure du formulaire"
" et sélectionnez la colonne que vous voulez faire apparaître en cochant la "
"case à côté de cette option."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:66
msgid "Create an inventory adjustment"
msgstr "Créer un ajustement d'inventaire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68
msgid ""
"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank "
"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un nouvel ajustement d'inventaire à partir de la page "
":menuselection:`Ajustements d'inventaire`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. "
"Une nouvelle ligne d'ajustement d'inventaire vierge est ainsi créée au bas "
"de la page."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72
msgid ""
"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is"
" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial "
"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""
"Sur cette ligne d'ajustement d'inventaire vierge, cliquez sur le menu "
"déroulant dans la colonne :guilabel:`Produit` et sélectionnez un produit. Si"
" le produit sélectionné est suivi à l'aide de lots ou de numéros de série, "
"le lot ou numéro de série souhaité peut également être sélectionné dans le "
"menu déroulant dans la colonne :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:77
msgid ""
"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the "
"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, définissez la valeur dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` "
"comme étant la quantité comptée pour ce produit au cours du processus "
"d'ajustement de l'inventaire. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:81
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to "
"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` "
"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be "
"set to reflect the actual quantity counted."
msgstr ""
"La :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` pour les nouveaux ajustements d'inventaire "
"est fixée par défaut à `0,00`. Un mouvement d'inventaire avec une "
":guilabel:`Quantité faite` de `0,00` est enregistré dans l'historique des "
"ajustements d'inventaire du produit, et doit donc être défini de manière à "
"refléter la quantité réellement comptée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via "
"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and "
"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific "
"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)."
msgstr ""
"À droite de la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité comptée`, vous pouvez également "
"modifier la :guilabel:`Date planifiée` et l':guilabel:`Utilisateur` à l'aide"
" de leurs menus déroulants respectifs. La modification de la :guilabel:`Date"
" planifiée` change la date à laquelle l'ajustement d'inventaire doit être "
"traité, et la sélection d'un :guilabel:`Utilisateur` responsable assigne un "
"utilisateur à l'ajustement d'inventaire spécifique (à des fins de "
"traçabilité)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click "
"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the"
" top of the page."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que toutes les modifications ont été apportées à la nouvelle ligne "
"d'ajustement d'inventaire, cliquez à l'écart de la ligne. Cette opération "
"permet d'enregistrer l'ajustement et de déplacer la ligne en haut de la "
"page."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the"
" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""
"Si la :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` est supérieure à la :guilabel:`Quantité "
"en stock`, la valeur de la colonne :guilabel:`Différence` s'affiche en "
"**vert**. Si la :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` est inférieure à la "
":guilabel:`Quantité en stock`, la valeur de la colonne "
":guilabel:`Différence` s'affiche en **rouge**. Si les quantités "
"correspondent et n'ont pas été modifiées, aucune valeur n'apparaît dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Différence`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "Colonne Différence sur la page des ajustements d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:104
msgid ""
"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not "
"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has "
"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity."
msgstr ""
"À ce stade, le comptage (:dfn:`ajustement d'inventaire`) est enregistré, "
"mais n'est pas encore appliqué. Cela signifie que la quantité en stock avant"
" l'ajustement n'a pas encore été mise à jour pour refléter la nouvelle "
"quantité réellement comptée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:108
msgid ""
"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is "
"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the "
"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. "
"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is "
"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""
"Il y a deux façons d'appliquer le nouvel ajustement d'inventaire. La "
"première façon consiste à cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Appliquer` sur la"
" ligne à l'extrême droite de la page. La deuxième façon consiste à cocher la"
" case à l'extrême gauche de la ligne. Cela permet d'afficher de nouvelles "
"options en haut de la page, dont un bouton :guilabel:`Appliquer`. En "
"cliquant sur ce bouton, une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Référence/motif "
"de l'ajustement` s'affiche."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114
msgid ""
"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the "
"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / "
"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made "
"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired."
msgstr ""
"Ce menu contextuel permet d'ajouter une référence ou une raison à "
"l'ajustement d'inventaire. Par défaut, le champ :guilabel:`Référence/motif "
"d'inventaire` est prérempli avec la date à laquelle l'ajustement est "
"effectué, mais il peut être modifié pour refléter la référence ou le motif "
"souhaité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:118
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour "
"appliquer l'ajustement d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
"specified."
msgstr ""
"L'option Appliquer à tout applique l'ajustement d'inventaire dès qu'un motif"
" est précisé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125
msgid "Count products"
msgstr "Compter les produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127
msgid ""
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
"product line."
msgstr ""
"Le comptage des produits est une activité récurrente dans un entrepôt. Une "
"fois l'inventaire terminé, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire "
"--> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire` pour mettre à jour la colonne "
":guilabel:`Quantité comptée` pour chaque ligne de produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131
msgid ""
"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. "
"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the "
":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""
"Sur chaque ligne de produit, identifiez si la valeur de la colonne "
":guilabel:`Quantité en stock` enregistrée dans la base de données correspond"
" à la valeur nouvellement comptée. Si la valeur enregistrée et la valeur "
"comptée correspondent, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Définir` (icône de "
"cible) à l'extrême droite de la ligne de produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135
msgid ""
"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over "
"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an "
"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the "
"product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""
"Cette opération permet de copier la valeur de la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité"
" en stock` dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` et de fixer la "
"valeur de la colonne :guilabel:`Différence` à `0,00`. Par la suite, une fois"
" appliqué, un mouvement d'inventaire avec une :guilabel:`Quantité faite` de "
"`0,00` est enregistré dans l'historique des ajustements d'inventaire du "
"produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move."
msgstr "Valeur du zéro du mouvement d'ajustement d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144
msgid ""
"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value "
"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"Si la valeur nouvellement comptée pour un produit donné ne correspond "
"**pas** à la valeur de la :guilabel:`Quantité en stock` enregistrée dans la "
"base de données, au lieu de cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Définir`, "
"enregistrez la valeur réelle dans le champ de la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité"
" comptée`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148
msgid ""
"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the "
"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being "
"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of "
"`0.00`."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le champ de la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité "
"comptée` sur la ligne d'ajustement d'inventaire spécifique pour le produit "
"dont le comptage est modifié. Une :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` de `0,00` est"
" alors automatiquement attribuée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152
msgid ""
"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-"
"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the "
"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier cette valeur, saisissez une nouvelle valeur qui corresponde à "
"la valeur réelle nouvellement comptée. Cliquez ensuite à l'écart de la "
"ligne. Cette opération permet d'enregistrer l'ajustement et "
"d'automatiquement ajuster la valeur de la colonne :guilabel:`Différence`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162
msgid ""
"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""
"Par conséquent, une fois appliqué, un mouvement avec la différence entre la "
":guilabel:`Quantité en stock` et la :guilabel:`Quantité comptée` est "
"enregistrée dans l'historique des ajustements d'inventaire du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
"moves."
msgstr ""
"Tableau de bord de l'historique des ajustements d'inventaire détaillant une "
"liste des mouvements de produit antérieurs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170
msgid ""
"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. "
"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, "
"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database "
"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an "
"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""
"Il arrive qu'un comptage ait lieu, mais qu'il ne puisse pas être appliqué "
"immédiatement dans la base de données. Dans l'intervalle entre l'inventaire "
"et l'application de l'ajustement d'inventaire, des mouvements de produits "
"peuvent se produire. Dans ce cas, la quantité en stock dans la base de "
"données peut changer et ne plus correspondre à la quantité comptée. Par "
"mesure de précaution supplémentaire, Odoo demande une confirmation avant "
"d'appliquer l'ajustement d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177
msgid "Change inventory count frequency"
msgstr "Modifier la fréquence des inventaires"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179
msgid ""
"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always "
"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some "
"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all "
"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, la *date planifiée* pour les ajustements d'inventaire est "
"toujours fixée au 31 décembre de l'année en cours. Toutefois, pour certaines"
" entreprises, il est essentiel de disposer à tout moment d'un inventaire "
"précis. Dans ce cas, la date planifiée par défaut peut être modifiée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, "
"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier la date planifiée par défaut, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Ensuite, dans "
"la section :guilabel:`Opérations`, repérez le paramètre :guilabel:`Jour et "
"mois de l'inventaire annuel`, qui comprend un menu déroulant qui est par "
"défaut défini sur le `31 décembre`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
" setting."
msgstr ""
"Ajouter la prochaine date d'inventaire grâce au paramètre Jour et mois de "
"l'inventaire annuel."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within "
"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier le jour, cliquez sur :guilabel:`31`, et remplacez-le par un "
"jour compris entre `1 et 31`, en fonction du mois de l'année souhaité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier le mois, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Décembre` pour faire "
"apparaître le menu déroulant et sélectionnez le mois souhaité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197
msgid ""
"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all "
"changes."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que toutes les modifications ont été apportées, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200
msgid "Plan big inventory counts"
msgstr "Planifier des inventaires importants"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202
msgid ""
"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently "
"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->"
" Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""
"Pour planifier des inventaires importants, tels qu'un inventaire complet de "
"tout ce qui est actuellement en stock, allez d'abord à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Ajustements d'inventaire`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205
msgid ""
"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on "
"the far left of each product line."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez ensuite les produits souhaités à inventorier en cochant la case"
" à l'extrême gauche de chaque ligne de produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209
msgid ""
"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the "
"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the "
":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines."
msgstr ""
"Pour demander un inventaire de **tous** les produits actuellement en stock, "
"cochez la case tout en haut du tableau, dans la ligne d'en-tête à côté du "
"libellé :guilabel:`Emplacement`. **Toutes** les lignes de produits sont "
"ainsi sélectionnées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle de demande d'inventaire sur la page des ajustements "
"d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a"
" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a "
"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que tous les produits souhaités ont été sélectionnés, cliquez sur "
"le bouton :guilabel:`Demander un inventaire` en haut de la page. Une fenêtre"
" contextuelle :guilabel:`Demander un inventaire` s'affiche alors. Dans cette"
" fenêtre, saisissez les informations suivantes :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Date d'inventaire` : la date prévue de l'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Utilisateur` : l'utilisateur en charge de l'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
" be accounted."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date comptable` : la date à laquelle l'ajustement d'inventaire "
"sera comptabilisé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank,"
" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each "
"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select "
":guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228
msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` "
"pour demander l'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are "
"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application *Code-barres* d'Odoo, les utilisateurs peuvent uniquement"
" voir les inventaires qui **leur** sont assignés et qui sont programmés pour"
" **aujourd'hui** ou **plus tôt**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235
msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3
msgid "Cycle counts"
msgstr "Comptages cycliques"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
"Pour la plupart des entreprises, l'inventaire de l'entrepôt ne doit être "
"compté qu'une fois par an. C'est pourquoi, par défaut, après avoir effectué "
"un *ajustement d'inventaire* dans Odoo, la date prévue pour le prochain "
"inventaire est fixée au 31 décembre de l'année en cours."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
"Toutefois, pour certaines entreprises, il est essentiel d'avoir un "
"inventaire précis à tout moment. Ces entreprises utilisent des *comptages "
"cycliques* pour maintenir des niveaux de stocks critiques exacts. Le "
"comptage cyclique est une méthode permettant aux entreprises de compter "
"leurs stocks plus souvent dans certains *emplacements*, afin de s'assurer "
"que leurs inventaires physiques correspondent à leurs enregistrements "
"d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr "Activer les emplacements de stockage"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, les comptages cycliques sont basés sur l'emplacement. Par "
"conséquent, la fonctionnalité *emplacements de stockage* doit être activée "
"avant d'effectuer un comptage cyclique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, et faites "
"défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Cliquez ensuite sur la case"
" à côté d':guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"Paramètre des emplacements de stockage activé dans les paramètres "
"d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr "Modifier la fréquence d'inventaire par emplacement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le paramètre des emplacements de stockage est activé, la "
"fréquence d'inventaire peut être modifiée pour des emplacements spécifiques "
"créés dans l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher et modifier les emplacements, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`. Une page "
":guilabel:`Emplacements` s'ouvre en contient tous les emplacements "
"actuellement créés et répertoriés dans l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""
"Sur cette page, cliquez sur un emplacement pour afficher la page des "
"paramètres de cet emplacement. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` pour "
"modifier les paramètres d'emplacement. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""
"Dans la section :guilabel:`Inventaire cyclique`, trouvez le champ "
":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)` qui devrait être défini sur "
"`0` (si cet emplacement n'a pas été modifié auparavant). Modifiez la valeur "
"dans le champ pour obtenir le nombre de jours souhaité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr "Paramètre de la fréquence de l'inventaire sur l'emplacement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr ""
"Pour un emplacement nécessitant un inventaire tous les 30 jours, la "
":guilabel:`Valeur de la fréquence (Jours)` doit être définie sur `30`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que la fréquence a été modifiée en fonction du nombre de jours "
"souhaité, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les "
"changements. Désormais, lorsqu'un ajustement d'inventaire est appliqué à cet"
" emplacement, la prochaine date d'inventaire prévue est automatiquement "
"fixée, en fonction de la valeur saisie dans le champ :guilabel:`Fréquence de"
" l'inventaire (Jours)`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr "Comptage de l'inventaire par emplacement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""
"Pour effectuer un comptage cyclique pour un emplacement spécifique dans "
"l'entrepôt, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations "
"--> Ajustements d'inventaire`. Une page :guilabel:`Ajustements d'inventaire`"
" s'affiche et contient tous les produits actuellement en stock, chaque "
"produit étant répertorié sur sa propre ligne."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""
"Sur cette page, vous pouvez utiliser les boutons :guilabel:`Filtres` et "
":guilabel:`Regrouper par` (en haut de la page, sous la barre "
":guilabel:`Rechercher...`) pour sélectionner des emplacements spécifiques et"
" effectuer des comptages d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "Page des ajustements d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""
"Pour sélectionner un emplacement spécifique et voir tous les produits qui "
"s'y trouvent, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Regrouper par` et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter un groupe personnalisé` pour afficher un nouveau menu "
"déroulant sur la droite."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Emplacement` dans le menu déroulant, puis cliquez sur"
" :guilabel:`Appliquer`. La page montre à présent des menus déroulants "
"condensés pour chaque emplacement de l'entrepôt qui a des produits en stock,"
" et un comptage cyclique peut être effectué pour tous les produits de cet "
"emplacement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""
"Dans les grands entrepôts ayant plusieurs emplacements et un volume "
"important de produits, il peut être plus facile de rechercher l'emplacement "
"spécifique souhaité. Pour ce faire, sur la page des :guilabel:`Ajustements "
"d'inventaire`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Filtres`. Puis cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter un filtre personnalisé` pour afficher un nouveau menu sur"
" la droite. Cliquez sur ce menu pour faire apparaître trois menus "
"déroulants."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""
"Pour le premier champ, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Emplacement` dans le menu "
"déroulant. Pour le deuxième champ, laissez la valeur :guilabel:`contient` "
"inchangée. Pour le troisième champ, tapez le nom de l'emplacement que vous "
"recherchez. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour que cet emplacement "
"apparaisse sur la page."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "Filtres et Regrouper par sur la page des ajustements d'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr "Modifier la fréquence des inventaires complets"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""
"Bien que les comptages cycliques soient généralement effectués par "
"emplacement, la date prévue pour les inventaires complets de tout ce qui est"
" en stock dans l'entrepôt peut également être modifiée manuellement pour "
"avancer la date."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier la date prévue par défaut, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Opérations`, localisez le champ :guilabel:`Jour et mois "
"de l'inventaire annuel` qui contient un menu déroulant défini le `31` "
":guilabel:`décembre` par défaut."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr "Champ de fréquence dans les paramètres de l'application Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""
"Pour modifier le jour, cliquez sur `31`, et remplacez-le par un jour compris"
" entre `1 et 31`, en fonction du mois de l'année souhaité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que tous les changements ont été apportés, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les changements. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ":doc:`count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3
msgid "Scrap inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be "
"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo "
"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts "
"remain accurate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19
msgid ""
"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order "
"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped."
msgstr ""
"Les ordres de mise au rebut peuvent être consultés en allant à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Rebut`. Chaque ordre de mise "
"au rebut indique la date et l'heure de création de l'ordre, ainsi que le "
"produit et la quantité mis au rebut."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and "
"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual "
"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that "
"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30
msgid "Learn more"
msgstr "En savoir plus"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25
msgid ""
"For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about "
"the different types of :ref:`location types "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29
msgid "Scrap from stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31
msgid ""
"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap"
" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the "
"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` "
"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be "
"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down "
"menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "A new scrap order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand "
"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped "
"quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49
msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51
msgid ""
"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and "
"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be "
"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one "
"location to another, or preparing them for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55
msgid ""
"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, "
"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the "
":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the"
" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the "
"product is being scrapped from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the "
":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66
msgid ""
"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be"
" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> "
"Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69
msgid ""
"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding "
"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the"
" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been "
"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once "
"they have been entered into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped "
"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the"
" :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product "
"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual"
" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a "
"different location from their respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart "
"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the "
"scrap orders created from that operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "The Scraps smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, "
"room, aisle, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10
msgid ""
"To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage "
"Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15
msgid ""
"Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with "
":doc:`Multi-Step Routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how "
"products move between locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Show Storage Locations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24
msgid "Create new location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26
msgid ""
"After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "List of internal locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be "
"configured as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35
msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location "
"exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the "
":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a "
"specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41
msgid ""
"In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location "
"name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the "
"path showing where this spot is within the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46
msgid "Additional Information section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48
msgid ""
"In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location "
"fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor"
" Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, "
":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, "
":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the "
"location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location "
"Types section <inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage "
"Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for "
"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to "
"be returned to this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to "
":ref:`identify actions <barcode/setup/location>` at this location when "
"scanned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox "
"to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, "
"*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly "
"supplied to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "The form for creating a new location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76
msgid "Cyclic Counting section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:78
msgid ""
"To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By "
"default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty "
"days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the "
":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation <cycle_counts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last "
"inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts "
"are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date"
" of the next inventory count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:89
msgid ""
"With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the "
":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the "
":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97
msgid "Logistics section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally "
"select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of"
" how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First "
"In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, "
":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:108
msgid "Current stock at location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:110
msgid ""
"To view the current stock at a single location, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select "
"the desired location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all "
"products at the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117
msgid ""
"A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` "
"desks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an "
"address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, "
"or physical store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8
msgid ""
"Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. "
"Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15
msgid ""
"To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18
msgid ""
"Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the "
"following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the "
"warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default "
"warehouse in Odoo is `WH`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is "
"recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" "
"(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To "
"change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover "
"over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right "
"arrow)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;"
" this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company "
"of a customer or vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name "
"<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies"
" in the European Union."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and "
"dropship them to subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials "
"stored in *this* specific warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items "
"to be manufactured in this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one"
" <../../../manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two "
"<../../../manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three "
"steps <../../../manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased "
"products to be delivered to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the "
"database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses "
"<count_products>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Example warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15
msgid ""
"In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the"
" *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* "
"(MPS)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18
msgid ""
"Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a "
"purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice "
"depending on the business process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42
msgid "Replenishment strategies"
msgstr "Stratégies de réassort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
msgstr "Rapport de réassort et règles de réassort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47
msgid ""
"Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock "
"level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales "
"requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, "
"Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish "
"stock to the maximum level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52
msgid ""
"When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When "
"using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed"
" guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report <replenishment/report>` "
"and :doc:`reordering rules <replenishment/reordering_rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56
msgid "Key points include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: "
"Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum "
"level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: "
"Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing "
"adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`: A "
"strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74
msgid "Make to order"
msgstr "Fabrication à la commande"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76
msgid ""
"An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only "
"after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when "
"products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage"
" capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such "
"cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81
msgid ""
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
msgstr ""
"Contrairement aux produits qui sont réapprovisionnés grâce aux règles de "
"réassort, Odoo associe automatiquement la commande client au bon de commande"
" ou à l'ordre de fabrication généré par la route MTO."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84
msgid ""
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
msgstr ""
"Une autre différence entre les règles de réassort et MTO est qu'avec la "
"route MTO, Odoo génère un bon de commande ou un ordre de fabrication "
"brouillon immédiatement après la confirmation de la commande client. Avec "
"les règles de réassort, Odoo génère un bon de commande ou un ordre de "
"fabrication brouillon lorsque le stock prévu du produit tombe en dessous de "
"la quantité minimale définie."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88
msgid ""
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
msgstr ""
"De plus, Odoo ajoute automatiquement des quantités au bon de commande ou à "
"l'ordre de fabrication au fur et à mesure que les prévisions changent, tant "
"que le bon de commande ou l'ordre de fabrication n'est pas confirmé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91
msgid ""
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
msgstr ""
"La route MTO est la meilleure stratégie de réassort pour les produits "
"personnalisés et/ou pour des produits qui ne sont pas en stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98
msgid "Master production schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products "
"and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed "
"manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order"
" or produce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104
msgid ""
"This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The "
":abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used "
"alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual "
"replenishment method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/management/use_mps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:7
msgid ""
"Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer "
"expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead "
"time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing "
"orders, deliveries, and receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:12
msgid "Lead time types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:14
msgid ""
"Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of "
"the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times "
"in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:21
msgid ""
":ref:`Customer lead time <inventory/management/customer-lt>`: The default "
"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the "
"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date "
"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery"
" lead time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Sales security lead time <inventory/management/sales-security-lt>`: "
"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. "
"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing"
" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment "
"process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:31
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase lead time <inventory/management/purchase-lt>`: the number of "
"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of "
"products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at"
" the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:36
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase security lead time <inventory/management/purchase-security-"
"lt>`: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a "
"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier "
"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are"
" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* "
"earlier, according to the specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:42
msgid ""
":ref:`Days to Purchase lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/days-to-"
"purchase>`: days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation "
"(RFQ) and confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a "
"specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:46
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing lead time <inventory/management/manuf-lt>`: the number "
"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of "
"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), "
"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:51
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time <inventory/management/manuf-security-"
"lt>`: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with "
":ref:`replenish to order <inventory/management/products/strategies>`, the "
"security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment "
"report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:59
msgid "Sales lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:61
msgid ""
"Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to "
"automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales "
"Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* "
"setting for shipments from the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:65
msgid ""
"Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the "
"expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, "
"which would impact other warehouse operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:69
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is "
"confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and"
" the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead "
"time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:77
msgid ""
"The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected "
"delivery dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:80
msgid "Customer lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:82
msgid ""
"Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the "
"products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> "
"Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` "
"field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery "
"order from start to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88
msgid ""
"Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by "
"navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type"
" `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:99
msgid "Sales security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:101
msgid ""
"*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:104
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and "
"click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:107
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is "
"a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than "
"the scheduled date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes "
"the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. "
"In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th,"
" but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the "
"delivery order would be April 5th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:121
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr "Livrer plusieurs produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:123
msgid ""
"For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the "
"lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a "
"quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are "
"ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order "
"at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:140
msgid ""
"In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the "
"products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date "
"is April 2nd."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:143
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as "
"possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On "
"the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures"
" the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:150
msgid "Purchase lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:152
msgid ""
"Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers "
"can help simplify the procurement process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed"
" in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead "
"times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to "
"determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160
msgid ""
"This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order "
"to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:168
msgid ""
":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules "
"<inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:171
msgid "Vendor lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:173
msgid ""
"To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor"
" location, begin by navigating to a product form through "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:176
msgid ""
"Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
"tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, "
":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:182
msgid ""
"Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The "
"default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the "
"list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186
msgid ""
"On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead "
"Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:193
msgid ""
"By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is "
"automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` "
"confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse "
"employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the "
"expected timeframe."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:199
msgid ""
"On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product "
"configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the "
":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from "
"the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:215
msgid "Purchase security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:217
msgid ""
"*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:220
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and"
" click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:223
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:227
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, "
"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that "
"case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a "
"two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be "
"April 8th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239
msgid "Days to purchase lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241
msgid ""
"To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the "
":guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for "
"the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248
msgid "Manufacturing lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250
msgid ""
"Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable "
"materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of "
"materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to "
"begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled "
"delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times"
" and manufacturing security lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead "
"times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:262
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:264
msgid ""
"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:267
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days "
"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead "
"Time` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:271
msgid ""
"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly "
"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278
msgid ""
"Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the "
"*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field "
"of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is"
" calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing "
"lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:285
msgid ""
"This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the "
"delivery date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287
msgid ""
"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. "
"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*"
" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center "
"simultaneously`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:292
msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning <manufacturing/management/use_mps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:293
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules "
"<inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:297
msgid ""
"A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest "
"date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment "
"date is August 1st."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:304
msgid "Manufacturing security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:306
msgid ""
"*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the"
" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead "
"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:310
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the "
"manufacturing process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:318
msgid ""
"A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and "
"manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled "
"Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to "
"begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:325
msgid "Global example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:327
msgid ""
"See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together"
" to ensure timely order fulfillment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:330
msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331
msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:332
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333
msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:334
msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:336
msgid ""
"The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, "
"and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. "
"Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the "
"necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, "
"September 20th:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344
msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:346
msgid ""
"**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in "
"time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:349
msgid ""
"**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it "
"was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date "
"earlier by 1 day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352
msgid ""
"**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by "
"subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing "
"security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September "
"19th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356
msgid ""
"**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form "
"indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as "
"September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by "
"a day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:360
msgid ""
"Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, "
"setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including "
"buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
msgstr "Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:9
msgid ""
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a"
" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a "
"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a "
"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing "
"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a "
"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product"
" being ordered."
msgstr ""
"*Réapprovisionner sur commande*, également connu comme *MTO* (fabrication à "
"la commande), est une stratégie de réassort qui crée un ordre brouillon pour"
" un produit chaque fois qu'une commande client est créée pour ce produit. "
"Pour les produits qui sont achetés auprès d'un fournisseur, une demande de "
"prix est créée, alors que la commande d'un produit fabriqué en interne "
"entraîne la création d'un ordre de fabrication. La création d'une demande de"
" prix ou d'un ordre de fabrication se fait chaque fois qu'une commande "
"client est créée, indépendamment du niveau de stock actuel du produit "
"commandé. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:19
msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route"
msgstr "Désarchiver la route Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
msgstr ""
"Odoo définit la route |MTO| par défaut sur *archivé*, car |MTO| est un flux "
"de travail de niche qui n'est utilisé que par certaines entreprises. "
"Cependant, il est facile de désarchiver la route en quelques étapes simples."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:25
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` "
"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes "
"that are currently archived."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
"Routes`. Sur la page des :guilabel:`Routes`, cliquez sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Filtres` et sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Archivé`. Cette "
"option permet d'afficher toutes les options qui sont actuellement archivées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
msgstr "Le filtre archivé sur la page des routes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:33
msgid ""
"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click"
" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-"
"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
msgstr ""
"Cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)`, "
"puis cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Action` pour faire apparaître un menu "
"déroulant. Dans le menu déroulant, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Désarchiver`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
msgstr "L'action désarchiver sur la page des routes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:40
msgid ""
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all "
"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is "
"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, supprimez le filtre :guilabel:`Archivé` de la barre "
":guilabel:`Rechercher...`. La page :guilabel:`Routes` affiche désormais "
"toutes les routes disponibles, y compris la route "
":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)`, qui peut être sélectionnée "
"dans l'onglet Inventaire de chaque page de produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it."
msgstr "La route MTO apparaît sur la page Routes après avoir été désarchivée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:49
msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route"
msgstr "Configurer un produit pour utiliser la route MTO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one."
msgstr ""
"La route |MTO| ayant été désarchivée, les produits peuvent maintenant être "
"correctement configurés pour utiliser le réapprovisionnement à la commande. "
"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> "
"Produits`, puis sélectionnez un produit existant ou cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer` pour en configurer un nouveau."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section, along with one other route."
msgstr ""
"Sur la page du produit, sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et "
"activez la route :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)` dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Routes`, ainsi qu'une autre route."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:59
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture "
"it, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"La route :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)` ne **fonctionne "
"pas** à moins qu'une autre route ne soit sélectionnée. Odoo a en effet "
"besoin de savoir comment réapprovisionner le produit lorsqu'une commande est"
" passée pour celui-ci (acheter, fabriquer, etc.)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez la route MTO et une seconde route dans l'onglet Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:67
msgid ""
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so "
"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs "
"below."
msgstr ""
"Si le produit est acheté auprès d'un fournisseur pour honorer des commandes,"
" cochez la case :guilabel:`Peut être acheté` sous le nom du produit. "
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` apparaît alors à côté des autres onglets de "
"paramétrage ci-dessous."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the"
" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` et précisez un "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et le :guilabel:`Prix` auquel il vend le produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor."
msgstr "Activez \"Peut être acheté\" et précisez un fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:78
msgid ""
"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials "
"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` "
"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
msgstr ""
"Si le produit est fabriqué, assurez-vous qu'une nomenclature est configurée "
"pour ce produit. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Nomenclature` en haut de l'écran, puis cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer` sur la page :guilabel:`Nomenclature` pour configurer une "
"nouvelle nomenclature pour le produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product "
"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for "
"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire de nomenclature vierge, ajoutez les composants utilisés "
"pour fabriquer le produit dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Composants`, ainsi que "
"les opérations requises pour le flux de travail de fabrication dans l'onglet"
" :guilabel:`Opérations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez enfin sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer la nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90
msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route"
msgstr "Honorer une commande client en utilisant la route MTO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:92
msgid ""
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed."
" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition "
"to |MTO|."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir configuré un produit pour utiliser la route |MTO|, un ordre de "
"réassort est créé chaque fois qu'une commande client incluant le produit est"
" créé. Le type d'ordre créé dépend également de la seconde route "
"sélectionnée en plus de la route |MTO|."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:96
msgid ""
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order "
"is created upon confirmation of a sales order."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, si la seconde route sélectionnée est *Acheter*, un bon de "
"commande est créé lors de la confirmation d'une commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:100
msgid ""
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if "
"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, "
"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la route |MTO| est activée pour un produit, un ordre de réassort est"
" toujours créé lors de la confirmation d'une commande client. C'est le cas "
"même si le stock du produit disponible est suffisant pour honorer la "
"commande, sans acheter ou fabriquer d'unités supplémentaires."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:104
msgid ""
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, "
"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`,"
" which opens a blank quotation form."
msgstr ""
"Alors que la route |MTO| peut être utilisée en même temps qu'une variété "
"d'autres routes, la route *Acheter* est utilisée comme exemple pour ce flux "
"de travail. Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, puis cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer`, ce qui ouvre un formulaire de devis vierge."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:108
msgid ""
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire de devis vierge, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Client`, puis "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes "
"de la commande` et saisissez un produit qui a été configuré pour utiliser "
"les routes *MTO* et *Acheter*. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` et le devis"
" se transforme en commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:112
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of "
"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Achat` apparaît dans le coin supérieur "
"droit de la commande client. Le fait de cliquez dessus ouvre la demande de "
"prix associée à la commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:115
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at "
"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click "
":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour confirmer la demande de "
"prix et la transformer en bon de commande. Un bouton vert "
":guilabel:`Recevoir les produits` apparaît en haut du bon de commande. Une "
"fois que les produits sont reçus, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Recevoir les "
"produits` pour les enregistrer dans l'inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:119
msgid ""
"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting "
"the sales order."
msgstr ""
"Retournez à la commande en cliquant sur le fil d'Ariane :guilabel:`Bons de "
"commande` ou en allant à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Commandes --> Commandes`"
" et en sélectionnant la commande client."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:122
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the"
" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been "
"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` dans le coin "
"supérieur droit de la commande pour être redirigé vers le bon de livraison. "
"Une fois que les produits ont été expédiés au client, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour confirmer la livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3
msgid "Reordering rules"
msgstr "Règles de réapprovisionnement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for "
"quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is "
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
"route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30
msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32
msgid ""
":ref:`Reordering rules setup <inventory/warehouses_storage/configure-rr>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128
msgid ":ref:`Trigger <inventory/product_management/trigger>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:129
msgid ":ref:`Preferred route <inventory/warehouses_storage/route>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36
msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38
msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133
msgid ":ref:`Visibility days <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44
msgid "Reordering rules setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46
msgid ""
"To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48
msgid ""
":ref:`Product type configuration <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-product-"
"type>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49
msgid ":ref:`Create rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:54
msgid "Product type configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:56
msgid ""
"A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then"
" select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60
msgid ""
"On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is necessary "
"because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, and "
"quantities are needed to trigger reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable."
msgstr "Définissez le type de produit sur stockable."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:68
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from"
" the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use to "
"replenish the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab."
msgstr "Sélectionnez une ou plusieurs routes dans l'onglet Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:75
msgid ""
"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that "
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name."
" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price "
"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product"
" should be purchased from."
msgstr ""
"Si le produit est réapprovisionné à l'aide de la route :guilabel:`Acheter`, "
"confirmez que la case :guilabel:`Peut être acheté` est cochée sous le nom du"
" produit. Ceci fait apparaître l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats`. Cliquez sur "
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` et spécifiez au moins un fournisseur et le prix "
"auquel il vend le produit, pour qu'Odoo sache auprès de quelle entreprise le"
" produit doit être acheté."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab."
msgstr "Précisez un fournisseur et un prix dans l'onglet Achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84
msgid ""
"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it "
"needs to have at least one *bill of materials* (BoM) associated with it. "
"This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for "
"products with a |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:88
msgid ""
"If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, select the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product form, "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form."
msgstr "Le bouton intelligent Nomenclature sur une fiche de produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:98
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
msgstr "Créer de nouvelles règles de réapprovisionnement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:100
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and "
"fill out the following fields in the new line:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that requires replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: The specific location where the product is stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum amount of product that should be "
"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment "
"is triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:107
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The amount of product that should be available "
"after replenishing the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific "
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
"products are replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
msgstr ""
"Le formulaire de création d'une nouvelle règle de réapprovisionnement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:118
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
"smart button on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:122
msgid ""
"To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and "
":guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and "
"future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126
msgid ""
"For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering"
" rule fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130
msgid ":ref:`Vendor <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-vendor>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:131
msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-bom-field>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:132
msgid ""
":ref:`Procurement group <inventory/warehouses_storage/procurement-grp>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136
msgid ""
"The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by "
"selecting the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon in the "
"far-right corner and selecting the desired column from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:143
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "Déclencher"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:145
msgid ""
"A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While "
"both function the same way, the difference between the two types of "
"reordering rules is how the rule is launched:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:148
msgid ""
":ref:`Auto <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: A purchase or "
"manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls"
" below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the "
":guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:151
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: The "
":doc:`Replenishment report <report>` lists products needing replenishment, "
"showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can "
"review forecasts before clicking *Order Once*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:155
msgid ""
"To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Operations --> Replenishment` or :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, located to the far-right of the column "
"titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:160
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or "
":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different"
" types of reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "Automatique"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:168
msgid ""
"*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or "
"manufacturing orders when either:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:171
msgid ""
"The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172
msgid ""
"A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the "
"product below the minimum."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To "
"view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders "
"--> Requests for Quotation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:178
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated."
" To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:181
msgid ""
"When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185
msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:187
msgid ""
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` is enabled, and then select "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, "
"select the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:192
msgid "Be aware that this also triggers *any other* scheduled actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:195
msgid ""
"The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger "
"when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of "
"`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering "
"rule is **not** triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208
msgid ""
"*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the "
":doc:`replenishment dashboard <report>` when the forecasted quantity falls "
"below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, "
"because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the "
"forecasted quantity is not enough."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214
msgid ""
"The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers "
"sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It "
"displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the "
":guilabel:`To Reorder` filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226
msgid "Preferred route"
msgstr "Route préférée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228
msgid ""
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods "
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it "
"is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, "
"indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:233
msgid ""
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. "
"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` or "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:238
msgid ""
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down "
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
"preferred route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
msgstr "Sélectionnez une route préférée dans le menu déroulant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:245
msgid ""
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route "
"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"Si plusieurs routes sont activées pour un produit et aucune route préférée "
"n'est définie pour sa règle de réapprovisionnement, le produit est "
"réapprovisionné en utilisant la route qui est répertoriée en premier dans "
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` de la fiche du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:250
msgid "Advanced uses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252
msgid ""
"Pairing :guilabel:`Preferred Route` with one of the following fields on the "
"replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. "
"Consider the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is "
":guilabel:`Buy`, setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple"
" vendors on the vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is "
"automatically populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the "
"creation of a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is set "
"to :guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying"
" the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders "
"are created with this |BoM| in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:270
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs|"
" that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. "
"It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275
msgid ""
"Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart "
"buttons to appear when using the :ref:`MTO route "
"<inventory/warehouse_storage/mto-route>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Showing smart button to PO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281
msgid ""
"Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:283
msgid "In the context of reordering rules:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:285
msgid ""
"Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is "
"why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:287
msgid ""
"To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific "
"demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:290
msgid ""
"Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined "
"into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times "
"for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by "
"consolidating demands into fewer orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:294
msgid ""
"Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on "
"the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under "
"the same demand, based on the defined route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:299
msgid ""
"How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Preferred Route* "
"fields on the replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five "
"different products in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, "
"Azure Interior, and ensure other demands for these products are handled "
"separately?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for "
"all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:308
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is "
"created for the same supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:310
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:311
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Order Once` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the "
"five products tied to `SO35`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid ""
"After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement "
"Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future "
"demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different "
"|RFQs| (the usual behavior)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:321
msgid "Just-in-time logic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323
msgid ""
"*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders "
"precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted "
"date <inventory/warehouses_storage/forecasted-date>`, which determines when "
"replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:327
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product "
"if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing"
" the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor "
"lead times <inventory/management/purchase-lt>` and :ref:`purchasing delays "
"<inventory/management/purchase-security-lt>` for purchases, or "
":ref:`manufacturing lead times <inventory/management/manuf-lt>` for "
"production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:335
msgid ""
"For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date "
"in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just "
"in time for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:338
msgid "Important considerations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:340
msgid ""
"**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead"
" times <lead_times>` for more flexibility."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:342
msgid ""
"While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, "
"**reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery "
"dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are "
"immediately triggered when needed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:349
msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:351
msgid ""
"To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the "
":icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering "
"rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the "
":guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:355
msgid ""
"The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo."
" It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's "
"replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current "
"date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can "
"receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is "
"calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:365
msgid ""
"A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367
msgid ""
"Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and "
"the days to purchase is 2 days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:369
msgid "Today's date is November 26."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:370
msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372
msgid ""
"A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days "
"from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in "
"the **To Order** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:375
msgid ""
"However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet"
" appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they "
"fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely"
" when needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:382
msgid ""
"The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's "
"necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:385
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "Par exemple :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:387
msgid ""
"If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted "
"date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:389
msgid ""
"If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, "
"replenishment can wait."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:391
msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:393
msgid ""
"By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes "
"stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements "
"are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without "
"the stress!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:398
msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400
msgid ""
"|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in"
" the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:403
msgid ""
"They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by "
"clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the "
"replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted "
"quantity**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:412
msgid ""
"Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to"
" December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities "
"are zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:418
msgid ""
"Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` "
"units is `5.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:423
msgid "Visibility days"
msgstr "Translation placeholder"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:425
msgid ""
"*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities "
"should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted "
"stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering "
"rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional "
"future demand by the specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:430
msgid ""
"This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future "
"needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger "
"orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433
msgid ""
"To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days "
"in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> "
"Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:437
msgid ""
"Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the "
":icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right and "
"choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, enter the desired "
"visibility days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks "
"the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on "
"the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:446
msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448
msgid ""
"A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a"
" shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs "
"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs>` and"
" tariffs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:452
msgid ""
"November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:453
msgid ""
"|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing "
"$100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:454
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"19, costing an additional $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:456
msgid ""
"|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"25, costing another $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:459
msgid ""
"Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Show forecasted date visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464
msgid ""
"Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" "
"20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:467
msgid ""
"It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by "
"consolidating orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:468
msgid ""
"|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the "
"other two orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Visibility days visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:474
msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476
msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:478
msgid ""
"**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days "
"later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:479
msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:480
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the "
"order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment "
"notification until then."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:483
msgid ""
"This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing "
"it to balance replenishment costs more effectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses "
":doc:`manual reordering rules <reordering_rules>`, lead times, and upcoming "
"demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12
msgid ""
"Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the"
" user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage "
"suggestions for replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15
msgid ""
"This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand "
"without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18
msgid ""
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
msgstr ""
"Pour accéder au rapport de réassort, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Réassort.`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21
msgid ""
"The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed "
"below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create "
"reordering rules section <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and "
"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` "
":guilabel:`Order Once`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30
msgid ""
"Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates "
"the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the "
"replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34
msgid ""
"Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the "
"vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can"
" reduce shipment costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst-1
msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41
msgid ""
"Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44
msgid "Replenishment information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46
msgid ""
"In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-"
"circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment "
"Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted "
"date*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50
msgid ""
"For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to"
" the :ref:`Just in time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
msgstr "Réapprovisionner depuis un autre entrepôt"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Quand vous avez plusieurs entrepôts, il arrive souvent qu'un entrepôt "
"central réapprovisionne plusieurs boutiques et dans ce cas, chaque boutique "
"est considérée comme un entrepôt local. Lorsqu'une boutique souhaite "
"réapprovisionner un produit, celui-ci est commandé à l'entrepôt central. "
"Odoo permet à l'utilisateur de définir facilement quels entrepôts peuvent "
"réapprovisionner un autre entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
msgid ""
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""
"Pour réapprovisionner depuis un autre entrepôt, allez d'abord à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Entrepôt` et"
" activez :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer ce paramètre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""
"Activer les routes en plusieurs étapes dans les paramètres de l'Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""
"Vérifiez tous les entrepôts configurés en allant à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Créez un nouvel entrepôt en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Donnez ensuite "
"un nom et un :guilabel:`Nom court` à l'entrepôt et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour finaliser la création de l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
"resupply this warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, retournez à la page :guilabel:`Entrepôts` et ouvrez l'entrepôt qui "
"sera réapprovisionné par le deuxième entrepôt. Cliquez ensuite sur "
":guilabel:`Modifier`. Sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de l'entrepôt`,"
" trouvez le champ :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner depuis` et cochez la case à "
"côté du nom du deuxième entrepôt. Si l'entrepôt peut être réapprovisionné "
"par plus d'un entrepôt, assurez-vous de cocher également les cases de ces "
"entrepôts. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer le"
" paramètre. À présent, Odoo sait quels entrepôts peuvent réapprovisionner "
"cet entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
msgstr ""
"Réapprovisionner un entrepôt avec un autre dans l'onglet Configuration de "
"l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
msgid "Set route on a product"
msgstr "Définir une route sur un produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
msgid ""
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir configuré ces réapprovisionnements, une nouvelle route est à "
"présent disponible sur toutes les fiches produits. La nouvelle route "
"apparaît comme :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner le produit depuis [nom de "
"l'entrepôt]` sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` sur une fiche produit. "
"Utilisez la route :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner le produit depuis [nom de "
"l'entrepôt]` avec une règle de réassort ou la route de fabrication à la "
"commande (MTO) pour réapprovisionner le stock en déplaçant le produit d'un "
"entrepôt à l'autre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Route qui permet de réapprovisionner un produit à partir d'un second "
"entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
msgid ""
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
"tracked in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'une règle de réassort d'un produit est déclenchée et la route "
":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner le produit depuis [nom de l'entrepôt]` est "
"définie sur le produit, Odoo crée automatiquement deux transferts. Le "
"premier transfert est un *bon de livraison* depuis le second entrepôt, qui "
"contient tous les produits nécessaires, et le second transfert est un *reçu*"
" avec les mêmes produits pour l'entrepôt principal. Le déplacement des "
"produits du second entrepôt vers l'entrepôt principal est entièrement suivi "
"dans Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
msgstr ""
"Sur les enregistrements de transfert créés par Odoo, le :guilabel:`Document "
"d'origine` est la règle de réassort du produit. L'emplacement entre le bon "
"de livraison et le reçu est un emplacement de transit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"Une règle de réassort crée automatiquement deux reçus pour un stock entre "
"entrepôts."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
msgstr ""
"Un ordre d'entrepôt pour réapprovisionner le stock d'un entrepôt avec un "
"autre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
msgstr "Un reçu pour le stock reçu d'un entrepôt en provenance d'un autre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
msgstr "Transférer des produits entre entrepôts à l'aide du réassort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
msgid ""
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
msgstr ""
"Pour les entreprises qui utilisent plusieurs entrepôts, il est souvent "
"nécessaire de transférer des articles entre eux. C'est ce qu'on appelle un "
"*transfert entre entrepôts*. Odoo *Inventaire* gère le processus "
"administratif des transferts entre entrepôts pour assurer que l'inventaire "
"reste exact pendant et après le transfert. Ce document détaille la méthode "
"pour effectuer un transfert entre entrepôts à l'aide du réassort."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr "Configurer des entrepôts pour le réassort entre entrepôts"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
msgid ""
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, assurez-vous que le paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs "
"étapes` est activé en allant à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration "
"--> Paramètres` et cochez la case sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Entrepôt`. Vous "
"disposerez alors d'options de configuration supplémentaires lors de la "
"création d'un deuxième entrepôt qui sont nécessaires pour le réassort entre "
"entrepôts."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, un entrepôt principal est déjà configuré sur Odoo. Si aucun "
"entrepôt supplémentaire n'est déjà créé, faites-le maintenant à partir du "
"module :guilabel:`Inventaire` en sélectionnant :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Entrepôts --> Créer`. Sinon, sélectionnez l'entrepôt vers lequel les "
"produits sont transférés à partir de la page :guilabel:`Entrepôts` et "
"cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Modifier` pour modifier ses paramètres. "
"Configurez l'entrepôt comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : choisissez un nom qui n'est pas déjà utilisé pour un "
"autre entrepôt (par ex. `Entrepôt alternatif`)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Nom court` : choisissez un nom court par lequel l'entrepôt sera "
"identifié (par ex. `ENT_ALT`)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` et le nouvel entrepôt sera créé. De "
"plus, un nouveau champ :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner depuis` apparaîtra sur le"
" formulaire de l'entrepôt. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et cochez "
"ensuite la case à côté de l'entrepôt qui sera utilisé pour réapprovisionner "
"l'entrepôt qui est en cours de configuration."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid ""
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"Un formulaire des paramètres de l'entrepôt configuré pour permettre le "
"réassort entre entrepôts."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
msgid ""
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
"Francisco 2\"."
msgstr ""
"Dans le cadre de cette démonstration, l'entrepôt à partir duquel les "
"produits sont transférés (sortant) sera intitulé \"San Francisco\" et "
"l'entrepôt vers lequel les produits sont transférés (entrant) sera intitulé "
"\"San Francisco 2\"."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr "Configurer des produits pour le réassort entre entrepôts"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
msgid ""
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
"a new one, if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Les produits doivent également être configurés correctement pour qu'ils "
"puissent être transférés entre entrepôts. Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire"
" --> Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez un produit existant ou "
":guilabel:`créez`-en un nouveau, si nécessaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
"that products are transferred from."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, sur la fiche du produit, allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et"
" cochez la case de :guilabel:`X : Réapprovisionner le produit depuis Y`, *X*"
" étant l'entrepôt qui reçoit les produits transférés et *Y* étant l'entrepôt"
" depuis lequel les produits sont transférés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
msgstr "Cochez la case pour réapprovisionner un entrepôt depuis un autre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
msgstr "Réapprovisionner un entrepôt depuis un autre"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
msgid ""
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
msgstr ""
"À partir du module :menuselection:`Inventaire`, sélectionnez "
":menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et choisissez ensuite le produit à "
"réapprovisionner. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner` dans le"
" coin supérieur gauche de la fiche du produit et complétez le formulaire qui"
" apparaît comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
" being replenished"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité` : le nombre d'unités qui seront envoyées à l'entrepôt à"
" réapprovisionner"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
"take place"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Date prévue` : la date à laquelle le réassort est prévu"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : l'entrepôt à réapprovisionner"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
"product will be transferred from"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Routes préférées` : sélectionnez `X : Réapprovisionner le produit"
" depuis Y`, *X* étant l'entrepôt à réapprovisionner et *Y* étant l'entrepôt "
"depuis lequel le produit sera transféré"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
msgstr "Le formulaire pour réapprovisionner un produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
"step deliveries and receipts."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` et un bon de livraison sera créé pour "
"l'entrepôt sortant, ainsi qu'une réception pour l'entrepôt qui recevra le "
"produit. En fonction des paramètres de configuration pour les entrepôts "
"entrants et sortants, le traitement des bons de livraison et des réceptions "
"demande entre une et trois étapes. Ce document explique en détail comment "
"traiter les livraisons et les réceptions en une seule étape."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
msgid "Process the delivery order"
msgstr "Traiter le bon de livraison"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
msgid ""
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
"quantities shipped."
msgstr ""
"La première étape d'un réassort est le traitement de la livraison de "
"l'entrepôt depuis lequel le produit est transféré. Dans le tableau de bord "
":menuselection:`Inventaire`, sélectionnez le bouton  :guilabel:`X à traiter`"
" sur la carte des :guilabel:`Bons de livraison` pour l'entrepôt sortant, "
"puis le bon de livraison créé pour le réassort. Sur la page du bon de "
"commande, cliquez sur le bouton  :guilabel:`Vérifier la disponibilité` dans "
"le coin supérieur gauche pour réserver la quantité du produit à transférer. "
"Une fois la livraison expédiée, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Valider` "
"pour enregistrer les quantités expédiées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
msgstr "La carte des bons de livraison pour l'entrepôt sortant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
"quantities received."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les marchandises arrivent à l'entrepôt entrant, la réception "
"créée pour cet entrepôt doit également être traitée. Retournez au tableau de"
" bord :menuselection:`Inventaire` et sélectionnez le bouton :guilabel:`X à "
"traiter` sur la carte des :guilabel:`Réceptions` pour l'entrepôt entrant, "
"puis la réception créée pour le réassort. Sur la page des réceptions, "
"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Valider` dans le coin supérieur gauche de "
"la page pour enregistrer les quantités reçues."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
msgid ""
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir traité la réception, les produits transférés apparaîtront dans "
"l'inventaire de l'entrepôt entrant. Les stocks dans les deux entrepôts "
"peuvent être consultés en retournant à la fiche du produit et en "
"sélectionnant le bouton :guilabel:`X unités disponibles` en haut de l'écran."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr "Automatiser le réassort entre entrepôts"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
msgid ""
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""
"Grâce aux règles de réassort, il est possible d'automatiser le processus de "
"réassort d'un entrepôt depuis un autre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
msgid ""
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
"configure the form as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Pour commencer, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> "
"Produits` et choisissez le produit à réapprovisionner. Sur la fiche du "
"produit, sélectionnez le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Règles de réassort` "
"en haut du formulaire, et ensuite sur la page suivante, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer` pour configurer le formulaire comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Emplacement` : l'emplacement que la règle de réassort doit "
"réapprovisionner lorsqu'elle est déclenchée : dans ce cas, l'entrepôt "
"entrant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité min` : lorsque la quantité disponible dans l'entrepôt "
"entrant est inférieure à ce chiffre, la règle de réassort sera déclenchée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité max` : lorsque la règle de réassort est déclenchée, le "
"produit sera réapprovisionné à l'entrepôt entrant jusqu'à hauteur de cette "
"quantité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
"replenished in batches of 20"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité multiple` : précisez si le produit doit être "
"réapprovisionné par lots d'une certaine quantité ; par exemple, un produit "
"peut être réapprovisionné par lots de 20"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
"length, etc."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`UdM` : l'unité de mesure utilisée pour réapprovisionner le "
"produit ; cette valeur peut être simplement `Unités` ou une unité de mesure "
"spécifique pour le poids, la longueur, etc."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
msgstr "Une règle de réassort totalement configurée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
msgid ""
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
msgstr ""
"Terminez par cliquer sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` et la règle de réassort "
"sera créée. À présent, lorsque le planificateur s'exécute automatiquement "
"chaque jour, un transfert sera créé pour chaque règle de réassort qui a été "
"déclenchée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
msgid ""
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
" pop-up that appears."
msgstr ""
"Pour manuellement déclencher des règles de réassort, allez au module "
":menuselection:`Inventaire` et sélectionnez :menuselection:`Opérations --> "
"Lancer le planificateur`, cliquez sur le bouton vert :guilabel:`Lancer le "
"planificateur` dans la fenêtre contextuelle."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
msgid ""
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir lancé le planificateur, un bon de livraison et une réception "
"seront créés pour les entrepôts entrants et sortants, respectivement. À la "
"fois le bon de commande et la réception doivent être traités selon la même "
"méthode que celle décrite ci-dessus."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "Maintenance"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping "
"track of maintenance requirements."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Maintenance** aide à prolonger l'efficacité de l'équipement en "
"gardant une trace des besoins de maintenance."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Odoo Tutoriels : Gérer la maintenance des équipements "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5
msgid "Equipment management"
msgstr "Gestion de l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3
msgid "Add new equipment"
msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations,"
" including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery"
" on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a "
"computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by "
"the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a "
"vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13
msgid ""
"Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de l'équipement` : le nom de produit de l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Cagtégorie d'équipement` : la catégorie à laquelle l'équipement "
"appartient, par ex. ordinateurs, machines, outils, etc. Il est possible de "
"créer de nouvelles catégories en allant à :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Catégories d'équipement` et en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Société` : la société qui possède l'équipement ; là encore, il "
"peut s'agir de la société qui utilise la base de données Odoo ou d'une "
"société externe"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
"employee and a department"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Utilisé par` : précisez si l'équipement est utilisé par un "
"employé spécifique, un département ou les deux ; sélectionnez "
":guilabel:`Autre` pour préciser à la fois un employé et un département"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
"page"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Équipe de maintenance` : l'équipe responsable de la maintenance "
"de l'équipement ; il est possible de créer de nouvelles équipes en allant à "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes de maintenance` et en "
"sélectionnant :guilabel:`Créer` ; les membres de chaque équipe peuvent "
"également être assignés à partir de cette page"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Technicien` : la personne responsable de la maintenance de "
"l'équipement ; ceci peut être utilisé pour assigner une personne spécifique "
"dans le cas où aucune équipe de maintenance n'est assignée ou lorsqu'un "
"membre spécifique que l'équipe assignée doit toujours être responsable de "
"l'équipement ; toute personne ajoutée à Odoo en tant qu'utilisateur peut "
"être assignée en tant que technicien"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
"work centers, like an office, for example"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Lieu d'utilisation` : le lieu où l'équipement est utilisé ; il "
"s'agit d'un simple champ de texte qui peut être utilisé pour préciser des "
"lieux qui ne sont pas des postes de travail, comme un bureau"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : si l'équipement est utilisé à un poste de "
"travail, précisez-le ici ; l’équipement peut également être assigné à un "
"poste de travail en allant à :menuselection:`Maintenance --> Équipements -->"
" Postes de travail`, en sélectionnant un poste de travail ou en en créant un"
" nouveau à l'aide du bouton :guilabel:`Créer` et en cliquant sur l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Équipement` sur le formulaire du poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
msgstr "Exemple de formulaire de nouvel équipement entièrement configuré."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46
msgid "Include additional product information"
msgstr "Inclure des informations supplémentaires sur le produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
msgstr ""
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Informations sur le produit` au bas du formulaire peut "
"être utilisé pour fournir plus de détails sur l'équipement :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : le fournisseur auprès duquel l'équipement a été "
"acheté"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Référence fournisseur` : le code de référence attribué au "
"fournisseur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Modèle` : le modèle spécifique de l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Numéro de série` : le numéro de série unique de l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
"Failures)`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date d'effet` : la date à laquelle l'équipement devient "
"opérationnel ; cette date est utilisée pour calculer le :abbr:`MTBF (Temps "
"moyen entre défaillances)`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Coût` : le montant pour lequel l'équipement a été acheté"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
"warranty will expire"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date d'expiration de garantie` : la date à laquelle la garantie "
"de l'équipement expire"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr "L'onglet des informations sur le produit du nouvel équipement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65
msgid "Add maintenance details"
msgstr "Ajouter des détails de maintenance"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
"maintenance teams:"
msgstr ""
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Maintenance` contient des informations qui peuvent être "
"utiles aux équipes de maintenance :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Fréquence de la maintenance préventive` : précise la fréquence à "
"laquelle la maintenance doit être effectuée pour prévenir les défaillances "
"de l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
"equipment when it fails"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Durée de maintenance` : le temps nécessaire pour réparer "
"l'équipement lorsqu'il tombe en panne"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Temps moyen entre défaillances attendu` : la durée moyenne "
"pendant laquelle l'équipement est censé fonctionner avant de tomber en panne"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr "L'onglet Maintenance du nouvel équipement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
msgstr ""
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Maintenance` contient également les sections "
":guilabel:`Temps moyen entre défaillances`, :guilabel:`Estimation de la "
"prochaine défaillance`, :guilabel:`Dernière défaillance` et :guilabel:`Temps"
" moyen de réparation`. Ces valeurs sont calculées automatiquement en "
"fonction des demandes de maintenance, s'il y en a."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86
msgid ""
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
" the form."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher les demandes de maintenance d'un équipement, allez à la page "
"de l'équipement et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Maintenance` dans le coin "
"supérieur droit du formulaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process "
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Fabriation** aide les fabricants à programmer, planifier et traiter "
"des ordres de fabrication. Grâce au panneau de contrôle du poste de travail,"
" installez des tablettes dans l'atelier pour contrôler les ordres de travail"
" en temps réel et permettre aux ouvriers de déclencher des opérations de "
"maintenance, des boucles de rétroaction, des problèmes de qualité, etc."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Tutoriels Odoo : Scanner de code-barres "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/general/iot>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing workflows"
msgstr "Flux de fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Bill of materials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
"needed to complete a production process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored"
" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid ""
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
"manufacturing process and save time."
msgstr ""
"La configuration correcte d'une nomenclature permet d'optimiser le processus"
" de fabrication et de gagner du temps."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr "Configurer une nomenclature"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20
msgid ""
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
msgstr ""
"La configuration de nomenclature la plus simple est celle où il n'y a pas "
"d'opérations ou d'instructions, mais uniquement des composants. Dans ce cas,"
" la production est uniquement gérée à l'aide d'*ordres de fabrication*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une nomenclature à partir du module :guilabel:`Fabrication`, "
"allez à :menuselection:`Produits --> Nomenclatures`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
":guilabel:`Créer`. Précisez alors le :guilabel:`Produit`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
msgstr ""
"Une nomenclature peut également être créée directement à partir de la fiche "
"produit, auquel cas le champ :guilabel:`Produit` est prérempli."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31
msgid ""
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"Pour une nomenclature standard, définissez le :guilabel:`Type de "
"nomenclature` sur :guilabel:`Fabriquer ce produit`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour préciser les différents composants qui "
"entrent dans la fabrication du produit fini et leurs quantités respectives. "
"De nouveaux composants peuvent être créés rapidement par le biais de la "
"nomenclature ou peuvent être créés au préalable dans "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> Produits --> Créer`. "
"Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour finaliser la création "
"de la nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
msgstr "La configuration d'une nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
msgstr "Préciser une nomenclature pour une variante de produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
msgstr ""
"Les nomenclatures peuvent également être assignées à des *variantes de "
"produits* spécifiques, avec deux options de configuration possibles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49
msgid ""
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"Afin d'assigner des nomenclatures à des variantes de produits, les attributs"
" de la variante de produit doivent déjà être configurés dans la fiche "
"produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52
msgid ""
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
"on Variants` column."
msgstr ""
"La première méthode consiste à créer une nomenclature par variante en créant"
" une nouvelle nomenclature et en précisant la :guilabel:`variante de "
"produit` La seconde méthode consiste à créer une nomenclature principale qui"
" contient tous les composants et préciser la variante à laquelle chaque "
"composant s'applique à l'aide de la colonne :guilabel:`Appliquer aux "
"variantes`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
msgstr "Variantes de produit dans la nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
msgid "Set up operations"
msgstr "Configurer des opérations"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64
msgid ""
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Operations`."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez une :guilabel:`opération` à une nomenclature pour préciser des "
"instructions de production et enregistrer le temps passé sur une opération. "
"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, activez d'abord la fonctionnalité "
":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication --> "
"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, lors de la création d'une nouvelle nomenclature, cliquez sur "
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`"
" pour ajouter une nouvelle opération. Sur la fenêtre :guilabel:`Créer "
"Opérations`, nommez l'opération, précisez le :guilabel:`Poste de travail` et"
" les paramètres de durée. À l'instar des composants, Odoo offre la "
"possibilité de préciser une variante de produit dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Appliquer aux variantes` pour que l'opération s'applique "
"uniquement à cette variante. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer "
"& Fermer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76
msgid ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
"Operations` feature."
msgstr ""
"Chaque opération est unique, car elle est toujours exclusivement liée à une "
"nomenclature. Les opérations peuvent être réutilisées lors de la "
"configuration d'une nouvelle nomenclature, grâce à la fonctionnalité "
":guilabel:`Copier les opérations existantes`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
msgstr "La fonctionnalité Copier les opérations existantes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr "Ajouter des sous-produits à une nomenclature"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"Un *sous-produit* est un produit résiduel créé au cours de la production en "
"plus du produit principal d'une nomenclature. Contrairement au produit "
"principal, il peut y avoir plus d'un sous-produit sur une nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
msgstr ""
"Pour ajouter des sous-produits à une nomenclature, activez d'abord la "
"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Sous-produits` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication "
"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la fonctionnalité activée, vous pouvez ajouter des sous-produits à "
"une nomenclature en cliquant sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations` et en "
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Ensuite, nommez le sous-produit "
"et indiquez la :guilabel:`Quantité` et l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure`. Si la "
"nomenclature comporte des opérations configurées, précisez exactement "
"l'opération à partir de laquelle le sous-produit est produit dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Produit dans l'opération`. Finalement, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing product configuration"
msgstr "Configuration du produit de fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8
msgid ""
"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must "
"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* "
"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these "
"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"Afin de fabriquer un produit dans Odoo *Fabrication*, le produit doit être "
"correctement configuré. La route *Fabrication* doit être activée et une "
"nomenclature doit être configurée pour le produit. Une fois ces étapes "
"terminées, le produit peut être sélectionné lors de la création d'un nouvel "
"ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14
msgid "Activate the Manufacture route"
msgstr "Activer la route Fabriquer"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16
msgid ""
"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page."
" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products"
" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"La route Fabriquer est activée pour chaque produit sur sa propre page "
"produit. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits -->"
" Produits`. Sélectionnez ensuite un produit existant ou créez-en un nouveau "
"en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This "
"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured."
msgstr ""
"Sur la page produit, sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et cochez "
"la case :guilabel:`Fabriquer` dans la section :guilabel:`Routes`. Cela "
"indique à Odoo que le produit peut être fabriqué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page."
msgstr "La route Fabriquer sur l'onglet Inventaire d'une page produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28
msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr "Configurer une nomenclature"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is "
"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to"
" manufacture a product."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez ensuite configurer une nomenclature pour qu'Odoo sache comment le"
" produit est fabriqué. Une nomenclature est une liste des composants et des "
"opérations nécessaires à la fabrication d'un produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33
msgid ""
"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the "
"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a "
"new |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une nomenclature pour un produit spécifique, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> Produits`, puis sélectionnez le"
" produit. Sur la page produit, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Nomenclatures` en haut de la page, puis sélectionnez "
":guilabel:`Nouveau` pour configurer une nouvelle nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page."
msgstr "Le bouton intelligent Nomenclatures sur une page produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product."
" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM"
" produces."
msgstr ""
"Sur la nomenclature, le champ :guilabel:`Produit` se remplit automatiquement"
" avec le produit. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité`, précisez le nombre "
"d'unités produites par la nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44
msgid ""
"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and"
" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the "
":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until "
"all components have been added."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez un composant à la nomenclature en sélectionnant l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Composants` et en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. "
"Sélectionnez un composant dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Composant`, puis"
" saisissez la quantité dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité`. Continuez à "
"ajouter des composants sur de nouvelles lignes jusqu'à ce que tous les "
"composants aient été ajoutés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr "L'onglet Composants d'une nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the "
":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added "
"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will "
"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or "
":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez ensuite l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations`. Cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer "
"Opérations` s'ouvre. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Opération`, précisez le nom de"
" l'opération ajoutée (par ex. Assembler, Couper, etc.). Sélectionnez le "
"poste de travail où l'opération sera effectuée dans le menu déroulant "
":guilabel:`Poste de travail`. Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & "
"Fermer` pour terminer l'ajout d'opérations ou sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & "
"Nouveau` pour en ajouter d'autres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Opérations` s'affiche uniquement si le paramètre "
":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` est activé. Pour ce faire, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, puis cochez "
"la case :guilabel:`Ordres de travail`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr "L'onglet Opérations d'une nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70
msgid ""
"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that "
"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an "
"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. "
"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how "
"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-"
"configuration>`."
msgstr ""
"Cette documentation vous montre comment créer une nomenclature de base qui "
"permet de fabriquer un produit dans Odoo. Toutefois, il ne s'agit aucunement"
" d'un résumé exhaustif de toutes les options disponibles lors de la "
"configuration d'une nomenclature. Pour plus d'informations sur les "
"nomenclatures, consultez la documentation sur la façon de :ref:`créer une "
"nomenclature <manufacturing/management/bill-configuration>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Use kits"
msgstr "Utiliser des kits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be "
"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to "
"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful "
"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, un *kit* est un type de nomenclature qui peut être fabriqué et "
"vendu. Les kits sont des ensembles de composants non assemblés vendus aux "
"clients. Ils peuvent être vendus en tant que produits autonomes, mais sont "
"également des outils utiles pour gérer des nomenclatures plus complexes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and "
":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser, fabriquer et vendre des kits, les applications "
":guilabel:`Fabrication` et :guilabel:`Inventaire` doivent être installées. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
msgstr "Créer le kit en tant que produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization "
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser un kit comme produit vendable ou simplement comme outil "
"d'organisation des composants, le kit doit d'abord être créé en tant que "
"produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un kit, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Produits --> Produits`, et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
msgid ""
"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to "
":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the "
"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked."
msgstr ""
"Assignez ensuite un nom au nouveau kit. Ensuite, dans l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Informations générales`, définissez le :guilabel:`Type de "
"produit` sur :guilabel:`Consommable`. Les kits fonctionnent mieux en tant "
"que consommables, car le stock disponible pour les kits ne fait généralement"
" pas l'objet d'un suivi."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, "
"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a "
":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for "
"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals."
msgstr ""
"Même si les kits doivent presque toujours être définis en tant que produit "
":guilabel:`consommable`, les entreprises qui utilisent la comptabilité "
"**anglo-saxonne** peuvent avoir besoin de créer des kits en tant que "
":guilabel:`Produit stockable`. En effet, lors du traitement des factures "
"pour les kits, le coût des marchandises vendues (COGS) sera enregistré dans "
"les journaux comptables."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32
msgid ""
"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the "
"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All "
"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to "
"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product."
msgstr ""
"Contrairement aux produits stockables, la définition des :guilabel:`Routes` "
"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` n'a pas d'importance pour les kits, car"
" Odoo utilise les routes des composants individuels du kit à des fins de "
"réassort. Tous les autres paramètres du produit de kit peuvent être modifiés"
" selon les préférences. Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer le nouveau produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components "
"require no specific configuration."
msgstr ""
"Les composants du kit doivent également être configurés en tant que produits"
" via l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`. "
"Ces composants ne nécessitent aucune configuration spécifique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
msgstr "Configurer la nomenclature du kit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43
msgid ""
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM"
" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir entièrement configuré le kit et ses composants, une nouvelle "
"nomenclature peut être créée pour le kit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` "
"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the"
" previously configured kit product."
msgstr ""
"Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> "
"Nomenclatures`, et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. À côté du champ "
":guilabel:`Produit`, cliquez sur le menu déroulant pour afficher une liste "
"de produits et sélectionner le produit en kit précédemment configuré."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option."
" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, dans le champ :guilabel:`Type de nomenclature`, sélectionnez "
"l'option :guilabel:`Kit`. Enfin, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Composants`, "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`, ajoutez chaque composant souhaité"
" et précisez leurs quantités dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM "
"(bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour "
"enregistrer la nomenclature nouvellement créée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
msgstr "Sélection de kit sur la nomenclature."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
msgstr ""
"Si le kit est uniquement utilisé comme produit vendable, seuls les "
"composants doivent être ajoutés sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Composants` et la "
"configuration des opérations de fabrication n'est pas nécessaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
"the kit is listed."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un kit est vendu en tant que produit, il apparaît comme une seule "
"ligne sur le devis et la commande client. Cependant, sur les bons de "
"livraison, chaque composant du kit est répertorié."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
msgstr "Utiliser des kits pour gérer des nomenclatures complexes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. "
"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of"
" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs"
" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products."
msgstr ""
"Les kits sont également utilisés pour gérer les nomenclatures à plusieurs "
"niveaux. Ce sont des produits qui contiennent d'**autres** nomenclatures en "
"tant que composants et qui nécessitent des nomenclatures **imbriquées**. "
"L'incorporation de kits préconfigurés dans les nomenclatures à plusieurs "
"niveaux permet de mieux organiser les produits groupés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75
msgid ""
"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a "
"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer ce type de nomenclature avec un kit comme composant, allez à"
" l'application :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> Nomenclatures` "
"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a "
"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option."
msgstr ""
"À côté du champ :guilabel:`Produit` cliquez sur le menu déroulant pour "
"afficher une liste de produits et sélectionner la nomenclature souhaitée. "
"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Type de nomenclature`, sélectionnez l'option "
":guilabel:`Fabriquer ce produit`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and "
"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the "
"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can "
"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Composants`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une "
"ligne` et sélectionnez un kit comme composant. L'ajout du kit en tant que "
"composant évite d'avoir à ajouter les composants du kit individuellement. "
"N'importe quel :guilabel:`Type de nomenclature` peut être utilisé pour la "
"nomenclature du produit de niveau supérieur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour "
"enregistrer les modifications. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
msgstr "Kit en tant que composant d'une nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Structure & cost"
msgstr "Structure & coût"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of "
"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and "
"viewed from this report."
msgstr ""
"Pour obtenir une vue d'ensemble des composants de la nomenclature à "
"plusieurs niveaux, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Structure & "
"Coût`. Les nomenclatures de sous-niveaux peuvent être développées et "
"visualisées à partir de ce rapport."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
msgstr "Kit développé dans le rapport Structure & Coût"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105
msgid ""
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level "
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la création d'un ordre de fabrication pour un produit avec une "
"nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux, le kit se développe automatiquement pour "
"afficher tous les composants. Toutes les opérations figurant dans la "
"nomenclature du kit sont également ajoutées à la liste des ordres de travail"
" de l'ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111
msgid ""
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-"
"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-"
"assemblies."
msgstr ""
"Les kits sont principalement utilisés pour regrouper des composants en vue "
"de leur organisation ou de leur vente. Pour gérer les produits à plusieurs "
"niveaux qui nécessitent des sous-composants fabriqués, consultez :doc:`cette"
" documentation <sub_assemblies>` sur les sous-ensembles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr "Reliquats de fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""
"Il arrive que la quantité totale d'un ordre de fabrication ne puisse pas "
"être produite immédiatement. Dans ce cas, Odoo *Fabrication* permet la "
"fabrication de quantités partielles de l'ordre et la création d'un "
"*reliquat* pour la quantité restante."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application *Fabrication*, la création d'un reliquat divise l'ordre "
"de fabrication original en deux ordres. L'étiquette de référence pour chaque"
" ordre est l'étiquette utilisée pour l'ordre original, suivie d'un tiret et "
"d'un chiffre supplémentaire pour indiquer qu'il s'agit d'un reliquat."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""
"Une société crée un ordre de fabrication avec l'étiquette de référence "
"*WH/MO/00175*, pour 10 unités du *Produit X*. Après avoir lancé l'ordre de "
"fabrication, l'employé travaillant sur la ligne de production se rend compte"
" qu'il n'y a suffisamment de composants en stock que pour produire cinq "
"unités du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""
"Au lieu d'attendre qu'une quantité suffisante de composants est en stock, la"
" société fabrique cinq unités et crée un reliquat pour les cinq autres. Elle"
" divise l'ordre de fabrication en deux ordres séparés : *WH/MO/00175-001* et"
" *WH/MO/00175-002*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""
"L'ordre *001* contient les cinq unités qui ont été fabriquées et est "
"immédiatement marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`. L'ordre *002* contient les cinq"
" unités qui doivent encore être fabriquées et sont marquées comme "
":guilabel:`En cours`. Une fois que les composants restants sont disponibles,"
" l'employé revient à l'ordre *002* et fabrique les unités restantes avant de"
" fermer l'ordre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr "Créer un reliquat de fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un reliquat pour une partie de l'ordre de fabrication, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication`. "
"Sélectionnez un ordre de fabrication avec une quantité de deux ou plus ou "
"créez-en un en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""
"Si un nouvel ordre de fabrication est créé, sélectionnez un produit dans le "
"menu déroulant :guilabel:`Produit` et saisissez une quantité de deux ou plus"
" dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité`, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` "
"pour confirmer l'ordre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir fabriqué la quantité à produire immédiatement, saisissez ce "
"nombre dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité` en haut de l'ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "Le champ quantité sur un ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Valider`, et une fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Vous avez produit moins que la demande initiale` s'ouvre, à "
"partir de laquelle un reliquat peut être créé. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer "
"un reliquat` pour diviser l'ordre de fabrication en deux ordres séparés, "
"avec les étiquettes de référence *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* et *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"Le bouton Créer un reliquat dans la fenêtre contextuelle \"Vous avez produit"
" moins que la demande initiale\"."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""
"L'ordre *001* contient les articles qui ont été fabriqués et est clôturé "
"immédiatement. L'ordre *002* est le reliquat qui contient les articles qui "
"n'ont pas encore été fabriqués et qui reste ouvert, pour être terminé à une "
"date ultérieure."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les unités restantes peuvent être fabriquées, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication`, et "
"sélectionnez l'ordre de fabrication en reliquat. Si toutes les unités "
"restantes sont fabriquées immédiatement, il suffit de cliquer sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour fermer l'ordre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""
"Si seulement une partie des unités est fabriquée immédiatement, créez un "
"autre reliquat pour le reste en suivant les étapes détaillées dans cette "
"section."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr "Créer un reliquat à partir de la vue de tablette"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""
"Les reliquats pour les ordres de fabrication peuvent également être créés à "
"partir de la vue de tablette de l'ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""
"Afin d'utiliser la vue de tablette, la fonctionnalité *Ordres de travail* "
"doit être activée. Pour l'activer, allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> "
"Configuration --> Paramètres`. Sur la page des :guilabel:`Paramètres`, "
"cochez la case à côté de l'option :guilabel:`Ordres de travail`, puis "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements. "
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Ordres de travail` apparaît alors sur les ordres de "
"travail, à partir desquels la vue de tablette peut être ouverte."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""
"Le paramètre des ordres de travail sur la page des paramètres de "
"Fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un reliquat à partir de la vue de tablette, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication`. "
"Sélectionnez un ordre de fabrication avec une quantité de deux ou plus ou "
"créez-en un en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir confirmé l'ordre de fabrication, sélectionnez l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`📱 (vue de "
"tablette)` situé sur la ligne du premier ordre de travail pour ouvrir la vue"
" de tablette."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"Le bouton de la vue de tablette pour un ordre de travail sur un ordre de "
"fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""
"Une fois dans la vue de tablette, saisissez la quantité fabriquée "
"immédiatement dans le champ :guilabel:`Unités` en haut à gauche de la vue de"
" tablette."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr "Le champ Unités dans la vue de tablette."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""
"Les étapes du reste du flux de travail varient selon que l'ordre de "
"fabrication en cours de traitement nécessite la réalisation d'un seul ordre "
"de travail ou de plusieurs ordres de travail. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr "Un seul ordre de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""
"Si l'ordre de fabrication ne nécessite qu'un seul ordre de travail, terminez"
" l'ordre de travail et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme fait et fermer "
"l'ordre de fabrication`. L'ordre de fabrication est fermé et un reliquat est"
" automatiquement créé pour les unités qui doivent encore être fabriquées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""
"Le bouton Marquer comme fait et fermer l'ordre de fabrication dans la vue de"
" tablette d'un ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les unités restantes sont prêtes à être fabriquées, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication`, puis "
"sélectionnez l'ordre de fabrication en reliquat, qui est intitulé à l'aide "
"de l'étiquette de référence du reliquat original avec *002* ajouté à la fin."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""
"Sur l'ordre de fabrication en reliquat, sélectionnez l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`📱 (vue de "
"tablette)` sur la ligne de l'ordre de travail pour ouvrir la vue de "
"tablette. Si toutes les unités du reliquat seront terminées immédiatement, "
"cliquez simplement sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme fait et fermer l'ordre de "
"fabrication` après avoir terminé l'ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
"Si seules certaines des unités restantes seront fabriquées immédiatement, "
"saisissez le nombre dans le champ :guilabel:`Unités` en haut à gauche de la "
"vue de tablette, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme fait et fermer "
"l'ordre de fabrication` pour créer un autre reliquat pour les unités "
"restantes. Le nouveau reliquat peut être traité en suivant les étapes "
"détaillées dans cette section."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr "Plusieurs ordres de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""
"Si l'ordre de travail nécessite la réalisation de plusieurs ordres de "
"travail, terminez le premier ordre de travail et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer la production`. Ceci divise l'ordre de fabrication en"
" deux ordres séparés, intitulés *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* et *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, "
"*XXXXX* étant le numéro de l'ordre original."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr "Le bouton Enregistrer la production sur un ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""
"La vue de tablette affiche par défaut le premier ordre de travail de l'ordre"
" de fabrication *002*. Puisque cet ordre de fabrication ne sera pas terminé "
"immédiatement, quittez la vue de tablette en cliquant deux fois sur le "
"bouton :guilabel:`⬅️ (retour)`. Vous reviendrez alors à l'ordre *001*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"Pour terminer l'ordre *001*, sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Ordres de "
"travail` et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`vue de tablette` situé sur la "
"ligne du prochain ordre de travail. Enfin, terminez les ordres de travail "
"restants, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme fait et fermer l'ordre "
"de fabrication` pour fermer l'ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les unités restantes sont prêtes à être fabriquées, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication`, puis "
"sélectionnez l'ordre *002*. Sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Ordres de "
"travail` et cliquez le bouton :guilabel:`vue de tablette` situé sur la ligne"
" du premier ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""
"Si toutes les unités du reliquat sont terminées immédiatement, cliquez "
"simplement sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme fait et fermer l'ordre de "
"fabrication` après avoir terminé tous les ordres de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""
"Si seules certaines des unités restantes seront fabriquées immédiatement, "
"saisissez le nombre dans le champ :guilabel:`Unités` en haut à gauche de la "
"vue de tablette, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer la production` pour"
" créer un reliquat additionnel pour les unités restantes, avec *003* à la "
"fin de son étiquette de référence."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""
"Le reliquat *002* et le reliquat *003* peuvent être terminés en suivant les "
"étapes détaillées dans cette section."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""
"Il est également possible de créer un reliquat au milieu d'un ordre de "
"fabrication, lorsque certains des ordres de travail ont déjà été terminés, "
"mais pas tous. Dans ce cas, le ou les ordres de travail sont marqués comme "
":guilabel:`terminés` sur le reliquat. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""
"Un ordre de fabrication pour quatre chaises nécessite la réalisation de deux"
" ordres de travail : *Peinture* et *Assemblage*. Alors que l'étape de "
"peinture peut être réalisée immédiatement pour les quatre chaises, il n'y a "
"suffisamment de vis que pour assembler deux d'entre elles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""
"Par conséquent, l'employé chargé de la production des chaises commence par "
"peindre les quatre chaises et marquer l'ordre de travail *Peinture* comme "
":guilabel:`Terminé` pour chacune d'entre elles. Il passe ensuite à l'ordre "
"de travail *Assemblage*. Il assemble deux des quatre chaises, saisit ce "
"nombre dans le champ :guilabel:`Unités` de la vue de tablette et clique sur "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer la production`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
"Un ordre de fabrication en reliquat est créé pour les deux chaises "
"restantes. Sur le reliquat, l'ordre de travail *Peinture* est déjà marqué "
"comme :guilabel:`Terminé` et il ne reste plus que l'ordre de travail "
"*Assemblage* à terminer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Une fois les vis disponibles, l'employé chargé de la fabrication assemble "
"les chaises restantes et clique sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme fait et fermer "
"l'ordre de fabrication` pour terminer l'ordre de travail *Assemblage* et "
"fermer l'ordre de fabrication en reliquat."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "One-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement "
"of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory "
"counts still update based on the number of components used and products "
"manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not "
"tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, "
"allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change "
"the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select"
" a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three "
"options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and "
"then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and "
"then store products (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0
msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in "
"Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to "
":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing "
"<manufacturing/management/configure-manufacturing-product>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid "Create manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45
msgid ""
"If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| "
"can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the "
":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49
msgid ""
"After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and "
"operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations "
"are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the "
":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77
msgid "Process manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79
msgid ""
"An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from "
"the work order tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83
msgid "Basic workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that"
" work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at "
"the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the"
" manufactured product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107
msgid "Tablet view workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:116
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the "
":guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be "
"processed. This opens the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:119
msgid ""
"After opening the tablet view, Odoo *Manufacturing* automatically starts a "
"timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete. After "
"completing the work order, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the "
"top-right corner of the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:123
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` while there is at least one more work "
"order left to complete opens a page that lists the next work order. Click on"
" that work order to open it in the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:105
msgid ""
"Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark "
"as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`"
" to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done` and register the manufactured "
"product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:110
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed later by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "Gérer les nomenclatures pour les variantes de produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for "
"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple"
" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
msgid "Activate product variants"
msgstr "Activer des variantes de produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable"
" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the "
":doc:`product variants "
"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionner l'option \"Variantes\" dans les paramètres de l'application "
"Inventaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25
msgid "Create custom product attributes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product "
"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing "
"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. "
"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
msgid ""
"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the "
":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired "
"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants "
"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a "
"new value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45
msgid ""
"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` "
"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, "
"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering "
"a custom variant of a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0
msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` "
"to save the new attribute."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58
msgid "Add product variants on the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60
msgid ""
"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular "
"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To "
"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Variants` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add "
"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to "
"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add "
"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be "
"added to the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72
msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are "
"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, "
"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
msgstr "Appliquer des composants de nomenclature aux variantes de produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86
msgid ""
"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing "
"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills "
"of Materials` form to configure from scratch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90
msgid ""
"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-"
"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93
msgid ""
"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the "
":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and "
"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96
msgid ""
"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product"
" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific "
"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once "
"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`"
" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options "
"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
msgstr ""
"L'option \"Application aux variantes\" dans le menu des options "
"supplémentaires."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110
msgid ""
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
msgstr ""
"Chaque composant peut être assigné à plusieurs variantes. Les composants "
"pour lesquels aucune variante n'est définie sont utilisés dans toutes les "
"variantes du produit. Le même principe s'applique lors de la configuration "
"des opérations et des sous-produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114
msgid ""
"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component "
"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the"
" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* "
"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one "
"product variant."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123
msgid ""
"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which "
"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed "
"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the "
"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129
msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131
msgid ""
"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products"
" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new"
" quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135
msgid "Sell variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137
msgid ""
"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to "
"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a "
":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the"
" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green "
":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity "
"to sell and manufacture, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This "
"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where "
"available optional products will appear, if they have been created "
"previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create "
"and confirm a new sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162
msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click "
"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168
msgid ""
"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate "
"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant,"
" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional "
":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172
msgid ""
"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet "
"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175
msgid ""
"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation "
"progresses to complete the operation steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the "
"manufacturing order form to complete the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185
msgid ""
"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at "
"the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191
msgid ""
"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the "
":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to "
"invoice the customer for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Scrap during manufacturing"
msgstr "Rebuts pendant la fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5
msgid ""
"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components"
" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or "
"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason."
msgstr ""
"Au cours du processus de fabrication, il peut s'avérer nécessaire de mettre "
"au rebut des composants de fabrication ou des produits finis, par exemple si"
" un composant ou un produit est endommagé ou inutilisable pour toute autre "
"raison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from "
"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather"
" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in "
"physical inventory."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, la mise au rebut d'un composant ou d'un produit fini le retire "
"de l'inventaire physique et le place dans un emplacement virtuel intitulé "
"*Emplacements virtuels/Rebut*. Un emplacement virtuel n'est **pas** un "
"espace physique, mais plutôt une désignation dans Odoo qui est utilisée pour"
" suivre les articles qui ne se trouvent plus dans l'inventaire physique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be "
"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be"
" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the "
"manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *Fabrication* permet de mettre au rebut à la fois des composants et des"
" produits finis dans le cadre d'un ordre de fabrication. Le type spécifique "
"d'article qui peut être mis au rebut au cours d'un ordre de fabrication "
"dépend de l'étape du processus de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap` location."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher la quantité totale de chaque article mis au rebut, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`, puis "
"supprimez le filtre :guilabel:`Interne` de la barre "
":guilabel:`Rechercher...` pour afficher tous les emplacements virtuels. Dans"
" la liste, sélectionnez l'emplacement :guilabel:`Emplacements "
"virtuels/Rebut`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29
msgid "Scrap manufacturing components"
msgstr "Mise au rebut des composants de fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to"
" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a "
"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a"
" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"Pour mettre au rebut des composants au cours du processus de fabrication, "
"allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Ordres de fabrication`, puis "
"sélectionnez un ordre de fabrication ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour "
"en configurer un nouveau. Si un nouvel ordre de fabrication est créé, "
"sélectionnez un produit dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Produit`, puis "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` "
"pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
"Une fois l'ordre de fabrication confirmé, un bouton :guilabel:`Rebut` "
"apparaît en haut de la page. Cliquez sur le bouton et une fenêtre "
"contextuelle :guilabel:`Rebut` apparaît."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "Le bouton rebut sur un ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity"
" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap"
" the component."
msgstr ""
"Dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Produit` dans la fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Rebut`, sélectionnez le composant mis au rebut, puis saisissez la"
" quantité dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité`. Enfin, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Valider` pour mettre au rebut le composant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Scrap pop-up window."
msgstr "La fenêtre contextuelle de rebut."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52
msgid ""
"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the "
"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished "
"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product "
"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured."
msgstr ""
"Avant de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme fait` sur un ordre de "
"fabrication, seuls les composants du produit fini peuvent être mis au rebut,"
" **pas** le produit fini lui-même. C'est parce qu'Odoo reconnaît que le "
"produit fini ne peut pas être mis au rebut avant d'avoir été fabriqué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56
msgid ""
"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the "
"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock "
"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the "
"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir mis au rebut un composant, continuez le processus de fabrication"
" en utilisant la quantité requise du composant mis au rebut. Le stock "
"disponible pour le composant mis au rebut est mis à jour pour refléter à la "
"fois la quantité mise au rebut et la quantité consommée pendant la "
"fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two "
"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the "
"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to "
"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped."
msgstr ""
"Si la fabrication d'une table nécessite quatre unités d'un pied de table et "
"que deux unités d'un pied de table ont été mises au rebut au cours du "
"processus de fabrication, la quantité totale de pieds de table consommée "
"sera de six : quatre unités utilisées pour fabriquer la table, plus deux "
"unités mises au rebut."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66
msgid "Scrap components from tablet view"
msgstr "Mise au rebut de composants à partir de la vue de tablette"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68
msgid ""
"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do "
"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then "
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order."
msgstr ""
"Les composants peuvent également être mis au rebut à partir de la vue de "
"tablette de fabrication. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` sur un ordre de fabrication, puis cliquez sur "
"l'icône :guilabel:`📱 (vue tablette)` d'un ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order."
msgstr "L'icône de la vue tablette d'un ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left"
" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the "
":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then "
"appears."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la vue tablette est ouverte, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`☰ "
"(menu)` en haut à gauche de l'écran, puis sélectionnez le bouton "
":guilabel:`Rebut` dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Menu`. La fenêtre "
"contextuelle :guilabel:`Rebut` s'ouvre alors."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view."
msgstr ""
"Le bouton Rebut dans la fenêtre contextuelle Menu de la vue de tablette de "
"fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84
msgid ""
"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and "
"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click "
":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, sélectionnez un composant dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Produit` "
"et saisissez la quantité mise au rebut dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité`. "
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour mettre au rebut le composant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid "Scrap finished products"
msgstr "Mise au rebut des produits finis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90
msgid ""
"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing "
"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, "
"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
"window appear."
msgstr ""
"Odoo vous permet également de mettre au rebut des produits finis d'un ordre "
"de fabrication une fois que l'ordre est terminé. Après avoir cliqué sur "
":guilabel:`Marquer comme fait`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Rebut` pour"
" faire apparaître la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Rebut`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94
msgid ""
"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they"
" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, "
"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished "
"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product."
msgstr ""
"Étant donné que les composants ont été consommés pour créer le produit fini,"
" ils n'apparaissent plus dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Produit`. Le "
"produit fini sera disponible en tant qu'option. Sélectionnez le produit fini"
" et saisissez la quantité à mettre au rebut dans le champ "
":guilabel:`Quantité`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour mettre au rebut "
"le produit fini."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99
msgid ""
"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to "
"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during "
"manufacturing."
msgstr ""
"Le stock disponible pour le produit mis au rebut sera mis à jour pour "
"refléter à la fois la quantité mise à rebut et la quantité produite au cours"
" de la fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped "
"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair "
"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped."
msgstr ""
"Si cinq unités d'une chaise ont été fabriquées, mais deux unités ont été "
"mises au rebut après la fabrication, le stock disponible de la chaise "
"augmentera de trois unités : cinq unités fabriquées moins deux unités mises "
"au rebut."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3
msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a"
" single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, "
"it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple "
"units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple "
"units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As "
"a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order"
" contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17
msgid "Split manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19
msgid ""
"To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the "
":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears "
"with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for "
"the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up "
"window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of "
"manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then "
"click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new "
"manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the "
":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will "
"be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split "
"into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` "
"field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the "
"reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48
msgid ""
"Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The "
"reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, "
"*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52
msgid "Merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54
msgid ""
"To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating "
"the checkbox to the left of the name of each order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid ""
"Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for"
" each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the "
":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select "
":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69
msgid ""
"The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The "
"reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential "
"number that has *not* already been assigned to an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73
msgid ""
"The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. "
"Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a"
" single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by "
"the merger is *WH/MO/00013*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the "
"merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged "
"are listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81
msgid ""
"Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create "
"*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* "
"and *WH/MO/00010*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr "Gérer des produits semi-finis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""
"Un *produit semi-fini*, également connu comme un *sous-ensemble*, est un "
"produit fabriqué qui est utilisé comme composant dans la nomenclature d'un "
"autre produit. Les produits semi-finis sont utilisés pour simplifier les "
"nomenclatures plus complexes ou pour représenter plus précisément un flux de"
" fabrication. Une nomenclature qui contient des produits semi-finis est "
"appelée *nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux*, où l'on distingue le *produit de"
" niveau supérieur* et ses sous-ensembles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr "Configurer des produits semi-finis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer une nomenclature à plusieurs niveaux, le produit de niveau "
"supérieur et les produits semi-finis doivent être configurés. La première "
"étape consiste donc à créer les produits semi-finis et leurs nomenclatures."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr "Une nomenclature d'un produit semi-fini."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr "Créer la nomenclature de niveau supérieur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois les produits semi-finis entièrement configurés, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> Produits`. Ensuite, "
":guilabel:`créez` le produit de niveau supérieur. Configurez les "
"spécifications du produit comme vous le souhaitez et assurez-vous de "
":guilabel:`Enregistrer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""
"Une fois le produit de niveau supérieur configuré, cliquez sur le bouton "
"intelligent :guilabel:`Nomenclature` sur la fiche produit et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nomenclature pour le produit de niveau "
"supérieur. Il suffit ensuite d'ajouter les produits semi-finis à cette "
"nomenclature, ainsi que tout autre composant nécessaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid ""
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""
"Une nomenclature pour un produit de niveau supérieur, contenant un composant"
" de sous-ensemble."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr "Gérer la planification de la production"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"Il existe plusieurs méthodes pour gérer l'automatisation de l'ordre de "
"fabrication pour les produits ayant des nomenclatures à plusieurs niveaux."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""
"Les produits semi-finis sont généralement utilisés pour gérer des produits "
"pouvant être fabriqués avec des nomenclatures à plusieurs niveaux. Si une "
"nomenclature est créée simplement pour organiser des composants ou regrouper"
" des produits vendables, l'utilisation des :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` est "
"l'option la plus appropriée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""
"Pour automatiquement déclencher des ordres de fabrication pour des produits "
"semi-finis après avoir confirmé un ordre de fabrication pour le produit "
"principal, il existe deux options :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""
"**Option 1 (recommandée) :** Créez des *règles de réassort* pour les "
"produits semi-finis et fixez à la fois les quantités minimales et maximales "
"de stock souhaitées à `0`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""
"**Option 2 :** Activez les routes :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande "
"(MTO)` et :guilabel:`Fabriquer` sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` de la "
"fiche produit des produits semi-finis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"L'option 1 est plus souple que l'option 2 et est donc recommandée. Les "
"règles de réassort ne relient pas directement la demande au réassort et "
"permettent donc de ne pas réserver les stocks et de les réorienter vers "
"d'autres commandes si nécessaire. La route Réapprovisionnement sur commande "
"(MTO) crée un lien unique entre les produits semi-finis et les produits de "
"niveau supérieur, en réservant exclusivement les quantités pour l'ordre de "
"fabrication de niveau supérieur confirmé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""
"Quelle que soit la méthode choisie, les produits semi-finis doivent être "
"entièrement fabriqués avant que la fabrication du produit de niveau "
"supérieur puisse commencer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr "Un ordre de fabrication pour un produit de niveau supérieur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
msgstr "Sous-traiter votre fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
msgstr ""
"L'externalisation d'une partie ou de la totalité des besoins de votre "
"société en matière de fabrication n'est pas chose aisée. Pour que cela "
"fonctionne, vous devez :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
msgstr "Gérer l'inventaire des manières premières chez votre sous-traitant "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
msgstr "Expédier les matières premières à vos sous-traitants, au bon moment"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
msgstr "Contrôler la qualité des marchandises entrantes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
msgstr "Contrôler les factures des sous-traitants"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
msgid ""
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
msgstr ""
"Voici un exemple de la sous-traitance de la fabrication de \"C\", produit à "
"partir des matières premières \"A\" et \"B\"."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
msgid ""
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
msgstr ""
"Grâce à sa fonctionnalité de sous-traitance MRP, Odoo vous aide à gérer ce "
"flux facilement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
msgid ""
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser la fonctionnalité de sous-traitance, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la "
"case *Sous-traitance*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
msgid ""
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""
"Pour définir si un produit doit être sous-traité, utilisez une "
"*nomenclature* de type *sous-traitance*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
"directly from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une nouvelle *nomenclature*, allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication "
"--> Produits --> Nomenclature` et cliquez sur créer. Listez ensuite les "
"composants dont votre sous-traitant a besoin pour fabriquer le produit. Afin"
" de calculer les coûts, vous pouvez enregistrer tous les composants, même "
"ceux qui proviennent directement du sous-traitant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
msgid ""
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
" subcontractors."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez défini le *type de nomenclature* sur *sous-"
"traitance*, indiquez un ou plusieurs sous-traitants."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
msgstr "Flux de sous-traitance de base"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
msgid ""
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
msgstr ""
"Pour indiquer à votre sous-traitant le nombre de produits dont vous avez "
"besoin, créez et envoyez-lui des bons de commande. Pour ce faire, accédez à "
"l'application *Achats* et créez un nouveau bon de commande. Veillez à "
"envoyer le bon de commande à un fournisseur qui est défini comme sous-"
"traitant sur la *nomenclature* de ces produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois le *bon de commande* validé (1), une réception en attente est "
"créée. À la réception des produits, validez la réception (2), avec la "
"quantité réelle reçue. En conséquence, Odoo fait les choses suivantes pour "
"vous :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
msgstr ""
"Consomme les composants respectifs chez le sous-traitant, selon la "
"*nomenclature* et votre entrée (3) ;"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
msgstr "Produit les produits finis chez le sous-traitant (4) ;"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
"validated receipt (5)."
msgstr ""
"Transfère les produits de l'emplacement de sous-traitance à votre entreprise"
" YourCompany par le biais de la réception validée (5)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
"materials used."
msgstr ""
"Le *bon de commande* est optionnel. Si vous créez une réception "
"manuellement, avec le bon sous-traitant, Odoo effectue quand même tous les "
"déplacements. Cela peut être utile si le sous-traitant ne facture pas un "
"prix fixe par article, mais plutôt le temps et les matériaux utilisés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "Valorisation des stocks"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
msgstr "Le coût du produit fabriqué \"C\" est défini comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
msgstr "**C = A + B + s**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "With:"
msgstr "Avec :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
msgstr "**A** : Coût des matières premières venant de YourCompany ;"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
msgstr "**B** : Coût des matières premières venant directement du"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "subcontractor;"
msgstr "sous-traitant ;"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
msgstr "**s** : Coût du service sous-traité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
msgid ""
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
"Location*."
msgstr ""
"L'envoi de matières premières à vos sous-traitants (**A**) n'a pas "
"d'incidence sur la valorisation des stocks, car les composants sont toujours"
" valorisés comme faisant partie de votre stock. Cette situation est gérée en"
" faisant de l'*emplacement de sous-traitance* un *emplacement interne*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
msgid ""
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
" accounting."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, le prix fournisseur défini sur la fiche du produit C doit "
"correspondre à ce qui doit être payé au sous-traitant pour ses pièces et son"
" temps de service : **B + s**. Le coût du produit doit être : **A + B + s**,"
" c'est-à-dire la valeur du produit dans la comptabilité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
msgid ""
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, la facture du sous-traitant correspond au bon de commande, avec le "
"prix proposé pour les produits finis C."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
msgid ""
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
msgstr ""
"S'il n'est pas nécessaire de gérer le réassort des matières premières **B** "
"chez votre sous-traitant, il suffit d'inclure le coût de **B** dans le prix "
"du sous-traitant **s** et de supprimer les produits **B** de la "
"*nomenclature*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
"Si les produits reçus du sous-traitant contiennent des composants trackés, "
"leurs numéros de série ou de lot doivent être précisés lors de la réception."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
msgid ""
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce cas, lors de la réception du produit sous-traité, un bouton "
"*Enregistrer les composants* apparaît. Cliquez dessus pour ouvrir une boîte "
"de dialogue et enregistrez les numéros de série/lot des composants. Si le "
"produit fini est également suivi, son numéro de série/lot peut également "
"être enregistré ici."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
msgid ""
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
msgstr ""
"À des fins d'audit, il est possible de vérifier les numéros de lot "
"enregistrés sur une réception en utilisant l'icône située à droite des "
"produits finis :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
msgid ""
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
"receiving your final product."
msgstr ""
"Notez également que si la consommation flexible a été sélectionnée sur la "
"nomenclature sous-traitée pour un produit non suivi, l'option "
"d'enregistrement des composants apparaîtra de manière optionnelle sur chaque"
" ligne, si vous voulez enregistrer plus ou moins de consommation de "
"composants à l'emplacement de sous-traitance, lors de la réception de votre "
"produit fini."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
msgid ""
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
"line hamburger menus."
msgstr ""
"Comme vous pouvez le constater, la réception de ces deux produits non "
"trackés peut être effectuée en sélectionnant l'option 'Définir les "
"quantités' ou via le menu hamburger des lignes de mouvement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
msgstr "Automatiser le réapprovisionnement des sous-traitants"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
msgid ""
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
msgstr ""
"Il existe deux façons d'automatiser l'approvisionnement en matières "
"premières de vos sous-traitants lors de l'achat du produit fini. La méthode "
"choisie dépend du fait que vous souhaitiez ou non que les matériaux passent "
"par votre entrepôt. Ces deux méthodes sont décrites comme des mécanismes de "
"type 'tirer', car leur déclencheur est le bon de commande initial du sous-"
"traitant, qui crée un besoin de manières premières à l'emplacement de sous-"
"traitance."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
msgid ""
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
"route should also be activated."
msgstr ""
"Si vous fournissez des matières premières à votre sous-traitant à partir de "
"votre propre entrepôt, vous devez activer la route 'Réapprovisionner le "
"sous-traitant sur demande' comme indiqué ci-dessous. S'il s'agit d'un "
"composant que vous achetez auprès d'un fournisseur, la route 'Acheter' doit "
"également être activée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
msgid ""
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
msgstr ""
"Désormais, si vous souhaitiez que votre fournisseur approvisionne "
"directement votre sous-traitant, vous devez choisir l'option 'Sous-traitant "
"dropship sur commande'. Pour que cette option soit active sur la fiche "
"produit, vous devez d'abord activer l'option de dropshipping dans "
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Dropshipping`. "
"Une fois que la commande auprès du sous-traitant est validée, cette route "
"créera une demande de prix de dropshipping de votre fournisseur à ce sous-"
"traitant. Vous n'avez plus qu'à l'examiner et le valider."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
msgid ""
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
"is a buy route already."
msgstr ""
"Notez que la route 'Acheter' n'est pas sélectionnée dans ce cas, car la "
"route 'dropshipping' est déjà une route d'achat."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
msgid ""
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
"locations`."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, si vous souhaitiez tracker le stock de ces matières premières à vos "
"emplacements de sous-traitance, vous devez activer l'option *Routes en "
"plusieurs étapes* dans :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres --> Emplacements de stockage`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
msgstr ""
"À partir du formulaire de l'emplacement, vous pouvez accéder au Stock "
"actuel."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
msgstr "Réassort manuel"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également choisir de réapprovisionner vos sous-traitants "
"manuellement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
msgid ""
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
"you are delivering to."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voulez envoyer des composants à votre sous-traitant à votre "
"convenance, sélectionnez le type d'opération 'Réapprovisionner le sous-"
"traitant' à partir du module *Inventaire* et créez un transfert en précisant"
" à quel sous-traitant vous livrez."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
" the delivery address."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également demander à votre fournisseur de réapprovisionner le "
"sous-traitant en créant un bon de commande de type dropshipping, en "
"définissant votre sous-traitant en tant qu'adresse de livraison."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Three-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick "
"components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished "
"products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of "
"components removed, and finished products created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57
msgid "Process pick components transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58
msgid ""
"After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the "
":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: "
"*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store "
"finished products transfer)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the "
"|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the "
"locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to "
"manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64
msgid ""
"After transferring the components out of their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69
msgid ""
"Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` "
"breadcrumb at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark "
"as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`"
" to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured "
"product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final work order while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the"
" |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140
msgid "Process finished product transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142
msgid ""
"After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page "
"by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This "
"time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products "
"transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products "
"from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they "
"are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147
msgid ""
"After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Two-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not "
"generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. "
"Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, "
"but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59
msgid ""
"After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components "
"transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of "
"components from the locations where they are stored to the location where "
"they are used to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then select the :guilabel:`📱"
" (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This "
"opens the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
msgstr "Utiliser le programme directeur de production"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7
msgid ""
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
"production based on your demand forecast."
msgstr ""
"Le programme directeur de production (PDP) est un outil précieux pour "
"planifier votre production sur la base de vos prévisions de demande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
msgstr ""
"Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres` et activez la fonctionnalité Programme directeur de production "
"avant de cliquer sur Enregistrer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17
msgid ""
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
msgstr ""
"Dans les paramètres du PDP, vous pouvez définir la page de temps de votre "
"PDP (mensuel/hebdomadaire/quotidien) et le nombre de périodes que vous "
"voulez afficher à tout moment."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
msgstr ""
"Allez à présent à :menuselection:`Planning --> Programme directeur de "
"production` et cliquez sur *Ajouter un produit*. Vous pouvez définir le "
"stock de sécurité (= le stock disponible à la fin de la période) et les "
"quantités minimales et maximales qui peuvent ou doivent être "
"réapprovisionnées dans chaque période."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
"to hide rows if you like."
msgstr ""
"Dans la vue PDP, vous pouvez décider quelles informations vous voulez "
"afficher en cliquant sur *lignes*. Par exemple, la *demande réelle* vous "
"montrera quelle quantité de produits a déjà été commandée pour la période, "
"ou le *disponible à promettre*, ce qui peut encore être vendu pendant cette "
"même période (ce que vous prévoyez de réapprovisionner - ce qui est déjà "
"vendu pendant la période). Vous pouvez également décider de masquer les "
"lignes si vous le voulez."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
msgstr "Estimer votre demande et lancer le réassort "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40
msgid ""
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
"components."
msgstr ""
"La prochaine étape consiste à estimer la demande pour la période choisie. "
"Cela se fait dans la ligne *Demande prévue*. À tout moment, vous pouvez "
"comparer la demande prévue avec la demande actuelle (= ventes confirmées). "
"La demande prévue pour un produit fini aura une incidence sur la demande "
"indirecte de ses composants."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la demande prévue fixée, la quantité à réapprovisionner pour les "
"différentes périodes sera automatiquement calculée. Les réassorts que vous "
"êtes censé lancer en fonction de vos délais (délai fournisseur ou délai de "
"fabrication) sont alors affichés en vert. Vous pouvez à présent lancer le "
"réassort en cliquant sur le bouton Réapprovisionner."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54
msgid ""
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
msgstr ""
"En fonction de la configuration du produit (acheter ou fabrication), des "
"demandes de prix ou des ordres de fabrication seront créés. Vous pouvez "
"facilement y accéder en cliquant sur la cellule *Réassort réel*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61
msgid ""
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
"cross."
msgstr ""
"Si vous modifiez manuellement la quantité de *réassort suggéré*, une petite "
"croix apparaîtra à gauche de la cellule. Si vous souhaitiez revenir à la "
"valeur calculée automatiquement par Odoo, cliquez simplement sur la croix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
msgid "Cells color signification"
msgstr "Signification de la couleur de la cellule"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69
msgid ""
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
"different colors depending on the situation:"
msgstr ""
"Les cellules, qui font partie de la ligne de *réassort suggéré*, peuvent "
"prendre différentes couleurs en fonction de la situation :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
"demand forecast."
msgstr ""
"**Vert** : quantité de produits qui devraient être réapprovisionnés pour "
"atteindre le stock de sécurité prévu en tenant compte de la demande prévue "
"et de la prévision de la demande indirecte."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"still matches current data."
msgstr ""
"**Gris** : l'ordre de réassort a déjà été généré et sa quantité correspond "
"toujours aux données actuelles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"was too high considering current data."
msgstr ""
"**Rouge** : l'ordre de réassort a déjà été généré et sa quantité était trop "
"élevée par rapport aux données actuelles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
msgid ""
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
" was too low considering current data."
msgstr ""
"**Orange** : l'ordre de réassort a déjà été généré et sa quantité était trop"
" faible par rapport aux données actuelles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80
msgid ""
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
msgstr ""
"La ligne de *stock prévu* peut également contenir des cellules rouges, ce "
"qui signifie que le stock sera négatif au cours de la période concernée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
msgstr "Que faire si j'ai sous-estimé la demande ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86
msgid ""
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
"replenishment."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez toujours augmenter la prévision de la demande. Cela aura un "
"impact sur la quantité à réapprovisionner. La cellule devient orange et vous"
" pourrez lancer un nouveau réassort."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
msgstr "Que faire si j'ai surestimé la demande ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93
msgid ""
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez diminuer la prévision de la demande. La cellule devient rouge "
"pour vous informer que vous avez commandé plus que prévu. Si pouvez encore "
"le faire, vous pouvez annuler manuellement une demande de prix ou un ordre "
"de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
msgstr "Que faire si j'ai ajouté par erreur un produit au PDP ?"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez facilement supprimer un produit du PDP en cliquant sur l'icône "
"de la petite poubelle à côté de son nom."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
msgstr "Gérer les ordres de travail en utilisant les postes de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
" Work Orders`."
msgstr ""
"Odoo Fabrication permet d'exécuter des ordres de travail à des postes de "
"travail spécifiques. Lorsqu'un ordre de fabrication est créé pour un "
"produit, tout ordre de travail répertorié dans l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Opérations` de la nomenclature du produit sera automatiquement "
"créé et assigné au poste de travail précisé. Les ordres de travail peuvent "
"être gérés dans le module :guilabel:`Fabrication` en sélectionnant "
":menuselection:`Opérations --> Ordres de travail`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
msgstr ""
"Pour utiliser les postes de travail, la fonctionnalité des :guilabel:`Ordres"
" de travail` doit d'abord être activée. Pour ce faire, allez au module "
":guilabel:`Fabrication`, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Paramètres` et cochez la case à côté d':guilabel:`ordres de travail`. Les "
"postes de travail peuvent ensuite être créés et gérés en sélectionnant "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Postes de travail`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
msgid "Create a work center"
msgstr "Créer un poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Dans le module :guilabel:`Fabrication`, sélectionnez "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Postes de travail --> Créer`. Le "
"formulaire du poste de travail peut ensuite être complété comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Nom du poste de travail` : donnez un nom court au poste de "
"travail qui décrit le type d'opérations pour lesquelles il sera utilisé"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Postes de travail alternatifs` : précisez un poste de travail "
"alternatif où les opérations peuvent être réalisées si le poste de travail "
"principal n'est pas disponible"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Code` : assignez un code de référence au poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
"can be in use each week"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Heures de travail` : définissez le nombre d'heures pendant "
"lesquelles le poste de travail peut être utilisé chaque semaine"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Société` : sélectionnez la société à laquelle le poste de travail"
" appartient"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
msgstr "Un exemple d'un formulaire de poste de travail entièrement configuré"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
msgstr "Définir des normes de productivité pour les postes de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
msgstr ""
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Informations générales` du formulaire du poste de "
"travail permet d'assigner des objectifs de productivité à un poste de "
"travail :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
"minutes"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Efficacité temporelle` : utilisée pour calculer la durée prévue "
"d'un ordre de travail au poste de travail ; par exemple, si un ordre de "
"travail prend normalement une heure et l'efficacité est de 200 %, l'ordre de"
" travail prendra 30 minutes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
"work center simultaneously"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Capacité` : le nombre d'opérations qui peuvent être effectuées en"
" même temps au poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Objectif TRS` : l'objectif d'efficacité du poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Temps avant prod.` : temps de préparation requis avant que le "
"travail puisse commencer"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
"is finished"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Temps après prod.` : temps d'arrêt ou de nettoyage nécessaire "
"après la fin du travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
"hour"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Coût par heure` : le coût de fonctionnement du poste de travail "
"pendant une heure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
"should be recorded"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Compte analytique` : le compte où le coût du poste de travail "
"doit être enregistré"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""
"L'onglet des informations générales du formulaire du poste de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
msgstr "Affecter un équipement à un poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60
msgid ""
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
msgstr ""
"L'onglet :guilabel:`Équipement` permet d'affecter des équipements "
"spécifiques à un poste de travail. Les informations suivantes seront "
"affichées pour chaque équipement ajouté :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de l'équipement` : le nom de l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
"equipment"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Technicien` : le technicien responsable de la maintenance de "
"l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Catégorie d'équipement` : la catégorie à laquelle l'équipement "
"appartient"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`MTBF` : temps moyen entre défaillances ; le temps moyen pendant "
"lequel l'équipement fonctionnera avant de tomber en panne"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
"equipment to become fully operational again"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`MTTR` : temps moyen de réparation ; le temps moyen nécessaire "
"pour que l'équipement soit à nouveau opérationnel"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
"failure will occur"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Estimation de la prochaine défaillance` : une estimation de la "
"date de la prochaine défaillance de l'équipement"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
msgstr "L'onglet équipement du formulaire du poste de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
msgstr ""
"Le :guilabel:`MTBF`, le :guilabel:`MTTR`, et l':guilabel:`Estimation de la "
"prochaine défaillance` sont calculés automatiquement en fonction de la date "
"de la dernière défaillance, s'il y en a eu une."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
msgstr "Intégrer des appareils IoT"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
msgstr ""
"L'onglet des :guilabel:`Déclencheurs IoT` permet d'intégrer des appareils "
":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` à un poste de travail :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Appareil` : précise l'appareil IoT à déclencher"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Clé` : la clé de sécurité de l'appareil"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Action` : l'action de l'appareil IoT déclenchée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
msgstr "L'onglet des déclencheurs IoT du formulaire du poste de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
msgstr "Cas d'utilisation : configurer un poste de travail alternatif"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99
msgid ""
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
"carried out."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un poste de travail est à pleine capacité, il ne peut pas accepter de"
" nouveaux ordres de travail. Au lieu d'attendre que le poste de travail se "
"libère, il est possible de déterminer un poste de travail alternatif où les "
"ordres de travail excédentaires doivent être exécutés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
msgstr ""
"Commencez par créer un nouveau poste de travail. Configurez l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Équipement` de manière à ce qu'il dispose des mêmes équipements "
"du poste de travail principal. Cela permettra de s'assurer que les mêmes "
"tâches peuvent être réalisées dans les deux postes de travail. Allez au "
"poste de travail principal et incluez le nouveau poste de travail dans le "
"champ de sélection :guilabel:`Postes de travail alternatifs` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
"top left of the form."
msgstr ""
"Créez maintenant un nouvel ordre de fabrication qui utilise le poste de "
"travail principal pour l'une de ses opérations. Le poste de travail "
"principal sera automatiquement sélectionné pour l'opération dans l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Postes de travail`. Après avoir confirmé l'ordre de fabrication, "
"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Programmer` qui apparaît en haut à gauche "
"du formulaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le bouton programmer pour sélectionner automatiquement un poste "
"de travail disponible."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""
"Si le poste de travail principal est à pleine capacité, le poste de travail "
"sélectionné pour l'opération est automatiquement remplacé par le poste de "
"travail alternatif."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
msgstr "Le poste de travail alternatif est sélectionné automatiquement."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
msgstr "Contrôler les performances d'un poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
"at the top right of the form:"
msgstr ""
"Les performances d'un poste de travail individuel peuvent être visualisées "
"en sélectionnant :menuselection:`Configuration --> Postes de travail` et en "
"cliquant sur un poste de travail. Diverses mesures indiquant les "
"performances d'un poste de travail peuvent être affichées en haut à droite "
"du formulaire :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
"the work center has been fully productive"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`TRS` : taux de rendement synthétique, le pourcentage de temps "
"pendant lequel le poste de travail a été pleinement productif"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Perdu` : le temps perdu en raison des arrêts de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
"workload"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Charge` : le temps nécessaire à l'exécution de la charge de "
"travail actuelle"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
"percentage of the expected duration"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Performances` : la durée réelle du temps de travail, exprimée en "
"pourcentage de la durée prévue"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
msgstr "Rendre les postes de travail indisponibles à l'aide de Congés"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
"operational again."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, les *postes de travail* sont utilisés pour exécuter des "
"opérations de fabrication à des emplacements spécifiques. Cependant, si un "
"poste de travail ne peut pas être utilisé pour une raison quelconque, les "
"ordres de travail commencent à s'empiler sur le poste de travail jusqu'à ce "
"qu'il est de nouveau opérationnel."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9
msgid ""
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that "
"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work "
"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that "
"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is "
"available again."
msgstr ""
"Par conséquent, il est nécessaire de rendre le poste de travail indisponible"
" dans Odoo pour que la plateforme envoie les nouveaux ordres de travail à "
"d'autres postes de travail qui sont opérationnels. Grâce à l'application "
"*Congés* d'Odoo, il est possible de rendre un poste de travail indisponible "
"pendant une certaine période. Cela garantit que les opérations de "
"fabrication peuvent continuer jusqu'à ce que le poste de travail impacté est"
" de nouveau disponible."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17
msgid ""
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`"
" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""
"Avant qu'un poste de travail peut être désigné comme indisponible, la "
"plateforme Odoo doit d'abord être configurée correctement. Tout d'abord, il "
"est nécessaire d'activer le :ref:`mode développeur <developer-mode>`. Cette "
"opération permet d'afficher le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Congés` dans la"
" fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Heures de travail` sur chaque poste de "
"travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22
msgid ""
"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to "
"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`"
" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading."
msgstr ""
"Activez le mode développeur en allant aux :menuselection:`Paramètres`, "
"faites défiler jusqu'en bas de la page et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Activer le "
"mode développeur` dans l'en-tête :guilabel:`Outils développeur`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button."
msgstr "Le bouton \"Activer le mode développeur\"."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29
msgid ""
"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time "
"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. "
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module "
"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green "
":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, installez l'application *Congés*. Il s'agit de l'application "
"utilisée pour assigner des congés à toutes les ressources dans Odoo, y "
"compris les employés et les postes de travail. Allez aux "
":menuselection:`Apps`, puis saisissez `Congés` dans la barre "
":guilabel:`Rechercher...`. La carte du module :guilabel:`Congés` devrait "
"être la seule à apparaître sur la page. Cliquez sur le bouton vert "
":guilabel:`Installer` sur la carte pour installer l'application."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Time Off module installation card."
msgstr "La carte d'installation du module Congés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39
msgid ""
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable"
" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If"
" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away "
"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue."
msgstr ""
"La dernière étape est de correctement configurer les postes de travail. Pour"
" ce flux de travail, il est nécessaire d'avoir au moins deux postes de "
"travail : un qui est rendu indisponible et un deuxième qui reçoit les ordres"
" de travail que l'autre poste ne peut pas accepter. Si le deuxième poste de "
"travail n'est pas configuré, Odoo ne peut pas acheminer les ordres de "
"travail depuis le poste de travail indisponible et ils s'empileront dans sa "
"file d'attente."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44
msgid ""
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un poste de travail, allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> "
"Configuration --> Postes de travail --> Créer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47
msgid ""
"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one "
"work center can also be performed at the other."
msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que les deux postes de travail ont le même équipement "
"répertorié dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Équipement`. Cela permet d'assurer que "
"les opérations effectuées dans un poste de travail peuvent également être "
"réalisées dans l'autre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form."
msgstr "L'onglet équipement d'un formulaire de poste de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54
msgid ""
"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work "
"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo "
"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is "
"unavailable for any reason."
msgstr ""
"Pour le poste de travail qui sera rendu indisponible, sélectionnez le "
"deuxième poste de travail dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Postes de "
"travail alternatifs`. Odoo sait maintenant qu'il faut envoyer les ordres de "
"travail au deuxième poste de travail lorsque le premier est indisponible "
"pour quelle que raison que ce soit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
msgstr ""
"Un formulaire de poste de travail configuré avec un poste de travail "
"alternatif."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
msgstr "Ajouter des congés pour un poste de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65
msgid ""
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work "
"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and "
"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the "
":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"Une fois la configuration terminée, vous pouvez assigner des congés au poste"
" de travail qui sera rendu indisponible. Allez à :menuselection:`Fabrication"
" --> Configuration --> Postes de travail` et sélectionnez le poste de "
"travail affecté. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et ensuite sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`↗ (lien externe)` à côté du menu déroulant :guilabel:`Heures de "
"travail`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
msgstr ""
"Le bouton \"Lien externe\" des heures de travail sur le formulaire du poste "
"de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74
msgid ""
"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard "
"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other "
"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a "
":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be "
"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
msgstr ""
"Une fenêtre contextuelle intitulée :guilabel:`Ouvrir : Heures de travail` "
"s'ouvre. Les heures de travail standards pour le poste de travail y sont "
"répertoriées, ainsi que d'autres informations. Puisque le mode développeur "
"est activé, un bouton :guilabel:`Congés` se trouve dans le coin supérieur "
"droit de la fenêtre contextuelle. Cliquez dessus pour être redirigé vers la "
"page :guilabel:`Congés des ressources`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up."
msgstr "Le bouton Congés sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Heures de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On"
" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the "
":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End"
" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be "
"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is "
"logged in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Sur cette page, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour configurer une nouvelle "
"entrée de congés. Sur le formulaire des congés, notez le :guilabel:`Motif` "
"de la fermeture du poste de travail (défaillance, maintenance, etc.), "
"définissez la :guilabel:`Ressource` sur le poste de travail affecté, et "
"choisissez une :guilabel:`Date de début` et une :guilabel:`Date de fin` pour"
" préciser la période pendant laquelle le poste de travail ne sera pas "
"disponible. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` et l'inactivité du poste de "
"travail est enregistrée dans Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
msgstr "Le formulaire \"Congés des ressources\"."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94
msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center"
msgstr "Acheminer les ordres vers un poste de travail alternatif"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96
msgid ""
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button."
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un poste de travail se trouve dans la période d'inactivité "
"précisée, les ordres de travail qui lui sont envoyés peuvent être "
"automatiquement acheminés vers un autre poste de travail à l'aide du bouton "
":guilabel:`Programmer`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting "
":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the "
"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the work order."
msgstr ""
"Commencez par créer un nouvel ordre de fabrication en sélectionnant "
":menuselection:`Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication --> Créer`. Sur le "
"formulaire de l'ordre de fabrication, précisez un :guilabel:`Produit` qui "
"utilise le poste de travail indisponible pour l'une de ses opérations. "
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer l'ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104
msgid ""
"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By "
"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work "
"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top "
"left of the page."
msgstr ""
"Sur l'ordre de travail confirmé, sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Ordres de "
"travail`. Par défaut, le poste de travail indisponible est indiqué dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Poste de travail`. Vous trouverez également un bouton "
"vert :guilabel:`Programmer` dans le coin supérieur gauche de la page."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "Le bouton Programmer sur un ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work "
"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Programmer` et le poste de travail répertorié dans "
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Ordres de travail` est automatiquement remplacé par le "
"poste de travail alternatif."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid ""
"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan "
"button."
msgstr ""
"Le poste de travail sélectionné est mis à jour automatiquement après avoir "
"cliqué sur le bouton Programmer."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative "
"work center unless the first one is at capacity."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que la période d'inactivité du poste de travail indisponible prend "
"fin, Odoo reconnaît que le poste de travail est de nouveau disponible. À ce "
"stade, le fait de cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Programmer` n'achemine "
"pas les ordres de travail vers un poste de travail alternatif, à moins que "
"le premier ne soit à plein régime."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3
msgid "Work order dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7
msgid ""
"When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be "
"completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried"
" out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order "
"dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill"
" of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur "
"first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable "
"it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is "
"not already active."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work "
"Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24
msgid "Add dependencies to BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26
msgid ""
"Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials "
"<manufacturing/management/bill-configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, "
"click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field "
"appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, "
"click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` "
"pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the "
"pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*"
" the operation that is blocked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60
msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63
msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65
msgid ""
"Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo "
"*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on "
"their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order "
"dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a "
"|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that "
"are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the "
":guilabel:`Status` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79
msgid ""
"Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting "
"for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, "
"the tag updates to `Ready`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86
msgid ""
"To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and "
"time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period "
"specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that "
"precedes it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has "
"two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of"
" 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 "
"pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut "
"operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is "
"scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106
msgid "Planning by workcenter"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108
msgid ""
"To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This"
" page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112
msgid ""
"If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order "
"that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking"
" it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the "
"blocking operation to the blocked operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5
msgid "Shop Floor"
msgstr "Atelier"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3
msgid "Shop Floor overview"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. "
"*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders"
" (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the "
"amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It "
"cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the "
"*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22
msgid ""
"To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section "
"at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26
msgid ""
"To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on "
":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "Navigation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32
msgid ""
"*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected "
"from the navigation bar at the top of the module:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and "
"displays information cards for |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37
msgid ""
"Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards "
"for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be "
"toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the "
"navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that "
"appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned"
" to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on "
"the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to"
" the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each "
"work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47
msgid ""
"To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply "
"search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at "
"the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching "
"between the different module views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the"
" employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to "
"sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of"
" which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the "
":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or "
"off."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61
msgid "All page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every "
"|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it "
"has been confirmed, and all required components are available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the "
":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it "
"from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71
msgid "MO information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73
msgid ""
"An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with "
"options for processing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76
msgid ""
"The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of"
" units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun"
" on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has "
"begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for"
" an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status "
"updates to :guilabel:`To Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82
msgid ""
"The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if"
" any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. "
"Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of "
"title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button "
"that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87
msgid ""
"Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. "
"To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`"
" field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the"
" line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created "
"for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for "
"10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records"
" that 10 units were produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97
msgid ""
"The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. "
"This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if "
"there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work "
"orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. "
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any "
"required quality checks can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade "
"away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card "
"disappears completely, the work order is closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they "
"are found to be defective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121
msgid "Work center pages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123
msgid ""
"By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for "
"every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is "
"considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, "
"and any preceding work orders have been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of "
"readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` "
"filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132
msgid "Work order information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134
msgid ""
"A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees "
"with options for processing the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137
msgid ""
"The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that"
" the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being "
"produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the"
" work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, "
"the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order "
"has been worked on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142
msgid ""
"The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to "
"complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on "
"the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears."
" Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line "
"automatically marks the step as completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147
msgid ""
"Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`"
" line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the"
" step for the associated |MO| card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152
msgid ""
"If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a "
":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order "
"card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and "
"the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the"
" quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work "
"orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and "
"causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is "
"assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the"
" work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears"
" on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain "
"open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is "
"marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a "
"different work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a "
"change to the work order's instructions or steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be "
"filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185
msgid "Operator panel"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187
msgid ""
"The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the"
" *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every "
"employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191
msgid ""
"To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's "
"name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with "
"their names and profile pictures greyed-out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194
msgid ""
"When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working "
"on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is "
"working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under "
"their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199
msgid ""
"To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add "
"Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from "
"the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202
msgid ""
"To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the "
":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed "
"in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8
msgid "Product lifecycle management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for"
" testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept "
"development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support "
"stages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14
msgid ""
"With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3
msgid "Change management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10
msgid "ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12
msgid ""
"An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize "
"and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type"
" separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and "
"stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17
msgid ""
"For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product "
"Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware "
"Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in "
"the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding "
"unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23
msgid "Create ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25
msgid ""
"To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Configuration --> ECO Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28
msgid ""
"Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO"
" Types` form, fill in the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the"
" |ECOs| of this *type* in a project."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted "
"to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage "
"of this |ECO| type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related "
"|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field "
"generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email "
"address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Example of an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46
msgid "Edit ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48
msgid ""
"Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click "
"on the desired |ECO| type from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and "
":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57
msgid "Stages"
msgstr "Étapes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59
msgid ""
"Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to "
"identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be "
"applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that "
"changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews "
"and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by "
"enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on"
" a production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68
msgid ""
"For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which "
"is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores "
"|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next "
"production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73
msgid "Create stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75
msgid ""
"To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended "
"project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78
msgid ""
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the "
"|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text "
"box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the "
":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83
msgid ""
"A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in"
" the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track "
"unassigned tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91
msgid "Verification stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93
msgid ""
"Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a "
"kanban view of |ECOs| of this type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96
msgid ""
"To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select"
" the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99
msgid ""
"Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by "
"checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer,"
" their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106
msgid ""
"Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval "
"Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109
msgid ""
"The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the"
" stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save "
"& Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage "
"`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and "
"selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117
msgid ""
"By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by "
"this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the"
" production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120
msgid ""
"Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure "
"proper behavior."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127
msgid "Closing stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129
msgid ""
"Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up "
"window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137
msgid ""
"The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage` options"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1
msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3
msgid "Engineering change orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12
msgid ""
"Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert"
" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials "
"<manufacturing/management/bill-configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15
msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type <plm/eco/create-eco>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view <plm/eco/tablet-view>` of an "
"operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias "
"<plm/eco/eco-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24
msgid "Create ECO"
msgstr "Créer un OMT"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26
msgid ""
"To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select "
"the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. "
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`"
" button in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types <plm/eco/eco-type>` to categorize "
"and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| "
"related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product "
"introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance "
"fulfillment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36
msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates"
" if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If "
"multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the"
" change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the "
"change applies to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. "
"(Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing "
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production "
"|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific "
"date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the"
" |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization."
" Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59
msgid ""
"After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` "
"button to begin implementing the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62
msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of "
"the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65
msgid ""
"A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version "
"number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| "
"versions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68
msgid ""
"The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right "
"corner of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has "
"been pressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80
msgid "Change components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo "
"distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current "
"version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87
msgid ""
"After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the "
"product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, "
"marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the "
"components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing "
"components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, "
"and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102
msgid ""
"In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are "
"reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart"
" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153
msgid "Compare changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| "
"form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the"
" current |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not "
"in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both "
"|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120
msgid ""
"Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** "
"affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the "
":ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard"
" |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132
msgid "Change operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134
msgid ""
"To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view "
"and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which "
"opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146
msgid ""
"Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up"
" window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149
msgid ""
"Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and "
"remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158
msgid ""
"On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the "
"differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not "
"yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by "
"both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised "
"|BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165
msgid ""
"Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in"
" production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-"
"changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the "
"columns in the table, reflect the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the "
"operation includes detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176
msgid ""
"To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: "
"Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart "
"button displayed at the top."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181
msgid ""
"The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed "
":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n"
"instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further "
"instructions in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the "
"revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can "
"be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is "
"performed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-"
"up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the"
" revised |BOM| in the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203
msgid ""
"In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the "
":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the "
"expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the "
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207
msgid ""
"To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point "
"instructions are added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209
msgid ""
"The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to "
":guilabel:`Register Production` of components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211
msgid ""
"The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step"
" Type` that provides additional assembly details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221
msgid "Apply changes"
msgstr "Appliquer les changements"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223
msgid ""
"After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage "
"<plm/eco/stage-config>`, which are stages that require approval before the "
"revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227
msgid ""
"Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button "
"becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved "
"to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original "
"production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232
msgid "Verify changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239
msgid ""
"To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
" tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the "
"version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248
msgid ""
"After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard "
"<plm/eco/example-keyboard>`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| "
"in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number "
"has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260
msgid "Create ECO from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262
msgid ""
"Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while "
"performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265
msgid ""
"To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` "
"icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs "
"(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In "
"Progress` status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278
msgid ""
"Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three "
"horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens "
"the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`."
" Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286
msgid ""
"Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where "
"the proposed changes are submitted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the"
" :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in "
"greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. "
"Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295
msgid ""
"To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in "
"the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional "
"quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control "
"point."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303
msgid ""
"Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| "
"is created with the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308
msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are "
"automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314
msgid "View ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316
msgid ""
"To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X "
"Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes "
"created from the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban "
"view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`"
" stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323
msgid ""
"On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the "
":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes "
"in greater detail."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328
msgid ""
"An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step "
"from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for"
" the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, "
"`Keyboard`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332
msgid ""
"Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` "
"ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| "
"created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the "
"suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further "
"clarification from the person who proposed the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select "
"the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of "
":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction "
"titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the"
" line item to view the suggested changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353
msgid ""
"On the :ref:`quality control point <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately "
"filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new "
"instruction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this "
"instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for "
"this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down "
"menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the "
"worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, "
"or other :ref:`quality check options <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369
msgid ""
"Once the quality control point is configured, return to the "
":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality"
" control line item to its intended order of instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking "
"and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second "
"position."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far "
"left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3
msgid "Version control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10
msgid ""
"Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions "
"of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component "
"details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of"
" the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14
msgid ""
"Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use "
"*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls "
"or customer complaints."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17
msgid ""
"Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for "
"organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order <plm/eco>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24
msgid "Current BoM version"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26
msgid ""
"To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select "
"the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the "
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` "
"of the |BOM| is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32
msgid ""
"|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Products --> Bill of Materials`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40
msgid "Version history"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42
msgid ""
"To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials` and click the desired |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45
msgid ""
"From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to "
"list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the"
" top right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the "
"*PLM* app is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55
msgid ""
"In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the "
"top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a "
"drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58
msgid ""
"Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the"
" |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the "
":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files "
"associated with the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` "
"date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` "
"and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "List of BOM effective dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79
msgid ""
"A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the "
"chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing"
" stage <plm/eco/stage-config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83
msgid "Design files"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85
msgid ""
"Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design "
"material to the |BOM| itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of "
"Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the "
"*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92
msgid ""
"The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` "
"section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100
msgid "Manage design files in an ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102
msgid ""
"Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and "
"applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. "
"Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106
msgid ""
"To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, "
"open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` "
"smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110
msgid ""
"Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`"
" icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, "
"or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are "
"contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once"
" the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original "
"`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the "
":guilabel:`Documents` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard "
"manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` "
"icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127
msgid ""
"Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n"
"one newly added attachment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136
msgid ""
"Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed "
"in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the"
" archival occurred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140
msgid "Apply rebase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142
msgid ""
"Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144
msgid ""
"Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| "
"are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous"
" production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`"
" tab, visible only in this scenario."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148
msgid ""
"To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Rebase` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151
msgid ""
"Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| "
"version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added,"
" and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has "
"become `6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159
msgid ""
"This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the "
":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space "
"stabilizer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur "
"in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the "
"previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to "
"`ECO0012`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production "
"BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3
msgid "Project management"
msgstr "Gestion de projet"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3
msgid "Approvals"
msgstr "Validations"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10
msgid ""
"Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to "
"stages of :ref:`engineering change orders <plm/eco>` (ECOs) under review. "
"Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. "
"Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and "
"premature actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration <plm/eco/stage-config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19
msgid "Add approver"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on "
"the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended "
"stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28
msgid ""
"Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign"
" them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, "
"where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is"
" updated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32
msgid ""
"See the documentation about :ref:`stage types <plm/eco/stage-config>` for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the "
"approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering "
"Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to "
"approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or "
":guilabel:`Comments only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45
msgid ""
"Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in "
"the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48
msgid ""
"Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply"
" changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to "
":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments "
"only`, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" "
"stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57
msgid "Manage approvals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59
msgid ""
"Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which "
"shows the count of open tasks assigned to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62
msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress"
" |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the "
":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must "
"accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval "
"or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting "
"approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to "
"apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, "
"and apply changes to, in the verification stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75
msgid ""
"|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been "
"approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form "
"view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of "
"ECOs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84
msgid "Approve ECOs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86
msgid ""
"Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the "
"assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89
msgid ""
"To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92
msgid ""
"Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs"
" the history of the clicked buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required "
"to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying"
" changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102
msgid "Automated activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104
msgid ""
"When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is "
"automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers "
"receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the "
":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` "
"notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, "
":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons"
" shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113
msgid ""
"Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` "
"icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there "
"are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121
msgid ""
"By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO "
"Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon"
" to view additional information, including the approval's "
":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the "
"due date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130
msgid "Follow-up activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132
msgid ""
"When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for "
"required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with "
"deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned "
"Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up "
"window for creating tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n"
"close the planned activity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` "
"to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the "
":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for "
"completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` "
"field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149
msgid ""
"After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. "
"Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and "
"returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` "
"task is created for the approver."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154
msgid ""
"The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the "
"|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver "
"to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button "
"creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr "Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and "
"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate "
"replenishment, and follow up on your orders."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Achats** vous aide à suivre les conventions d'achat, les devis et les"
" bons de commande. Apprenez à suivre les appels d'offres, à automatiser les "
"réassorts et à suivre vos commandes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : Achats <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avancé"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
msgstr "Analyser les performances de vos achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
msgid ""
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
"negotiate discounts on prices."
msgstr ""
"Si votre entreprise achète régulièrement des produits, vous avez plusieurs "
"raisons de suivre et d'analyser vos performances. Les informations "
"recueillies peuvent vous aider à mieux prévoir et planifier vos futures "
"commandes. Par exemple, vous pouvez déterminer si votre entreprise est "
"dépendante de certains fournisseurs et les données peuvent vous aider à "
"négocier des remises sur les prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
msgid "Generate customized reports"
msgstr "Générer des rapports personnalisés"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
" key metrics and a pivot table."
msgstr ""
"Allez à *Analyse* pour accéder à l'analyse des achats. En accédant "
"simplement au tableau de bord des rapports, vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu "
"rapide de vos performances réelles. Par défaut, le tableau de bord des "
"rapports affiche un graphique linéaire présentant le nombre hors taxes de "
"vos bons de commande par jour, et en dessous, les mesures clés et un tableau"
" croisé dynamique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Tableau de bord des rapports dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
msgid ""
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
msgstr ""
"Bien que les données initialement présentées soient utiles, il existe "
"plusieurs outils et fonctionnalités que vous pouvez utiliser pour obtenir "
"encore plus d'informations sur vos achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser des filtres pour sélectionner les données dont vous avez besoin"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
msgid ""
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
"filters are:"
msgstr ""
"Odoo propose plusieurs filtres par défaut que vous pouvez utiliser et "
"combiner en cliquant sur *Filtres*. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un ou "
"plusieurs filtres, Odoo cherche toutes les commandes qui correspondent à au "
"moins un filtre sélectionné et complète les données dans le graphique, les "
"mesures clés et le tableau croisé dynamique. Les filtres préconfigurés sont "
":"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
msgstr "Toutes les *demandes de prix*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
msgstr "Tous les *bons de commande*, à l'exception des bons annulés"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
msgstr ""
"*Date de confirmation de l'année dernière* comprend toutes les commandes qui"
" ont été confirmées l'année précédente, y compris les bons de commande "
"annulés"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
msgid ""
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
msgstr ""
"*Date de la commande* comprend toutes les commandes  - demandes de prix et "
"bons de commande (y compris les bons annulés) - en fonction de leur date de "
"création"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
"depending on their date of confirmation"
msgstr ""
"*Date de confirmation* comprend toutes les commandes confirmées, y compris "
"les bons de commande annulés, en fonction de leur date de confirmation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
msgid ""
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous avez sélectionné une période, vous pouvez utiliser plusieurs "
"années et, avec au moins une année sélectionnée, plusieurs trimestres, ainsi"
" que les trois derniers mois."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
" filtered with the previous one."
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez les filtres *date de la commande* ou *date de "
"confirmation*, la fonctionnalité *Comparaison* apparaît à côté de *Filtres*."
" Elle vous permet de comparer la période que vous avez filtrée avec la "
"période précédente."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Filtres des rapports dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
msgid "Add custom filters"
msgstr "Ajouter des filtres personnalisés"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
msgid ""
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
msgstr ""
"Grâce aux 31 options de filtrage disponibles, les possibilités de "
"personnalisation de l'ensemble de vos données sont presque illimitées. Allez"
" à :menuselection:`Filtres --> Ajouter un filtre personnalisé`, précisez la "
"condition à laquelle l'option de filtrage doit répondre (par ex. *est égal "
"à*, *contient*, etc.) et cliquez sur *Appliquer*. Si vous voulez "
"sélectionner des commandes répondant à plusieurs conditions en même temps "
"(opérateur *et*), répétez le processus pour ajouter un autre filtre "
"personnalisé. Si vous voulez utiliser l'opérateur *ou*, ne cliquez pas sur "
"*Appliquer*, mais plutôt sur *Ajouter une condition*. Une fois que vous avez"
" ajouté toutes les options de filtrage souhaitées, cliquez sur *Appliquer*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Filtre de rapportage personnalisé dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
msgid ""
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
msgstr ""
"Pour éviter de devoir recréer les filtres personnalisés à chaque fois, "
"enregistrez-les en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Favoris --> Enregistrer la "
"recherche actuelle --> Enregistrer`. Vous pouvez accéder au filtre de "
"recherche personnalisé en cliquant sur *Favoris* et même le définir comme "
"filtre par défaut en ouvrant le tableau de bord des rapports."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
msgstr "Mesurer exactement ce dont vous avez besoin"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
msgid ""
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
"the top right of the dashboard."
msgstr ""
"Avant de sélectionner ce que vous voulez mesurer, vous devez décider si vous"
" préférez utiliser une vue graphique ou une vue tableau croisé dynamique. "
"Par défaut, le tableau de bord présente les deux vues. Cependant, les "
"mesures sélectionnées ne seront pas appliquées aux deux vues. Vous pouvez "
"accéder à chaque vue séparément en cliquant sur les icônes en haut à droite "
"du tableau de bord."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Changer la vue des rapports dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
msgid "Visualize your data"
msgstr "Visualiser vos données"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
msgid ""
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez transformer le graphique principal en un seul clic en "
"sélectionnant un des trois graphiques : à barres, linéaire ou circulaire. "
"Quatorze mesures différentes sont disponibles, mais vous ne pouvez en "
"utiliser qu'une seule à la fois. Toutefois, vous pouvez regrouper la mesure "
"en utilisant un ou plusieurs des 19 *groupes*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Rapport sur la vue graphique dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
msgid ""
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
"Pour les graphiques à barres et les graphiques linéaires, la mesure "
"sélectionnée est l'axe Y et le premier groupe sélectionné est utilisé pour "
"créer l'axe X. L'ajout d'un groupe supplémentaire permet d'ajouter des "
"lignes supplémentaires (graphique linéaire) ou de transformer votre "
"graphique à barres en graphique empilé. Pour les graphiques circulaires, "
"plus vous sélectionnez de groupes, plus le nombre de tranches affichées est "
"important."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
msgid "Explore your data"
msgstr "Explorer vos données"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
msgid ""
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
" so on."
msgstr ""
"Le tableau croisé dynamique vous permet d'explorer vos données en détail. "
"Contrairement à la vue graphique, le tableau croisé dynamique vous permet "
"d'ajouter plusieurs mesures en même temps. En cliquant sur *Mesures* ou sur "
"le signe **+** dans la colonne *Total*, vous pouvez en ajouter autant que "
"vous voulez, chaque mesure étant assignée à une nouvelle colonne. En "
"cliquant sur le signe **+** de la ligne *Total*, vous pouvez ajouter des "
"*Groupes*. Si vous cliquez sur le signe **+** d'un groupe, vous pouvez "
"ajouter un sous-groupe, et ainsi de suite."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Vue du tableau croisé dynamique dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
msgid ""
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
"export it as an Excel file."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez insérer les données de votre tableau croisé dynamique "
"directement dans l'application Feuille de calcul ou les exporter sous forme "
"de fichier Excel."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
msgid "Manage deals"
msgstr "Gérer les contrats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
msgstr ""
"Utiliser des contrats-cadres pour créer des conventions d'achat avec des "
"fournisseurs"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
msgstr ""
"Les contrats-cadres sont des conventions d'achat à long terme entre une "
"société et un fournisseur pour livrer des produits sur base régulière à un "
"prix prédéterminé. Les contrats-cadres sont utiles lorsque les produits sont"
" toujours achetés auprès du même fournisseur, mais dans des quantités "
"différentes et à des moments différents."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
"pricing with vendors."
msgstr ""
"En simplifiant le processus de commande, les contrats-cadres permettent non "
"seulement de gagner du temps, mais aussi de l'argent, puisqu'ils peuvent "
"être avantageux lors de la négociation de prix de gros avec les "
"fournisseurs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
msgstr "Créer un nouveau contrat-cadre"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer des contrats-cadres, vous devez d'abord activer la fonctionnalité"
" *Conventions d'achat* dans les paramètres de l'application *Achats*. Pour "
"ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres` "
"et dans la section :guilabel:`Commandes`, cochez la case à côté de "
":guilabel:`Conventions d'achat`. Vous pourrez ainsi créer des contrats-"
"cadres et des demandes de prix alternatives."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité Conventions d'achat activée dans les paramètres de "
"l'application Achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
"a new blanket order form."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un contrat-cadre, allez à :menuselection:`Achats --> Commandes "
"--> Contrats-cadres` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Cela permet "
"d'accéder à un formulaire de contrat-cadre vierge."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
"agreement must follow:"
msgstr ""
"À partir de ce nouveau formulaire de contrat-cadre, il est possible de "
"configurer plusieurs champs et paramètres, de manière à ce qu'il y ait des "
"règles prédéterminées que la convention récurrente à long terme doit "
"respecter :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Responsable des achats` : il s'agit de l'utilisateur assigné à ce"
" contrat-cadre en particulier. Par défaut, il s'agit de l'utilisateur qui a "
"créé la convention ; il est possible de modifier l'utilisateur directement "
"dans le menu déroulant à côté de ce champ."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
"purchase agreement."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Type de convention` : il s'agit du type de convention d'achat "
"dans laquelle ce contrat-cadre est classé. Dans Odoo, les contrats-cadres "
"sont les seules conventions d'achat officielles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
"drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : il s'agit du fournisseur auquel cette convention "
"est liée, soit une fois, soit de manière récurrente. Le fournisseur peut "
"être sélectionné directement dans le menu déroulant à côté de ce champ."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Devise` : il s'agit de la devise convenue qui sera utilisée pour "
"cet échange. Si plusieurs devises ont été activées dans la base de données, "
"la devise peut être modifiée dans le menu déroulant à côté de ce champ."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
"expire, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date limite de la convention` : il s'agit de la date à laquelle "
"cette convention d'achat doit expirer (si vous le souhaitez). Si ce contrat-"
"cadre ne doit pas prendre fin, laissez ce champ vide."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date de commande` : il s'agit de la date du contrat-cadre si un "
"nouveau devis est créé directement à partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre. "
"Si un nouveau devis est créé, cette valeur sera automatiquement complétée "
"dans le champ *Échéance de commande* sur la demande de prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Date de livraison` : il s'agit de la date de livraison prévue "
"pour les produits figurant sur une demande de prix directement créée à "
"partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre. Si un nouveau devis est créé, cette "
"valeur sera automatiquement complétée dans le champ *Arrivée prévue* de la "
"demande de prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Document d'origine` : il s'agit du bon de commande d'origine "
"auquel ce contrat-cadre sera lié. Si ce contrat-cadre ne doit être lié à "
"aucun bon de commande existant, laissez ce champ vide."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
"database."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Société` : il s'agit de la société assignée à ce contrat-cadre "
"spécifique. Par défaut, il s'agit de la société sous laquelle est répertorié"
" l'utilisateur qui a créé le contrat-cadre. Si la date de données n'est pas "
"une base de données multi-sociétés, ce champ ne peut pas être modifié et "
"sera complété par défaut par la seule société répertoriée dans la base de "
"données."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
msgstr "Nouvelle convention d'achat de contrat-cadre avec ajout de produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que tous les champs pertinents ont été complétés, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour ajouter des produits dans la colonne "
":guilabel:`Produit`. Modifiez ensuite la quantité de chaque produit dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` (si vous le souhaitez) et définissez un prix "
"dans la colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
" price will remain **0**."
msgstr ""
"Lors de l'ajout de produits à un nouveau contrat-cadre, les prix "
"préexistants des produits ne seront pas ajoutés automatiquement aux lignes "
"de produits. Les prix doivent être assignés manuellement en modifiant la "
"valeur dans la colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire` pour qu'elle corresponde à "
"un prix convenu avec le fournisseur sélectionné. Sinon, le prix restera "
"**0**. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
msgid ""
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher et modifier les paramètres par défaut des contrats-cadres "
"directement à partir du formulaire du contrat-cadre, cliquez sur le "
":guilabel:`lien interne (icône de flèche)` à côté du champ :guilabel:`Type "
"de convention` où est complété :guilabel:`Contrat-cadre`. Vous accéderez "
"ainsi aux paramètres du contrat-cadre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
msgid ""
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
"for the type of selection:"
msgstr ""
"De là, vous pouvez modifier les paramètres des contrats-cadres. Dans la "
"section :guilabel:`Type de convention`, le nom du :guilabel:`Type de "
"convention` peut être modifié (si vous le souhaitez), ainsi que le "
":guilabel:`Type de sélection de la convention`. Deux options peuvent être "
"activées pour le type de sélection :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Sélectionner une seule demande de prix (exclusif)` : lorsqu'un "
"bon de commande est confirmé, les autres bons de commande seront annulés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Sélectionner plusieurs demandes de prix (non exclusif)` : "
"lorsqu'un bon de commande est confirmé, les autres bons de commande ne "
"seront **pas** annulés. En revanche, il est autorisé d'avoir plusieurs bons "
"de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
msgstr ""
"Dans la section :guilabel:`Données pour nouveaux devis`, les paramètres "
"relatifs à la manière dont les lignes de produits et les quantités seront "
"renseignées sur les nouveaux devis utilisant cette convention d'achat "
"peuvent être modifiés à côté des champs :guilabel:`Lignes` et "
":guilabel:`Quantités`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
msgstr ""
"Page de modification du type de convention d'achat pour les contrats-cadres."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
msgstr "Deux options peuvent être activées pour les :guilabel:`Lignes` :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Utiliser les lignes de la convention` : lors de la création d'un "
"nouveau devis, les lignes de produits seront précomplétées avec les mêmes "
"produits que ceux du contrat-cadre, si ce dernier est sélectionné dans le "
"nouveau devis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Ne pas créer des lignes de demande de prix automatiquement` : "
"lors de la création d'un nouveau devis et la sélection d'un contrat-cadre "
"existant, les paramètres seront repris dans le nouveau devis, mais les "
"lignes de produits ne seront pas complétées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
msgid ""
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
msgstr "Deux options peuvent être activées pour les :guilabel:`Quantités` :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Utiliser les quantités de la convention` : lors de la création "
"d'un nouveau devis, les quantités de produit répertoriées sur le contrat-"
"cadre seront précomplétées dans les lignes de produits, si ce contrat-cadre "
"est sélectionné sur le nouveau devis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
"manually set by the user."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Définir les quantités manuellement` : lors de la création d'un "
"nouveau devis et la sélection d'un contrat-cadre existant, les lignes de "
"produits seront précomplétées, mais toutes les quantités seront mises à "
"**0**. Les quantités devront être définies manuellement par l'utilisateur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les modifications souhaitées ont été effectuées (le cas "
"échéant), cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau` (via le fil d'Ariane en haut de la"
" page) pour revenir au formulaire de contrat-cadre et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Confirmer` pour enregistrer cette nouvelle convention d'achat. "
"Une fois confirmé, le contrat-cadre passe de *Brouillon* à *En cours*, ce "
"qui signifie que cette convention peut être sélectionnée et utilisée lors de"
" la création de nouvelles demandes de prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
msgstr ""
"Après la création et la confirmation d'un contrat-cadre, il est toujours "
"possible d'modifier, d'ajouter et de supprimer des produits, quantités et "
"prix de la convention d'achat."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
msgstr "Créer une nouvelle demande de prix à partir du contrat-cadre"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
msgid ""
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir confirmé un contrat-cadre, de nouveaux devis peuvent être créés "
"directement à partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre qui utilisera les règles"
" définies sur le formulaire et complétera le nouveau devis avec les "
"informations correctes. De plus, ce nouveau devis sera automatiquement lié à"
" ce formulaire de contrat-cadre via le bouton intelligent "
":guilabel:`Demandes de prix/Commandes` en haut à droite du formulaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
msgid ""
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un nouveau devis à partir du formulaire de contrat-cadre, cliquez"
" sur :guilabel:`Nouveau devis`. Ceci permet d'accéder à une nouvelle demande"
" de prix vierge, qui est précomplété avec les informations correctes, en "
"fonction des paramètres configurés sur le formulaire de contrat-cadre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""
"À partir du nouveau formulaire de demande de prix, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Envoyer par email` pour écrire et envoyer un email au fournisseur"
" répertorié ; cliquez sur :guilabel:`Imprimer la demande de prix` pour "
"générer un PDF imprimable du devis ; ou, une fois prêt, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour confirmer le bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
msgstr ""
"Nouveau devis avec des produits et des règles copiés du contrat-cadre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
"order that was just created."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le bon de commande a été confirmé, revenez au formulaire de "
"contrat-cadre (via le fil d'Ariane en haut de la page). Sur le formulaire de"
" contrat-cadre figure désormais une demande de prix dans le bouton "
"intelligent :guilabel:`Demandes de prix/Commandes` en haut à droite du "
"formulaire. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Demandes de "
"prix/Commandes` pour voir le bon de commande qui vient d'être créé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
msgstr ""
"Bouton intelligent des demandes de prix et commandes sur un formulaire de "
"contrat-cadre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr "Créer un nouveau contrat-cadre à partir d'une demande de prix"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Achats` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez ensuite les informations au formulaire de demande de prix : ajoutez "
"un fournisseur dans le menu déroulant à côté du champ "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` pour "
"sélectionner un produit dans le menu déroulant dans la colonne "
":guilabel:`Produit`. Ensuite, définissez la quantité que vous voulez acheter"
" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` et modifiez le prix d'achat dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire`, si vous le souhaitez. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
"Arrival` date."
msgstr ""
"En cliquant sur l'icône des :guilabel:`options supplémentaires (deux "
"points)`, des options de visibilité supplémentaires peuvent être ajoutées à "
"la ligne. Répétez ces étapes pour ajouter autant d'options supplémentaires "
"que vous le souhaitez, y compris l':guilabel:`UdM` (Unité de mesure) dans "
"laquelle vous achetez les produits et la date d':guilabel:`Arrivée prévue`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
msgid ""
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
msgstr ""
"Avant de confirmer le nouveau devis et de créer un bon de commande, cliquez "
"sur le menu déroulant à côté du champ :guilabel:`Contrat-cadre` et saisissez"
" un nouveau nom pour le nouveau contrat-cadre. Ceci permet de créer une "
"toute nouvelle convention d'achat et de enregistrer les informations saisies"
" dans les champs du formulaire de bon de commande, ainsi que les "
"informations sur le produit saisies dans les lignes de produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
"order)`."
msgstr ""
"À partir du nouveau formulaire de demande de prix, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Envoyer par email` pour écrire et envoyer un email au fournisseur"
" répertorié ; cliquez sur :guilabel:`Imprimer la demande de prix` pour "
"générer un PDF imprimable du devis ; ou, une fois prêt, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande` pour confirmer le bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
msgstr "Nouveau contrat-cadre créé directement à partir du devis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
msgid ""
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir le contrat-cadre nouvellement créé, allez à "
":menuselection:`Commandes --> Contrats-cadres` et cliquez sur le nouveau "
"contrat-cadre. De là, vous pouvez modifier les paramètres et les règles si "
"vous le souhaitez."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
msgstr "Contrats-cadres et réassort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
"replenished."
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un contrat-cadre est confirmé, une nouvelle ligne fournisseur "
"est ajoutée à l'onglet :guilabel:`Achat` des produits figurant sur le "
"contrat-cadre. Cela rend les contrats-cadres particulièrement utiles pour le"
" :doc:`réassort automatisé <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, car les "
"informations relatives au :guilabel:`fournisseur`, au :guilabel:`prix` et à "
"la :guilabel:`Convention` sont reprises dans la ligne fournisseur. Ces "
"informations sont utilisées pour déterminer où, quand et à quel prix ce "
"produit peut être réapprovisionné."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
msgstr "Fiche de produit avec l'accord de réassort lié au contrat-cadre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
msgstr "Créer des demandes de prix alternatives pour plusieurs fournisseurs"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
msgstr ""
"Parfois, les entreprises souhaitent demander des devis à plusieurs "
"fournisseurs en même temps, en les invitant à soumettre des offres pour des "
"biens ou des services similaires en une seule fois. Cela aide les "
"entreprises à sélectionner les fournisseurs les moins chers (et les plus "
"rapides), en fonction de leurs besoins spécifiques."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
"which vendors."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, cela peut se faire en ajoutant des demandes de prix alternatives "
"pour différentes fournisseurs. Une fois que vous recevez une réponse de "
"chaque fournisseur, vous pouvez comparer les lignes de produits de chaque "
"demande de prix et décider quels produits vous allez acheter auprès de quels"
" fournisseurs."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
msgid ""
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
msgstr ""
"Parfois appelé un *appel d'offres*, ce processus est principalement utilisé "
"par les organisations du secteur public, qui sont légalement tenues de "
"l'utiliser lorsqu'elles effectuent un achat. Cependant, les entreprises "
"privées peuvent également utiliser des demandes de prix alternatives pour "
"dépenser efficacement leur argent."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
msgstr "Configurer les paramètres de la convention d'achat"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
"*blanket orders*."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer des demandes de prix alternatives directement à partir d'un "
"devis, vous devez d'abord activer la fonctionnalité *Conventions d'achat* "
"dans l'application *Achats*. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Achats "
"--> Configuration --> Paramètres` et dans la section :guilabel:`Commandes`, "
"cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Conventions d'achat`. Ceci permet "
"d'activer la possibilité de créer des demandes de prix alternatives et des "
"*contrats-cadres*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
msgstr ""
"La fonctionnalité Conventions d'achat activée dans les paramètres de "
"l'application Achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
msgid ""
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
msgstr ""
"Pour gagner du temps lors d'un *appel d'offres*, il est possible de définir "
"des fournisseurs, des prix et des délais de livraison personnalisés dans "
"l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` d'une fiche de produit. Pour ce faire, allez à "
":menuselection:`Achats --> Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez un produit"
" à modifier. À partir de la fiche de produit, cliquez sur l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Achat` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Dans le menu"
" déroulant, choisissez un fournisseur à définir dans la colonne "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et définissez un :guilabel:`Prix` et un "
":guilabel:`Délai de livraison` si vous le souhaitez. En cliquant sur l'icône"
" des :guilabel:`options supplémentaires (deux points)`, vous obtiendrez des "
"options de visibilité supplémentaires à ajouter à la ligne."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr "Créer une demande de prix"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez ensuite des informations au formulaire de demande de prix : "
"sélectionnez un fournisseur dans le menu déroulant à côté du champ "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` pour "
"choisir un produit dans le menu déroulant dans la colonne "
":guilabel:`Produit`. Ensuite, définissez la quantité que vous voulez acheter"
" dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` et modifiez le prix d'achat dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Prix unitaire`, si vous le souhaitez."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
"date."
msgstr ""
"En cliquant sur l'icône des :guilabel:`options supplémentaires (deux "
"points)`, vous obtiendrez des options de visibilité supplémentaires à "
"ajouter à la ligne. Répétez ces étapes pour ajouter autant d'options que "
"vous le souhaitez, y compris l':guilabel:`UdM` (Unité de mesure) dans "
"laquelle vous achetez les produits et la date d':guilabel:`Arrivée prévue`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer par email`. Une "
"fenêtre contextuelle permettant de :guilabel:`Rédiger un email` apparaît "
"alors, dans laquelle vous pouvez personnaliser le message destiné au "
"vendeur. Une fois prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer`. La demande de prix "
"est alors transformée en bon de commande et un email est envoyé au "
"fournisseur répertorié sur le bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle permettant de rédiger et d'envoyer un email de devis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
msgid ""
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
"offers for them."
msgstr ""
"L'envoi d'emails à chaque fournisseur peut s'avérer utile lors de la "
"création de demandes de prix alternatives, car les fournisseurs peuvent "
"confirmer si leurs prix antérieurs sont toujours valables aujourd'hui, ce "
"qui peut aider les entreprises à choisir les meilleurs offres pour elles."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr "Créer des alternatives à une demande de prix"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'un bon de commande est créé et envoyé par email à un "
"fournisseur, il est possible de créer des demandes de prix alternatives et "
"de les envoyer à d'autres fournisseurs afin de comparer les prix, les délais"
" de livraison et d'autres facteurs et de décider auprès de quel fournisseur "
"commander tel ou tel produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer des demandes de prix alternatives, cliquez sur l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` du formulaire de bon de commande, puis cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative`. Une fenêtre contextuelle permettant de "
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative` apparaît alors."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
msgstr ""
"Une fenêtre contextuelle d'appels d'offres s'affiche pour créer un devis "
"alternatif."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
msgid ""
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
msgstr ""
"Dans cette fenêtre, sélectionnez un nouveau/différent fournisseur dans le "
"menu déroulant à côté du champ :guilabel:`Fournisseur` pour lui assigner ce "
"devis alternatif."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""
"À côté de ce champ se trouve une case :guilabel:`Copier les produits` qui "
"est cochée par défaut. Si cette option est activée, les quantités de produit"
" du bon de commande d'origine sont copiées dans le bon de commande "
"alternatif. Pour ce premier devis alternatif, laissez la case cochée. Une "
"fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une alternative`. "
"Vous accéderez alors à un nouveau bon de commande vierge."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
msgid ""
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)`."
msgstr ""
"Puisque la case :guilabel:`Créer une alternative` est restée cochée, ce "
"nouveau formulaire de bon de commande est déjà complété avec les mêmes "
"produits, quantités et autres détails que le bon de commande d'origine "
"précédent."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
"manually, if desired."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la case :guilabel:`Copier les produits` est cochée lors de la "
"création d'un devis alternatif, il n'est pas nécessaire d'ajouter des "
"produits supplémentaires au bon de commande sauf si vous le souhaitez. "
"Cependant, si un fournisseur choisi n'est pas répertorié dans la colonne "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` sur une fiche de produit reprise sur le bon de "
"commande, les valeurs définies sur la fiche du produit sont reportées sur le"
" bon de commande et doivent être modifiées manuellement, si vous le "
"souhaitez."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous êtes prêt, créez un deuxième devis alternatif en cliquant "
"sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives` et encore une fois sur "
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative`. La fenêtre contextuelle permettant de "
":guilabel:`Créer une alternative` apparaît de nouveau. Cette fois, "
"choisissez un fournisseur différent dans le menu déroulant à côté de "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` et cette fois, *décochez* la case :guilabel:`Copier "
"les produits`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer une alternative`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
msgid ""
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
msgstr ""
"Si un devis alternatif doit être supprimé de l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Alternatives`, vous pouvez le supprimer individuellement en "
"cliquant sur l'icône :guilabel:`Supprimer (X)` au bout de sa ligne."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
msgid ""
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
msgstr ""
"Un troisième bon de commande est ainsi créé. Mais, puisque les quantités de "
"produits du bon de commande d'origine n'ont *pas* été recopiées, les lignes "
"de produits sont vides et de nouveaux produits doivent être ajoutés en "
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` et en sélectionnant les produits"
" souhaités dans le menu déroulant. Une fois que vous avez ajouté le nombre "
"souhaité de produits, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer par email`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
msgstr "Devis alternatif vierge avec des alternatives dans le fil d'Ariane."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""
"Cela fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle permettant de "
":guilabel:`Rédiger un email`, dans laquelle vous pouvez personnaliser le "
"message destiné au fournisseur. Une fois prêt, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Envoyer` pour envoyer un email au fournisseur répertorié sur le "
"bon de commande. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
msgid ""
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
msgstr ""
"À partir de ce tout nouveau bon de commande, cliquez sur l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Alternatives`. Dans cet onglet, les trois bons de commande "
"figurent dans la colonne :guilabel:`Référence`. De plus, les fournisseurs "
"sont répertoriés dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et le "
":guilabel:`Total` de la commande et le :guilabel:`Statut` des commandes "
"figurent également dans les lignes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
msgstr "Lier une nouvelle demande de prix à des devis existants"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
msgid ""
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
"at first."
msgstr ""
"La création de devis alternatifs directement à partir d'un bon de commande "
"sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives` est la manière la plus simple de "
"créer et de lier des devis. Cependant, il est possible de lier des demandes "
"de prix distinctes *après* coup, même si elles ont été créées totalement "
"séparément au départ."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer par email`. Cela"
" fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle permettant de :guilabel:`Rédiger "
"un email`, dans laquelle vous pouvez personnaliser le message destiné au "
"fournisseur. Une fois le message prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer` pour "
"envoyer un email au fournisseur répertorié sur le bon de commande. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, cliquez de nouveau sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives`. Puisque "
"ce nouveau bon de commande a été créé séparément, il n'y a pas encore "
"d'autres bons de commande liés. Pour lier ce bon de commande aux "
"alternatives créés précédemment, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Lier à une demande "
"de prix existante` sur la première ligne de la colonne "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle pour lier un nouveau devis aux demandes de devis "
"existantes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
msgid ""
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
msgstr ""
"Une nouvelle fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Ajouter : Bons de commande "
"alternatifs` s'affiche. Sélectionnez les trois bons de commande créés "
"précédemment et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner`. Ces trois bons de "
"commande sont maintenant copiés dans ce bon de commande sous l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Alternatives`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
msgid ""
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
msgstr ""
"Si un grand nombre de bons de commande est en cours de traitement et que les"
" bons de commande précédents sont introuvables, essayez de cliquer sur "
":menuselection:`Regrouper par --> Fournisseur` en dessous de la barre de "
"recherche en haut de la fenêtre contextuelle pour regrouper les bons de "
"commande en fonction des fournisseurs sélectionnés dans les bons de commande"
" précédents."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
msgid "Compare product lines"
msgstr "Comparer les lignes de produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
msgid ""
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
"created previously."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque plusieurs demandes de devis sont liées en tant qu'alternatives, "
"elles peuvent être comparées côte à côte afin de déterminer quels "
"fournisseurs proposent les meilleures offres pour quels produits. Pour "
"comparer chaque devis, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et "
"sélectionnez l'un des devis créés précédemment."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
" a Compare Order Lines page."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Alternatives` pour voir toutes les "
"demandes de prix liées. Ensuite, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Créer une "
"alternative`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Comparer les lignes de produits`. Vous "
"accédez ainsi à la page permettant de comparer les lignes de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""
"La page permettant de comparer les lignes de produits des demandes de prix "
"alternatives."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
msgid ""
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
msgstr ""
"La page permettant de comparer les lignes de commande est regroupée par "
"défaut par :guilabel:`Produit`. Chaque produit repris sur l'une des demandes"
" de prix est affiché dans son propre menu déroulant, avec tous les numéros "
"de bon de commande dans la colonne :guilabel:`Référence`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
msgid ""
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
"order, and more."
msgstr ""
"Les colonnes supplémentaires sur cette page comprennent le "
":guilabel:`Fournisseur` auprès duquel les produits ont été commandés, le "
":guilabel:`Statut` du devis (c'est-à-dire, demande de prix, demande de prix "
"envoyée) ; la :guilabel:`Quantité` des produits commandés auprès de chaque "
"fournisseur ; le :guilabel:`Prix unitaire` par produit et le prix "
":guilabel:`total` de la commande, et bien plus encore."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
msgid ""
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
" is changed to **0**, as well."
msgstr ""
"Pour supprimer des lignes de produits de la page permettant de comparer les "
"lignes de commande, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Effacer` à l'extrême droite de "
"cette ligne de produit. Cette opération supprime ce produit de la page en "
"tant qu'option de choix et fait passer à **0** le prix :guilabel:`total` de "
"ce produit sur la page. Sur le formulaire de bon de commande sur lequel "
"figurait ce produit, sa quantité commandée est également ramenée à **0**. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
msgid ""
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que les meilleures offres ont été identifiées, à la fin de chaque "
"ligne, il est possible de sélectionner des produits individuels en cliquant "
"sur :guilabel:`Choisir`. Une fois que tous les produits souhaités ont été "
"choisis, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Demandes de prix` (dans le fil d'Ariane en "
"haut de la page) pour revenir à une vue d'ensemble de toutes les demandes de"
" prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
msgstr "Annuler (ou conserver) des alternatives"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
msgid ""
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que les produits souhaités ont été choisis, en fonction des "
"fournisseurs qui ont fait la meilleure offre, les autres demandes de prix "
"(pour lesquelles aucun produit n'a été choisi) peuvent être annulées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
msgstr ""
"Dans la colonne :guilabel:`Total`, à l'extrême droite de chaque ligne, les "
"commandes pour lesquelles aucun produit n'a été choisi ont automatiquement "
"vu leur coût total fixé à **0**. Même si elles n'ont pas encore été "
"annulées, elles pourront l'être à terme sans répercussions, *une fois que* "
"tous les bons de commande souhaités ont été confirmés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
msgstr "Devis annulés dans la vue d'ensemble de l'application Achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
msgid ""
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""
"Pour confirmer un devis qui contient les quantités de produit choisies, "
"cliquez sur l'un d'entre eux. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la "
"commande`. Une fenêtre contextuelle d':guilabel:`Avertissement concernant "
"l'alternative` apparaît. De là, vous pouvez décider d':guilabel:`Annuler les"
" alternatives` ou de :guilabel:`Conserver les alternatives`. Si ce bon de "
"commande ne doit *pas* être confirmé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Annuler`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Annuler les alternatives` annule automatiquement les bons de "
"commande alternatifs. :guilabel:`Conserver les alternatives` laisse les bons"
" de commande alternatifs ouverts, de sorte qu'il est toujours possible d'y "
"accéder si des quantités supplémentaires de produits doivent être "
"commandées. Une fois que tous les produits sont commandés, vous pouvez "
"choisir d':guilabel:`Annuler les alternatives` à partir de n'importe quel "
"bon de commande ouvert."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
msgid ""
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
"when finished."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher un formulaire détaillé d'une demande de prix répertoriée, "
"cliquez sur la ligne correspondant à ce devis. Une fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Ouvrir : Bons de commande alternatifs` s'affiche, dans laquelle "
"tous les détails de ce devis particulier peuvent être consultés. Cliquez sur"
" :guilabel:`Fermer` lorsque vous avez terminé. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle pour conserver ou annuler des demandes de prix "
"alternatives."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Avertissement concernant "
"l'alternative`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Conserver les alternatives` pour "
"laisser tous les devis alternatifs ouverts pour l'instant. Cliquez ensuite "
"sur :guilabel:`Demandes de prix` (dans le fil d'Ariane en haut de la page) "
"pour retourner à la vue d'ensemble des demandes de prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
msgid ""
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur le(s) devis restant(s) qui contien(nen)t des produits à "
"commander et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Une fenêtre "
"contextuelle :guilabel:`Avertissement concernant l'alternative` s'affiche de"
" nouveau. Cette fois, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Annuler les alternatives` pour "
"annuler toutes les autres demandes de prix alternatives liées à ce devis."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
"column at the far right of their rows."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Demandes de prix` (dans le fil d'Ariane, en "
"haut de la page) pour retourner à la vue d'ensemble de toutes les demandes "
"de prix. Les commandes annulées sont grisées et répertoriées avec le statut "
":guilabel:`Annulé` dans la colonne :guilabel:`Statut` à l'extrême droite de "
"leurs lignes."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
msgid ""
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
"into the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"Maintenant que toutes les quantités de produits ont été commandées, le "
"processus d'achat peut se poursuivre jusqu'à son terme, jusqu'à ce que les "
"produits soient reçus dans l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
msgid "Bill control policies"
msgstr "Politiques de contrôle des factures"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
"applied to any new product created."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, la politique de *contrôle des factures* détermine les quantités "
"facturées par les fournisseurs sur chaque bon de commande, pour les "
"quantités commandées et reçues. La politique sélectionnée dans les "
"paramètres sera la valeur par défaut et s'appliquera à chaque nouveau "
"produit créé."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""
"Pour afficher la politique de contrôle des factures et effectuer des "
"changements, allez à :menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres` et descendez jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Facturation`. Vous y "
"trouverez deux options de politique de :guilabel:`Contrôle des factures` : "
":guilabel:`Quantités commandées` et :guilabel:`Quantités reçues`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
msgid ""
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
msgstr ""
"La politique sélectionnée sera la politique par défaut pour chaque nouveau "
"produit créé. Les politiques sont définies comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
"used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantités commandées` : crée une facture fournisseur dès qu'un "
"bon de commande est confirmé. Les produits et les quantités du bon de "
"commande sont utilisés pour générer une facture brouillon."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantités reçues` : une facture fournisseur n'est créée "
"qu'*après* la réception d'une partie de la commande totale. Les produits et "
"les quantités *reçus* sont utilisés pour générer une facture brouillon. Un "
"message d'erreur apparaîtra si l'on tente de créer une facture fournisseur "
"sans avoir reçu quoi que ce soit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
msgstr "Message d'erreur concernant la politique de contrôle des factures."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
msgid ""
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""
"Si un ou deux produits nécessitent une politique de contrôle différente, le "
"paramètre de contrôle des factures par défaut peut être remplacé en allant à"
" l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` du modèle d'un produit et en modifiant le champ"
" :guilabel:`Politique de contrôle`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
msgstr "Exemple de flux : Quantités commandées"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour réaliser un exemple de flux de travail utilisant la politique de "
"contrôle des factures des *quantités commandées*, allez d'abord à "
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, descendez jusqu'à "
"la section :guilabel:`Facturation` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Quantités "
"commandées`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer "
"les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
"products actually being received."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application :guilabel:`Achats`, créez une nouvelle demande de prix. "
"Complétez les informations du formulaire de devis, ajoutez des produits aux "
"lignes de la facture et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. "
"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur`. Puisque la "
"politique est définie sur *quantités commandées*, la facture brouillon peut "
"être confirmée dès sa création, sans qu'aucun produit n'ait été reçu."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
msgstr "Exemple de flux : Quantités reçues"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour réaliser un exemple de flux de travail utilisant la politique de "
"contrôle des factures des *quantités reçues*, allez d'abord à "
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, descendez jusqu'à "
"la section :guilabel:`Facturation` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Quantités "
"reçues`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les "
"changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
"some of the quantities are received."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application :guilabel:`Achats`, créez une nouvelle demande de prix. "
"Complétez les informations du devis, ajoutez des produits aux lignes de la "
"facture et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Cliquez ensuite "
"sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception`. Définissez les quantités "
"dans la colonne :guilabel:`Fait` pour correspondre aux quantités dans la "
"colonne :guilabel:`Demande` et :guilabel:`validez` les changements. Ensuite,"
" dans le bon de commande, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture "
"fournisseur` et :guilabel:`confirmez`. Puisque la politique est définie sur "
"*quantités reçues*, la facture brouillon ne sera confirmée *que* lorsqu'au "
"moins une partie des quantités est reçue."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
msgid "3-way matching"
msgstr "Correspondance à trois voies"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
msgid ""
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
"bills`."
msgstr ""
"L'activation de la :guilabel:`correspondance à trois voies` assure que les "
"factures fournisseurs ne sont payées que lorsque certains produits ou tous "
"les produits du bon de commande ont été reçus. Pour l'activer, allez à "
":menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et descendez "
"jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Facturation`. Ensuite, cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Correspondance à trois voies : achats, réceptions et factures`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
msgid ""
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
"set to *received quantities*."
msgstr ""
"La correspondance à trois voies est *uniquement* conçue pour fonctionner "
"lorsque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur *quantités "
"reçues*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
msgstr "Payer des factures fournisseurs avec la correspondance à trois voies"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
"in a purchase order have been received."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la :guilabel:`correspodance à trois voies` est activée, les factures"
" fournisseurs seront affichées dans le champ :guilabel:`Doit être payée` "
"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations`. Lorsqu'une nouvelle facture "
"fournisseur est créée, ce champ sera défini sur :guilabel:`Oui`, puisqu'il "
"n'est pas possible de créer une facture avant qu'au moins une partie des "
"produits du bon de commande ait été reçue."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
msgstr "Statut Doit être payée d'une facture brouillon."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
msgid ""
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
"draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""
"Si la quantité totale de produits d'un bon de commande n'a pas été reçue, "
"Odoo n'inclut que les produits qui *ont* été reçus dans la facture "
"fournisseur brouillon."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
msgstr ""
"Les factures brouillon peuvent être éditées pour augmenter la quantité "
"facturée, changer le prix des produits sur la facture et ajouter des "
"produits additionnels à la facture. Une fois cela fait, le statut du champ "
":guilabel:`Doit être payée` sera défini sur :guilabel:`Exception`. Ceci "
"signifie que Odoo remarque l'anomalie, mais ne bloque pas les modifications "
"ou n'affiche pas de message d'erreur, puisqu'il pourrait y avoir une raison "
"valide pour apporter des modifications à la facture brouillon."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le paiement a été enregistré pour une facture fournisseur et "
"qu'elle affiche la bannière verte :guilabel:`Payé`, le statut de champ "
":guilabel:`Doit être payée` sera défini sur :guilabel:`Non`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
msgstr ""
"Le statut :guilabel:`Doit être payée` sur les factures est défini "
"automatiquement par Odoo. Cependant, le statut peut être modifié "
"manuellement en cliquant sur le menu déroulant du champ dans l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Autres informations`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
msgstr "Vue du statut de facturation d'un bon de commande"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
msgid ""
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
"form."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'un bon de commande est confirmé, son :guilabel:`Statut de "
"facturation` peut s'afficher sous l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations` "
"sur le formulaire du bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
msgstr "Statut de facturation du bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
"policy used."
msgstr ""
"Vous trouverez ci-dessous la liste des statuts différents que peut revêtir "
"un :guilabel:`Statut de facturation` et du moment où ils sont affichés, en "
"fonction de la politique de contrôle des factures utilisée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Statut de facturation`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid "**Conditions**"
msgstr "**Conditions**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On received quantities*"
msgstr "*Quantités reçues*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
msgstr "*Quantités commandées\"*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Rien à facturer`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
msgstr "Bon de commande confirmé ; aucun produit reçu"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "*Not applicable*"
msgstr "*Non applicable*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Factures en attente`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
msgstr "Tous/quelques produits reçus ; facture non créée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "PO confirmed"
msgstr "Bon de commande confirmé"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Entièrement facturé`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
msgstr "Tous/quelques produits reçus ; facture brouillon créée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "Draft bill created"
msgstr "Facture brouillon créée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
msgstr "Gérer des factures fournisseurs"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a "
"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive"
" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services "
"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
msgstr ""
"Une *facture fournisseur* est une facture reçue pour des produits et/ou des "
"services qu'une entreprise achète auprès d'un fournisseur. Les factures "
"fournisseurs enregistrent les dettes au fur et à mesure qu'elles arrivent "
"des fournisseurs et peuvent inclure des montants dus pour les biens et/ou "
"les services achetés, les taxes à la vente, les frais de transport et de "
"livraison, et plus encore."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app"
" settings."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, une facture fournisseur peut être créée à différents moments du "
"processus d'achat, en fonction de la politique de *contrôle des factures* "
"choisie dans les paramètres de l'application *Achats*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17
msgid ""
"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go "
"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
msgstr ""
"Pour voir et modifier la politique de contrôle des factures par défaut, "
"allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres` et faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Facturation`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a "
"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Il y a deux options de politique de :guilabel:`Contrôle des factures` : "
":guilabel:`Quantités commandées` et :guilabel:`Quantités reçues`. Après "
"avoir sélectionné une politique, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour "
"enregistrer les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
msgstr ""
"Politiques de contrôle des factures dans les paramètres de l'application "
"Achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of "
"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** "
"are used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantités reçues` : la facture n'est créée qu'**après** qu'une "
"partie de la commande totale a été reçue. Les produits et les quantités "
"**reçus** sont utilisés pour générer une facture brouillon."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37
msgid ""
"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control "
"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a "
"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""
"Si un produit a besoin d'une politique de contrôle différente, la politique "
"de contrôle des factures par défaut peut être remplacée en allant à l'onglet"
" :guilabel:`Achats` dans un modèle de produit et en modifiant le champ "
":guilabel:`Politique de contrôle`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
msgstr "Champ de politique de contrôle sur un formulaire de produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
msgid ""
"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of "
"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received."
msgstr ""
"La *correspondance à trois voies* garantit que les factures fournisseurs ne "
"sont payées qu'après avoir reçu une partie ou la totalité des produits du "
"bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
msgid ""
"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check"
" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour l'activer, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats --> "
"Configuration --> Paramètres` et faites défiler jusqu'à la section "
":guilabel:`Facturation`. Cochez ensuite la case à côté de "
":guilabel:`Correspondance à trois voies : achats, réceptions et factures` et"
" cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the "
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""
"La :guilabel:`correspondance à trois voies` fonctionnera **uniquement** "
"lorsque la politique de :guilabel:`Contrôle des factures` est définie sur "
":guilabel:`Quantités reçues`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings."
msgstr ""
"Fonctionnalité de correspondance à trois voies activée dans les paramètres "
"de l'application Achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
msgstr "Créer et gérer des factures fournisseurs sur les réceptions"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
msgid ""
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on "
"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is "
"completed at different steps of the procurement process."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque des produits sont reçus dans l'entrepôt d'une entreprise, des "
"réceptions sont créées. Une fois que l'entreprise traite les quantités "
"reçues, elle peut choisir de créer une facture fournisseur directement "
"depuis la réception de l'entrepôt. En fonction de la politique de contrôle "
"des factures sélectionnée dans les paramètres, la création de la facture "
"fournisseur s'effectue à différentes étapes du processus "
"d'approvisionnement. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities"
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur quantités "
"commandées"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*"
" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer et gérer des factures fournisseurs sur les réceptions en "
"utilisant la politique de contrôle des factures *quantités commandées*, "
"allez d'abord à l'application :menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres`, faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Facturation` et "
"définissez :guilabel:`Contrôle des factures` sur :guilabel:`Quantités "
"commandées`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer "
"les changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
msgstr ""
"Allez ensuite à l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix. Cette action fait"
" apparaître un formulaire détaillé de demande de prix vierge."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
msgid ""
"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for "
"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire détaillé vierge, ajoutez un fournisseur à la demande de "
"prix dans le champ :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et ajoutez des produits aux "
"lignes de :guilabel:`Produit` en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
msgid ""
"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Confirmez ensuite la demande de prix en cliquant sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Conformer la commande` en haut du formulaire. La demande de prix "
"est alors transformée en bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for "
"the purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` pour"
" créer une facture fournisseur pour le bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft "
"Bill` page for the purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Le fait de cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` "
"révèle la page :guilabel:`Facture brouillon` pour le bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify "
"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed,"
" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""
"Sur la :guilabel:`Facture brouillon`, cliquez sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Modifier` pour modifier la facture et ajoutez une date de "
"facturation dans le champ :guilabel:`Date de facturation`. le cas échéant, "
"ajoutez des produits supplémentaires aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit` en "
"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de "
"facture`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the "
":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, confirmez la facture en cliquant sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Confirmer` sur la page :guilabel:`Facture brouillon`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
"received."
msgstr ""
"Puisque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur *quantités "
"commandées*, la facture brouillon peut être confirmée dès qu'elle est créée,"
" avant la réception des produits."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
msgid ""
"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number,"
" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> "
"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment "
":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; "
"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"Sur la nouvelle :guilabel:`facture fournisseur`, ajoutez un numéro de "
":guilabel:`Référence de la facture`, qui peut être utilisé pour faire "
"correspondre la facture avec d'autres documents (tels que le bon de "
"commande). Puis cliquez sur :menuselection:`Confirmer --> Enregistrer un "
"paiement`. Une fenêtre contextuelle apparaît, dans laquelle vous pouvez "
"choisir un :guilabel:`Journal` de paiement ; un :guilabel:`Mode de paiement`"
" et un :guilabel:`Compte bancaire destinataire` dans un menu déroulant."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` "
"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
msgstr ""
"De plus, vous pouvez modifier le :guilabel:`Montant` de la facture, la "
":guilabel:`Date de paiement` et le :guilabel:`Mémo` (:dfn:`Numéro de "
"référence`) dans cette fenêtre contextuelle. Une fois que vous avez fini, "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer un paiement` pour finaliser la création de la "
":guilabel:`Facture fournisseur`. Une bannière verte :guilabel:`En paiement` "
"s'affiche sur la demande de prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
msgstr ""
"Formulaire de facture fournisseur pour la politique de contrôle des "
"quantités commandées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122
msgid ""
"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` "
"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a "
"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the "
"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods "
"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier."
msgstr ""
"Chaque facture fournisseur offre la possibilité d':guilabel:`Ajouter un "
"avoir` ou d':guilabel:`Ajouter une note de débit`. Un *avoir* est "
"généralement émis lorsqu'un vendeur ou un fournisseur récupère une certaine "
"quantité de produits auprès du client auquel ils ont été vendus, alors que "
"les *notes de débit* sont réservées aux marchandises retournées par le "
"client/l'acheteur au vendeur ou fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128
msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities"
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur quantités "
"reçues"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131
msgid ""
"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any "
"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control "
"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before "
"proceeding."
msgstr ""
"Si vous tentez de créer une facture fournisseur sans avoir reçu les produits"
" (alors que vous utilisez la politique de contrôle de factures *quantités "
"reçues*), un message d'erreur s'affiche et les paramètres doivent être "
"modifiés avant de poursuivre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received "
"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer et gérer des factures fournisseurs sur des réceptions en "
"utilisant la politique de contrôle des factures *quantités reçues*, allez "
"d'abord à l'application :menuselection:`Achats --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres`, faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Facturation` et "
"définissez le :guilabel:`Contrôle des factures` sur :guilabel:`Quantités "
"reçues`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les "
"changements."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a "
"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et cliquez sur "
":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix. Un formulaire "
"détaillé de demande de prix vierge s'affiche."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the "
"purchase order."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` pour "
"créer une facture fournisseur pour le bon de commande. "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will"
" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items "
"included on the order to create a vendor bill."
msgstr ""
"Le fait de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture fournisseur` avant "
"d'avoir reçu des produits fera apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle "
"d':guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur`. Le :guilabel:`Bon de commande` requiert "
"qu'au moins une partie des articles qui figurent sur le bon de commande soit"
" livrée avant de créer une facture fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur pour la politique de contrôle "
"des quantités reçues."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse "
"receipt form."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` pour "
"afficher le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to "
"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt, cliquez sur "
":menuselection:`Valider --> Appliquer` pour indiquer les quantités "
":guilabel:`faites`. Retournez ensuite au :menuselection:`Bon de commande` "
"(via le fil d'Ariane) et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture "
"fournisseur` sur le formulaire du bon de commande."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the "
":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a "
":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"Cette opération fait apparaître une :guilabel:`Facture brouillon` pour le "
"bon de commande. Sur la :guilabel:`Facture brouillon`, cliquez sur le bouton"
" :guilabel:`Modifier` et ajoutez une :guilabel:`Date de facturation`. Le cas"
" échéant, ajoutez des produits supplémentaires aux lignes de "
":guilabel:`Produit` en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft "
"Bill`."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour confirmer la "
":guilabel:`Facture brouillon`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft "
"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are "
"received."
msgstr ""
"Puisque la politique de contrôle des factures est définie sur *quantités "
"reçues*, la facture brouillon peut **uniquement** être confirmée lorsqu'au "
"moins certaines quantités sont reçues."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor "
"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
msgstr ""
"De plus, vous pouvez modifier le :guilabel:`Montant` de la facture, la "
":guilabel:`Date de paiement` et le :guilabel:`Mémo` (:dfn:`Numéro de "
"référence`) dans cette fenêtre contextuelle. Une fois que vous avez fini, "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer un paiement` pour finaliser la création de la "
"facture fournisseur. Une bannière verte **En paiement** s'affiche sur la "
"demande de prix."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting"
msgstr "Créer et gérer des factures fournisseurs dans Comptabilité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, "
"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également créer des factures fournisseurs directement à partir "
"de l'application *Comptabilité*, **sans** devoir créer un bon de commande "
"auparavant. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Fournisseurs --> Factures fournisseurs` et "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Un formulaire détaillé de facture fournisseur"
" vierge s'affiche."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197
msgid ""
"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any "
"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the bill."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire détaillé de facture fournisseur vierge, ajoutez un "
"fournisseur dans le champ :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et ajoutez des produits "
"aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de "
"facture`) en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Ensuite, ajoutez "
"une date de facturation dans le champ :guilabel:`Date de facturation` et "
"toute autre information nécessaire. Cliquez enfin sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` "
"pour confirmer la facture fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the "
":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration "
"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms."
msgstr ""
"À partir de là, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Écritures comptables` pour "
"voir (ou modifier) les journaux de :guilabel:`Compte` qui ont été complétés "
"en fonction de la configuration des formulaires :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et "
":guilabel:`Produit` correspondants."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add"
" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` "
"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un avoir` ou :guilabel:`Ajouter une "
"note de débit` pour avoir un avoir ou une note de débit à la facture. Ou "
"alors, ajoutez un numéro de :guilabel:`Référence de facture` (en mode "
":guilabel:`Édition`)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209
msgid ""
"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`"
" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Enregistrer un "
"paiement --> Créer un paiement` pour finaliser la :guilabel:`Facture "
"fournisseur`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
msgid ""
"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase "
"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from"
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"Pour associer la facture fournisseur à un bon de commande existant, cliquez "
"sur le menu déroulant à côté de :guilabel:`Saisie automatique` et "
"sélectionnez un bon de commande dans le menu. Les informations du bon de "
"commande seront automatiquement complétées dans la facture fournisseur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""
"Liste déroulante de saisie automatique sur une facture fournisseur "
"brouillon."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222
msgid "Batch billing"
msgstr "Facturation par lot"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
"app."
msgstr ""
"Les factures fournisseurs peuvent être traitées et gérées par lots dans "
"l'application *Comptabilité*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226
msgid ""
"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the"
" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This "
"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or "
":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> "
"Fournisseurs --> Factures fournisseurs`. Puis cochez la :guilabel:`case` "
"dans le coin supérieur gauche de la page, à côté de la colonne "
":guilabel:`Numéro`, sous le bouton :guilabel:`Créer`. Cette action permet de"
" sélectionner toutes les factures fournisseurs dont le :guilabel:`Statut` "
"est :guilabel:`Comptabilisé` ou :guilabel:`Brouillon`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send"
" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices "
"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process "
"payments for multiple vendor bills at once."
msgstr ""
"À partir de là, cliquez sur l'icône d'engrenage :guilabel:`Action` pour "
"exporter, supprimer ou envoyer & imprimer les factures ; cliquez sur l'icône"
" :guilabel:`Imprimer` pour imprimer les factures clients ou fournisseurs ; "
"ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` pour créer et traiter le "
"paiement de plusieurs factures fournisseurs en une fois."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this "
"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` "
"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and "
"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to "
":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement`, une fenêtre "
"contextuelle s'affiche. Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, sélectionnez le "
"journal approprié dans le champ :guilabel:`Journal`, choisissez une date de "
"paiement dans le champ :guilabel:`Date de paiement` et choisissez un "
":guilabel:`Mode de paiement`. Vous avez également la possibilité de "
":guilabel:`Regrouper des paiements` dans cette fenêtre contextuelle."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
msgid ""
"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a "
"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are"
" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer un "
"paiement`, ce qui crée une liste de pièces comptables dans une page séparée."
" Ces pièces comptables sont toutes associées à leurs factures fournisseurs "
"appropriées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up."
msgstr ""
"Fenêtre contextuelle d'enregistrer un paiement pour une facturation par lot."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will "
"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to "
":guilabel:`Posted`."
msgstr ""
"L'option :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` pour les factures fournisseurs "
"par lot fonctionne uniquement pour les pièces comptables dont le "
":guilabel:`Statut` est défini sur :guilabel:`Comptabilisé`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Produits"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
msgstr "Configurer des règles de réassort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
" below a set threshold."
msgstr ""
"Pour certains produits, il est nécessaire de s'assurer qu'une quantité "
"minimale est disponible à tout moment. En ajoutant une règle de réassort à "
"un produit, il est possible d'automatiser le processus de réassort de "
"manière à ce qu'un bon de commande soit automatiquement créé lorsque la "
"quantité tombe en dessous d'un certain seuil."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
msgstr ""
"Le module *Inventaire* doit être installé pour utiliser les règles de "
"réassort."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
msgstr "Configurer des produits à réapprovisionner"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
"be added to them."
msgstr ""
"Les produits doivent être configurés d'une manière spécifique pour qu'une "
"règle de réassort puisse leur être ajoutée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
msgid ""
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
"into it's product form."
msgstr ""
"À partir des modules :menuselection:`Inventaire`, "
":menuselection:`Fabrication`, :menuselection:`Achats` ou "
":menuselection:`Ventes`, allez aux :menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et"
" ensuite cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour créer un nouveau produit. Vous "
"pouvez également trouver un produit qui existe déjà dans la base de données "
"et cliquer sur sa fiche produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, sur la fiche du produit, activez le réassort en cochant l'option "
":guilabel:`Peut être acheté` sous le champ :guilabel:`Nom du produit`. "
"Enfin, définissez le :guilabel:`Type de produit` sur `Produit stockable` "
"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations générales`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
msgstr "Configurez un produit à réapprovisionner dans Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
msgstr "Ajouter une règle de réassort à un produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
msgid ""
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir correctement configuré un produit, il est possible d'y ajouter "
"une règle de réassort en cliquant sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de "
"réassort` qui est désormais visible en haut de la fiche produit et en "
"cliquant ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer` dans le tableau de bord des "
":guilabel:`Règles de réassort`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Accédez aux règles de réassort pour un produit à partir de la fiche produit "
"dans Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois créée, la règle de réassort peut être configurée pour générer "
"automatiquement des bons de commande en définissant les champs suivants :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
" once they are received and entered into stock."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Emplacement` précise où les quantités commandées doivent être "
"stockées une fois qu'elles ont été reçues et entrées dans le stock."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Quantité min` définit le seuil inférieur de la règle de réassort,"
" tandis que :guilabel:`Quantité max` définit le seuil supérieur. Si le stock"
" disponible est inférieur à la quantité minimale, un nouveau bon de commande"
" sera créé pour le réapprovisionner jusqu'à la quantité minimale."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
"created for 21 units of the product."
msgstr ""
"Si la :guilabel:`Quantité min` est fixée à `5` et la :guilabel:`Quantité "
"max` est fixée à `25` et le stock disponible tombe à 4, un bon de commande "
"sera créé pour 21 unités du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
"Quantity` field."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible de configurer la :guilabel:`Quantité multiple` de manière à "
"ce que les produits ne soient commandés que par lots d'une certaine "
"quantité. En fonction du chiffre saisi, cela peut entraîner la création d'un"
" bon de commande qui ferait passer le stock disponible à un niveau supérieur"
" à celui précisé dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité max`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
msgstr ""
"Si la :guilabel:`Quantité max` est fixée à `100`, mais la "
":guilabel:`Quantité multiple` est configurée pour commander le produit en "
"lots de `200`, un bon de commande sera créé pour 200 unités du produit."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
msgstr ""
"L':guilabel:`UdM` précise l'unité de mesure dans laquelle la quantité sera "
"commandée. Pour les produits discrets, elle doit est réglée sur `Unités`. "
"Cependant, elle peut également être définie sur des unités de mesure telle "
"que `Volume` ou `Poids` pour les produits non discrets tels que l'eau ou les"
" briques."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
msgstr "Configurez la règle de réassort dans Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
msgstr "Déclencher manuellement des règles de réassort avec le planificateur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
msgid ""
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""
"Les règles de réassort seront déclenchées automatiquement par le "
"planificateur, qui s'exécute une fois par jour par défaut. Pour manuellement"
" déclencher des règles de réassort, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
"Opérations --> Lancer le planificateur`. Sur la fenêtre contextuelle, "
"confirmez l'action manuelle en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Lancer le "
"planificateur`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
msgid ""
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
"actions."
msgstr ""
"Les règles de réassort déclenchées manuellement déclencheront également "
"d'autres actions planifiées."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
msgstr "Gérer les règles de réassort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
msgid ""
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
"top of the form."
msgstr ""
"Pour gérer les règles de réassort pour un seul produit, allez à la fiche de "
"ce produit et sélectionnez l'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de réassort` en haut "
"du formulaire."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
msgid ""
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
msgstr ""
"Pour gérer toutes les règles de réassort pour chaque produit, allez à "
":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Règles de réassort`. Dans "
"ce tableau de bord, vous pouvez exécuter des actions de masse typiques, "
"telles que l'exportation de données ou l'archivage de règles qui ne sont "
"plus nécessaires. En outre, les :guilabel:`Filtres`, :guilabel:`Regrouper "
"par` ou le menu à trois points sur le formulaire sont disponibles pour "
"rechercher et/ou organiser les règles de réassort comme vous le souhaitez."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
msgstr ""
"Acheter dans une unité de mesure différente de celle utilisée pour la vente"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous achetez un produit, il se peut que votre fournisseur utilise "
"une unité de mesure différente de celle que vous utilisez pour vendre. Ceci "
"pourrait être source de confusion entre les responsables des ventes et des "
"achats. Il est également fastidieux de convertir mensuellement les unités de"
" mesure à chaque fois. Avec Odoo, vous pouvez configurer votre produit une "
"seule fois et laisser Odoo se charger de la conversion."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
msgstr "Prenons les exemples suivants :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
msgid ""
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
msgstr ""
"Vous achetez du jus d'orange auprès d'un fournisseur américain qui utilise "
"des **gallons**. Cependant, vos clients sont européens et utilisent "
"des**litres**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
msgstr ""
"Vous achetez des rideaux auprès d'un fournisseur sous forme de **rouleaux** "
"et vous vendez des morceaux de rouleaux à vos clients qui utilisent des "
"**mètres carrés**."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
msgid "Enable units of measure"
msgstr "Activer les unités de mesure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
msgid ""
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
msgstr ""
"Ouvrez votre application Ventes et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
" Paramètres`. Dans la section Catalogue de produits, activez les *unités de "
"mesure*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
msgstr "Activer l'option des unités de mesure dans Odoo Ventes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
msgstr "Définir des unités de mesure d'achat et de vente"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
msgid "Standard units of measure"
msgstr "Unités de mesure standards"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
msgstr ""
"Une variété d'unités de mesure sont disponibles par défaut dans votre base "
"de données. Chacune appartient à l'une des cinq catégories d'unités de "
"mesure préconfigurées : *Longueur / Distance*, *Unité*, *Volume*, *Poids* et"
" *Temps de travail*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
"(see next section)."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez créer vos propres unités de mesure et catégories d'unités de "
"mesure (voir la section suivante)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
msgid ""
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
msgstr ""
"Pour définir des unités de mesure différentes pour les achats et les ventes,"
" ouvrez l'application Achats et allez à :menuselection:`Produits --> "
"Produits`. Créez un produit ou sélectionnez un produit existant. Sous "
"l'onglet *Informations générales* du produit, sélectionnez d'abord l'*unité "
"de mesure* qui sera utilisée pour les ventes (et pour toutes les autres "
"applications telles qu'Inventaire). Sélectionnez ensuite l'*unité de mesure "
"d'achat* qui sera utilisée pour les achats."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""
"Revenons au premier exemple. Si vous achetez du jus d'orange auprès de votre"
" fournisseur en **gallons** et vendez-le à vos clients en **litres**, "
"sélectionnez d'abord *L* (litres) comme *unité de mesure* et *gal (US)* "
"(gallons) comme *unité de mesure d'achat*. Cliquez ensuite sur "
"*Enregistrer*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
msgstr "Configurer l'unité de mesure d'un produit dans Odoo"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
msgstr "Créer de nouvelles unités de mesure et catégories d'unités de mesure"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
msgstr ""
"Parfois, vous devez créer vos propres unités et catégories, soit parce que "
"la mesure n'est pas préconfigurée dans Odoo, soit parce que les unités ne "
"sont pas liées entre elles (par ex. kilos et centimètres)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
" units of measure."
msgstr ""
"Si vous prenez le deuxième exemple où vous achetez des rideaux auprès d'un "
"fournisseur sous forme de **rouleaux** et vous vendez des morceaux des "
"rouleaux en utilisant des **mètres carrés**, vous devez créer une nouvelle "
"*catégorie d'unités de mesure* afin de relier les deux unités de mesure."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Catégories d'unités"
" de mesure`. Cliquez sur *Créer* et nommez la catégorie."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Créer une nouvelle catégorie d'unités de mesure dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
msgid ""
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
msgstr ""
"La prochaine étape est de créer les deux unités de mesure. Pour ce faire, "
"allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Unités de mesure`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
msgid ""
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
msgstr ""
"Créez d'abord l'unité de mesure utilisée comme point de référence pour la "
"conversion vers d'autres unités de mesure à l'intérieur de la catégorie en "
"cliquant sur *Créer*. Nommez l'unité et sélectionnez la catégorie d'unités "
"de mesure que vous venez de créer. Concernant le *Type*, sélectionnez *Unité"
" de mesure de référence pour cette catégorie*. Saisissez la *précision "
"d'arrondi* que vous voulez appliquer. La quantité calculée par Odoo est "
"toujours un multiple de cette valeur."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
msgid ""
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'exemple, comme vous ne pouvez pas acheter moins d'un rouleau et que "
"vous n'utiliserez pas de fractions de rouleau comme unité de mesure, vous "
"pouvez saisir 1."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Créer une nouvelle unité de mesure de référence dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
msgid ""
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
msgstr ""
"Si vous utilisez une *précision d'arrondi* inférieure à 0,01, un message "
"d'avertissement peut apparaître indiquant qu'elle est supérieure à la "
"*précision décimale* et qu'elle peut entraîner des incohérences. Si vous "
"souhaitez utiliser une *précision d'arrondi* inférieure à 0,01, activez "
"d'abord le :ref:`mode développeur <developer-mode>`, allez ensuite à "
":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Structure de la base de données"
" --> Précision décimale`, sélectionnez *Unité de mesure du produit* et "
"modifiez les *chiffres* en conséquence. Par exemple, si vous voulez "
"appliquer une précision d'arrondi de 0,00001, définissez les *chiffres* sur "
"5."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
msgstr ""
"Créez ensuite une deuxième unité de mesure, nommez-la et sélectionnez la "
"même catégorie d'unités de mesure comme votre unité de référence. Dans la "
"section *type*, sélectionnez *plus petite* ou *plus grande que l'unité de "
"mesure de référence*, en fonction de votre situation."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
msgid ""
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
"*Smaller*."
msgstr ""
"Comme le rouleau de rideaux équivaut à 100 mètres carrés, vous devez "
"sélectionner *plus petite*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, vous devez saisir le *facteur* entre votre unité de référence et la"
" deuxième unité. Si la deuxième unité est plus petite, le *facteur* doit "
"être supérieur à 1. Si la deuxième unité est plus grande, le facteur doit "
"être inférieur à 1."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
msgstr "Pour votre rouleau de rideaux, le facteur doit être de 100."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "Créer une deuxième unité de mesure dans Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
msgid ""
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
"units of measure."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez à présent configurer votre produit comme vous le feriez en "
"utilisant les unités de mesure standards d'Odoo."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""
"Définir des unités de mesure d'un produit utilisant vos propres unités dans "
"Odoo Achats"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "Qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing "
"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality "
"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Qualité** permet d'assurer la qualité des produits tout au long des "
"processus de fabrication et des mouvements d'inventaire. Effectuez des "
"contrôles de qualité, automatisez la fréquence des inspections de qualité et"
" créez des alertes de qualité lorsque des problèmes surviennent."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/quality-overview-5590>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5
msgid "Quality check types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3
msgid "Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types"
" that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows"
" the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:11
msgid ""
"For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality checks <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"checks>` and :ref:`quality control points "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:16
msgid "Process an Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:18
msgid ""
"There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed."
" If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or "
"work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a"
" check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23
msgid "Process from the quality check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the"
" quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33
msgid "Process quality check on an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for"
" which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button "
"to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality "
"checks created for the order can be processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions "
"detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the "
"manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:58
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page."
" For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:63
msgid "Process work order quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:65
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a "
"specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an "
"*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather"
" than the manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:70
msgid ""
"Quality checks configured for work orders must be completed from the tablet "
"view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that "
"includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet"
" view for that work order by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on "
"the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching"
" the check, the instructions for how to complete it will appear at the top "
"of the screen. Follow the instructions, then click :guilabel:`Next` to move "
"on to the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "An Instructions check for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button in the tablet view, and then select "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:88
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete guide to "
"quality alert creation, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3
msgid "Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that "
"can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point "
"(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a "
"product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, "
"the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* "
"value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A "
"single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be "
"configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:26
msgid "Quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:35
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how the picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:43
msgid "Quality control point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:45
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`,"
" and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:49
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: "
":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:52
msgid ""
"Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the "
"ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-"
"entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:55
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` "
"and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum "
"acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum "
"acceptable measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"measurement should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:69
msgid "Process a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be "
"processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:71
msgid "From the check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:78
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to take the measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:82
msgid ""
"After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click "
":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:86
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* "
"and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the"
" top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the "
"check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*,"
" or *Failed* if the value is outside of it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:87
msgid "On an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing "
"order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the "
"button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all "
"of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:105
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, "
"then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"If the value entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can "
"then be processed as usual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:117
msgid ""
"However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-"
"up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the "
"pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units "
"and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions "
"entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the "
"bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and "
":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`"
" pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:185
msgid ""
"If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` "
"instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were "
"listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:136
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:193
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:120
msgid "On a work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality "
"check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing"
" order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:151
msgid ""
"*Measure* quality checks created for work orders must be processed from the "
"tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
"--> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that "
"includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet"
" view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and "
"then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching the "
"check, the instructions for how to take the measurement appear at the top of"
" the screen. Enter the measured value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field above"
" the instructions, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A Measure quality check in the Manufacturing tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:166
msgid ""
"If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" tablet view moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if the "
"measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a pop-up window "
"appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:171
msgid ""
"The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a "
"warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should "
"be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the"
" :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-"
"up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:180
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled "
":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measurement in the "
":guilabel:`Measure` field, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"check, and move on to the next step of the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:189
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(three horizontal lines)` button, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window appears, from which a quality alert can be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3
msgid "Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types "
"that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the "
"creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria "
"that must be met for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:43
msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically,"
" begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:53
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check "
"to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:61
msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:70
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at "
"the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:80
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing"
" order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:91
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check "
"is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If "
"the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:99
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert "
"forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:108
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders must be processed "
"from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality "
"check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` "
"button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Pass - Fail* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching "
"the check, follow the instructions that appear at the top of the screen. If "
"the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the "
"top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(menu)` button in the tablet view, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window appears, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete "
"guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on "
":ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3
msgid "Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check "
"types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality "
"control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be "
"attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:13
msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:15
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:19
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-checks>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:49
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture` quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:45
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that will generate *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears "
"after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a"
" device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information "
"about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on "
":ref:`adding new equipment "
"<maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:64
msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:73
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:77
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open "
"the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, "
"select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:89
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), "
"for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown "
"on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, "
"make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check"
" (computer, tablet, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:104
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`"
" section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to"
" the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to"
" complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality "
"alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality "
"alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:122
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Take a Picture* quality checks created for work orders must be completed "
"from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality "
"check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` "
"button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Take a Picture* quality check step is reached. Upon "
"reaching the check, follow the instructions for how to take the picture, "
"which appear at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:137
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the work order (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` button to open the device's file manager. In the "
"file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open`"
" to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the quality "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check for a manufacturing work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:146
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(three horizontal lines)` button in the tablet view, and selecting "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A "
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window appears, from which a quality alert"
" can be created. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert "
"forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:153
msgid "Review a picture attached to a check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:155
msgid ""
"After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by "
"quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select "
"a quality check to review."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:159
msgid ""
"The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the "
"quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` "
"button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check "
"fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5
msgid "Quality control basics"
msgstr "Les bases du contrôle qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3
msgid "Create quality alerts"
msgstr "Créer des alertes qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:7
msgid ""
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
"detected by automated processes."
msgstr ""
"La configuration des points de contrôle qualité est un excellent moyen de "
"s'assurer que des contrôles de qualité sont effectués à des étapes de "
"routine au cours d'opérations spécifiques. Cependant, des problèmes de "
"qualité peuvent souvent apparaître en dehors de ces contrôles planifiés. En "
"utilisant Odoo *Qualité*, les utilisateurs peuvent créer des alertes qualité"
" pour les problèmes qui ne sont pas détectés par les processus automatisés."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`Ajouter des points de contrôle qualité <quality_control_points>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
msgstr "Compléter le formulaire d'alerte qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:18
msgid ""
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
" the *Quality* module."
msgstr ""
"Dans certaines situations, il faut manuellement créer des alertes qualité "
"dans le module *Qualité*."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:21
msgid ""
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
"quality team."
msgstr ""
"Un utilisateur du service d'assistance qui est informé d'un défaut de "
"produit par un ticket client peut créer une alerte qui porte le problème à "
"l'attention de l'équipe qualité concernée."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24
msgid ""
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Pour créer une nouvelle alerte qualité, allez à l'application "
":menuselection:`Qualité` et sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité "
"--> Alertes qualité --> Créer`. Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut être "
"complété comme suit :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Titre` : choisissez un titre concis, mais descriptif pour "
"l'alerte qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
"created"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit pour lequel l'alerte qualité est créée"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
"the quality issue, if applicable"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Variante de produit` : la variante spécifique du produit qui a le"
" problème de qualité, le cas échéant"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` : le numéro de lot assigné au produit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : le poste de travail d'où provient le problème"
" de qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
"originated"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Transfert` : l'opération de transfert pendant lequel est survenu "
"le problème de qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Équipe` : l'équipe de qualité qui sera informée de l'alerte "
"qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
" alert"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Responsable` : la personne responsable de la gestion de l'alerte "
"qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Étiquettes` : classer l'alerte qualité en fonction des étiquettes"
" créées par l'utilisateur"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Cause première` : la cause du problème de qualité, si elle est "
"connue"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Priorité` : assigner une priorité entre une ou trois étoiles pour"
" s'assurer que les problèmes les plus urgents sont traités en priorité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42
msgid ""
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
"information to quality teams:"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser les onglets en bas du formulaire pour fournir des "
"informations supplémentaires aux équipes de qualité :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Description` : fournir plus de détails sur le problème de qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Mesures correctives` : méthode de correction des produits "
"concernés"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
"occurring in the future"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Mesures préventives` : procédures visant à éviter que le problème"
" ne se reproduise à l'avenir"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Divers` : le fournisseur du produit (le cas échéant), "
"l'entreprise qui fabrique le produit et la date d'assignation"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
msgstr "Un exemple de formulaire d'alerte qualité complété."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
msgstr "Ajouter des alertes qualité pendant le processus de fabrication"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:58
msgid ""
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
msgstr ""
"Odoo permet aux employés de fabrication de créer des alertes qualité au sein"
" d'un ordre de travail sans accéder au module *Qualité*. À partir de la vue "
"tablette de l'ordre de travail, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:` ☰ ` du menu "
"hamburger dans le coin supérieur gauche et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Alerte "
"qualité`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "Access the work order menu."
msgstr "Accédez au menu de l'ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66
msgid ""
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
msgstr ""
"Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut ensuite être complété comme il est "
"détaillé dans la section précédente. Après avoir sauvegardé le formulaire, "
"une nouvelle alerte apparaîtra dans le tableau de bord des "
":guilabel:`Alertes qualité` qui se trouvent dans le menu "
":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
msgstr "Gérer les alertes qualité existantes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:73
msgid ""
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
"calendar, and pivot table views."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les alertes qualité sont organisées dans un tableau de bord "
"kanban. Les étapes du tableau kanban sont entièrement personnalisables et "
"les alertes peuvent être déplacées d'une étape à une autre par glisser-"
"déposer ou en cliquant sur chaque alerte. D'autres options sont disponibles "
"pour afficher les alertes, y compris les vues graphique, calendrier et "
"tableau croisé dynamique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79
msgid ""
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
msgstr ""
"Filtrez les alertes en fonction de divers critères, tels que la date "
"d'assignation ou la date de clôture. Il est également possible de regrouper "
"les alertes par équipe de qualité, cause première ou d'autres paramètres qui"
" figurent dans le menu :guilabel:`Filtres`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3
msgid "Quality checks"
msgstr "Contrôles qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:8
msgid ""
"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used "
"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted"
" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory "
"operation or manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"Les contrôles qualité sont des inspections manuelles effectuées par les "
"employés et sont utilisés pour assurer la qualité des produits. Dans Odoo, "
"un contrôle qualité peut être effectué pour un seul produit ou pour "
"plusieurs produits d'une même opération d'inventaire ou ordre de "
"fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:12
msgid ""
"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks"
" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a "
"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee"
" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full "
"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on"
" :ref:`quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18
msgid ""
"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it "
"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check"
" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that "
"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct "
"unprompted."
msgstr ""
"Bien que les contrôles qualité soient le plus souvent créés automatiquement "
"par un |PCQ|, il est également possible de créer un contrôle qualité unique "
"manuellement. La création manuelle d'un contrôle est utile lorsqu'un employé"
" souhaite programmer un contrôle qualité qui n'aurait lieu qu'une seule "
"fois, ou enregistrer un contrôle qualité qu'il effectue sans y être invité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:24
msgid "Manual quality check"
msgstr "Contrôle qualité manuel"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:26
msgid ""
"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option "
"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""
"Pour manuellement créer un seul contrôle qualité, allez à "
":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles qualité`, et "
"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Sur le formulaire du contrôle qualité, "
"sélectionnez une option dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Contrôle par` :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery"
" order) and all products within it."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Opération` demande un contrôle pour l'ensemble d'une opération "
"(par ex. bon de livraison) et tous les produits qu'elle contient."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is "
"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Produit` demande un contrôle pour chaque unité d'un produit "
"faisant partie d'une opération (par ex. chaque unité d'un produit d'un bon "
"de livraison)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that "
"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a "
"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected"
" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted "
"for."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Qualité` représente un contrôle pour chaque quantité d'un produit"
" faisant partie d'une opération (par ex. un contrôle pour cinq unités d'un "
"produit d'un bon de livraison). La sélection de :guilabel:`Quantité` fait "
"également apparaître un menu déroulant :guilabel:`Lot/série`, où vous pouvez"
" sélectionner un lot ou  un numéro de série spécifique pour lequel le "
"contrôle qualité doit être effectué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:39
msgid ""
"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down "
"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-"
"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation "
"the quality check is being conducted."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez ensuite une opération d'inventaire dans le menu déroulant "
":guilabel:`Transfert` ou un ordre de fabrication dans le menu déroulant "
":guilabel:`Ordre de production`. Ceci est nécessaire, car Odoo a besoin de "
"savoir pour quelle opération le contrôle qualité est effectué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:43
msgid ""
"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from "
"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality "
"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging"
" to a specific |QCP|."
msgstr ""
"Si le contrôle qualité doit être attribué à un |PCQ| spécifique, "
"sélectionnez-le dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Point de contrôle`. Ceci "
"est utile si le contrôle qualité est créé manuellement, mais qu'il doit "
"quand même être reconnu comme appartenant à un |PCQ| spécifique."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:47
msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:"
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez un type de contrôle qualité dans le menu déroulant "
":guilabel:`Type` :"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct "
"the quality check."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` fournit des instructions spécifiques sur la manière"
" d'effectuer le contrôle qualité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check "
"before the check can be completed."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Prendre une photo` exige qu'une photo soit jointe au contrôle "
"avant que celui-ci ne puisse être effectué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a "
"certain criteria to pass the check."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Réussite - Échec` est utilisé lorsque le produit contrôle doit "
"répondre à certains critères pour réussir le contrôle."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:54
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to "
"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be "
"completed."
msgstr ""
"La sélection de :guilabel:`Mesure` fait apparaître un champ de saisie "
":guilabel:`Mesure`, dans lequel une mesure doit être saisie avant que le "
"contrôle ne puisse être effectué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:56
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-"
"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be "
"filled out to complete the check."
msgstr ""
"La sélection de :guilabel:`Feuille de travail` fait apparaître un menu "
"déroulant :guilabel:`Modèle qualité`. Il permet de sélectionner une feuille "
"de travail de qualité à remplir pour effectuer le contrôle."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:59
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible "
"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company "
"that owns the product being inspected."
msgstr ""
"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Équipe`, sélectionnez l'équipe de qualité "
"responsable du contrôle qualité. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Société`, "
"sélectionnez la société propriétaire du produit inspecté."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a "
"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any"
" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was "
"created, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Notes` au bas du formulaire, saisissez toutes les "
"instructions pertinentes dans le champ de saisie :guilabel:`Instructions` "
"(par ex. 'Joindre une photo du produit'). Dans le champ de saisie "
":guilabel:`Notes`, saisissez toutes les informations pertinentes sur le "
"contrôle qualité (qui l'a créé, pourquoi, etc.)."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:67
msgid ""
"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the "
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, "
"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, si le contrôle est traité immédiatement, cliquez sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Réussite` en haut à gauche de l'écran si le contrôle est réussi "
"ou sur le bouton :guilabel:`Échec` si le contrôle est échoué."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check."
msgstr ""
"Un formulaire de contrôle qualité complété pour un contrôle Réussite - "
"Échec."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:75
msgid "Process quality check"
msgstr "Traiter un contrôle qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:77
msgid ""
"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or "
"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. "
"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order "
"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order."
msgstr ""
"Les contrôles qualité peuvent être traités directement sur la page du "
"contrôle qualité, ou à partir d'un ordre de fabrication ou d'inventaire pour"
" lequel une contrôle est exigé. Par ailleurs, si un contrôle qualité est "
"créé pour une opération spécifique de l'ordre de travail, le contrôle est "
"traité dans la vue de tablette de l'ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:82
msgid ""
"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is "
"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order "
"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on "
":ref:`Quality Control Points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create "
"quality checks for a specific work order operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:89
msgid "Quality check page"
msgstr "Page de contrôle qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:91
msgid ""
"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select"
" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the "
"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`"
" tab at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"Pour traiter un contrôle qualité à partir de la page de contrôle, allez à "
":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles qualité`, puis "
"sélectionnez le contrôle à traiter. Suivez les instructions relatives à la "
"réalisation du contrôle, qui figurent dans le champ :guilabel:`Instructions`"
" de l'onglet :guilabel:`Notes` au bas de la page."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of"
" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""
"Si le contrôle qualité réussit, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Réussite` "
"en haut de la page. Si le contrôle échoue, cliquez plutôt sur le bouton "
":guilabel:`Échec`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:100
msgid "Quality check on order"
msgstr "Contrôle qualité sur un ordre"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory "
"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. "
"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""
"Pour traiter un contrôle qualité sur un ordre, sélectionnez un ordre de "
"fabrication ou d'inventaire (réception, livraison, retour, etc.), pour "
"lequel un contrôle est nécessaire. Vous pouvez sélectionner des ordres de "
"fabrication en allant à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> "
"Ordres de fabrication`, et en cliquant sur un ordre. Les ordres d'inventaire"
" peuvent être sélectionnés en allant à :menuselection:`Inventaire`, en "
"cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`# À traiter` sur une carte d'opération et "
"en sélectionnant un ordre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108
msgid ""
"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""
"Sur l'ordre de fabrication ou d'inventaire sélectionné, un bouton mauve "
":guilabel:`Contrôles qualité` apparaît en haut de l'ordre. Cliquez sur le "
"bouton pour ouvrir la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Contrôle qualité`, qui"
" montre tous les contrôles qualité requis pour cet ordre."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:112
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up "
"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up "
"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button "
"appears instead. Click it to complete the check."
msgstr ""
"Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent dans la fenêtre contextuelle "
":guilabel:`Contrôle qualité`. Si un contrôle Réussite - Échec est en cours, "
"complétez le contrôle en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Réussite` ou "
":guilabel:`Échec` au bas de la fenêtre contextuelle. Pour tous les autres "
"types de contrôle qualité, un bouton :guilabel:`Valider` s'affiche. Cliquez "
"dessus pour terminer le contrôle."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "La fenêtre contextuelle \"Contrôle qualité\" sur un ordre de fabrication."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:122
msgid "Quality check on work order"
msgstr "Contrôle qualité sur un ordre de travail"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:124
msgid ""
"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then "
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that "
"requires the quality check."
msgstr ""
"Pour traiter un contrôle qualité sur un ordre de travail, allez à "
":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication`, puis "
"sélectionnez un ordre de fabrication. Sélectionnez l'onglet "
":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` et cliquez sur le bouton de la vue de tablette"
" :guilabel:`📱 (tablette)` pour l'ordre de travail qui nécessite le contrôle "
"qualité."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions"
" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, "
"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the "
"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` "
"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the "
"next step of the work order."
msgstr ""
"Dans la vue tablette, effectuez les étapes répertoriées à gauche de l'écran "
"jusqu'à l'étape du contrôle qualité, puis suivez les instructions en haut de"
" l'écran. Si un contrôle Réussite - Échec est en cours, terminez le contrôle"
" en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Réussite` ou :guilabel:`Échec` en haut de "
"l'écran. Pour tous les autres types de contrôle qualité, un bouton "
":guilabel:`Suivant` s'affiche. Cliquez dessus pour terminer le contrôle et "
"passer à l'étape suivante de l'ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check for a work order."
msgstr "Un contrôle qualité sur un ordre de travail."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3
msgid "Quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create "
":doc:`quality checks <quality_checks>` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| "
"can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations "
"(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16
msgid ""
"Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly "
"inspected for defects and other issues."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20
msgid "Configure quality control points"
msgstr "Configurer des points de contrôle qualité"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality "
"Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that "
"makes the |QCP| easily identifiable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| "
"should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, "
"select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should "
"trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be "
"created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37
msgid ""
"When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and "
":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left "
"blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the "
"specified operation(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled "
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work "
"order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the "
"manufacturing operation in general."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47
msgid ""
"For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the "
"`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is "
"confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check "
"specifically for the `Assembly` operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *when* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, "
"as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product "
"included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for "
"one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* "
"products are included in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items"
" within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the "
":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical "
"value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the "
"checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *how often* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of "
"the |QCP| are met."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain "
"percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% "
"of Transfers` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period"
" of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field "
"below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or "
":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should"
" be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|"
" depends upon the type of quality check selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be "
"uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to "
"confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the "
"manufacturing operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet "
"for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the "
"product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to "
"pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be "
"filled out by the employee processing the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91
msgid ""
"An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93
msgid ""
"When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a"
" |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* "
"check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, "
"like receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97
msgid ""
"However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control "
"purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible "
"for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific "
"quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the "
"location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality "
"checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is "
"included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the"
" page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter "
"instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step "
"Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, "
"either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's "
"file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides "
"document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to "
"do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing"
" the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert <quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about "
"the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this "
"tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by "
"the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1
msgid ""
"A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation."
msgstr ""